213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2023-04-01 2024-03-31 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2022-04-01 2023-03-31 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2024-03-31 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2023-03-31 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2022-03-31 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2023-04-01 2024-03-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2023-04-01 2024-03-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2023-04-01 2024-03-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2022-04-01 2023-03-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2022-04-01 2023-03-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2022-04-01 2023-03-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2024-03-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2024-03-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2024-03-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2022-03-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2022-03-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2022-03-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2023-03-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2023-03-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800BQUD83TYQCWN28 2023-03-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember iso4217:GBP xbrli:shares iso4217:GBP xbrli:shares
THINKING
INSIDE
THE BOX
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report
and Financial Statements 2024
By identifying the right
space, in the right locations,
we create places where
our occupiers can
Think Inside the Box
,
unlocking the potential in
their business and creating
thriving industrial hubs.
OUR PURPOSE
Our purpose is to provide the well-connected,
high-quality and sustainable warehouse space that
our occupiers need to succeed and, by doing this
responsibly, we generate positive outcomes for all
our stakeholders.
OUR VISION
To be the UK warehouse provider of choice.
WAREHOUSE REIT
IS THE ONLY UK
REIT FOCUSED
ON MULTI-LET
WAREHOUSES.
INVESTOR AND INVESTMENT ADVISOR
INTERESTS ALIGNED
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
CONTENTS
Strategic report
Financial highlights
02
Operational highlights
03
Our space
04
Our key multi-let assets
05
Investment case
07
Chairman’s statement
08
Market overview
10
Business model
12
Our strategy
13
Key performance indicators
20
Stakeholder engagement
22
Section 172(1) statement
25
Investment Advisor’s report
27
Sustainability report
36
Principal risks and uncertainties
51
Going concern and viability
statement
61
Corporate governance
Chairman’s introduction
to governance
63
Board of Directors
65
Investment Advisor
67
Corporate governance statement
68
Nomination Committee report
78
Audit and Risk Committee report
82
Management Engagement
Committee report
86
Sustainability Committee report
88
Directors’ remuneration report
90
Directors’ report
93
Financial statements
Statement of Directors’
responsibilities
98
Independent Auditor’s report
99
Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income
106
Consolidated statement of
financial position
107
Consolidated statement of
changes in equity
108
Consolidated statement of
cash flows
109
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
110
Company statement of
financial position
128
Company statement of
changes in equity
129
Notes to the Company
financial statements
130
Additional information
Unaudited supplementary notes
not part of the consolidated
financial information
132
Property portfolio
140
EPRA disclosure
144
Shareholder information
148
Glossary
150
Contact details of the advisors
153
Multi-let space
Warehouse space with
a range of unit size,
providing occupiers with
the flexibility to expand as
their business grows.
Well-connected
places
Close to major arterial
routes and thriving
economic centres with
strong local labour markets.
Built-in
opportunities
Well-built assets where we
can drive income growth
and resilience through
active asset management
and targeted refurbishment.
01
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Multi-let focus driving
valuation and rental growth
01
Strong valuation performance
with ERV growth driven by our
leasing activity and supported
by the resilience of our markets
02
Successfully capturing
reversion, with deals 28.6%
ahead of prior rents and
£7.0 million of reversion still
to capture
03
Targeted disposal plan well
progressed, with c.£165 million
of sales since strategy
launched in November 2022
04
Robust financial
performance and sound
financial management
05
Delivering on our sustainability
commitments
FINANCIAL
Gross
property income
£47.2m
Operating profit before
change in value of
investment properties
£35.0m
£47.2m
£47.8m
£48.7m
2022
2023
2024
£35.0m
£32.2m
£35.4m
2022
2023
2024
IFRS profit/(loss)
before tax
£34.3m
IFRS earnings/(loss) per
share
8.1p
£34.3m
(£182.8m)
£191.2m
2022
2023
2024
8.1p
(43.0p)
45.0p
2022
2023
2024
EPRA earnings
per share
2.9p
Adjusted earnings
per share
4.8p
2.9p
3.9p
5.3p
2022
2023
2024
4.8p
4.7p
6.4p
2022
2023
2024
Dividends per share
6.4p
Total accounting return
6.7%
6.4p
6.4p
6.4p
2022
2023
2024
6.7%
(25.7%)
33.2%
2022
2023
2024
Total cost ratio
24.4%
EPRA net tangible assets
124.4p
24.4%
28.4%
29.5%
2022
2023
2024
124.4p
122.6p
173.8p
2022
2023
2024
02
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR
Strong leasing
£10.0m
contracted rent secured
28.6% ahead of previous rent
5.1%
increase in like-for-like
contracted rent
96.4%
occupancy
(2023: 95.8%)
Attractive portfolio
£810.2m
portfolio value
(2023: £828.8m)
2.0%
increase in like-for-like valuation
7.7%
growth in estimated rental value
(2023: 6.2%)
Balance sheet
£53.0m
Sales ahead of book value
(2023: £59.6m)
88.0%
debt hedged (2023: 76.2%)
33.1%
LTV at 31 March 2024
(2023: 33.9%)
Progressing our ESG agenda
66.6%
of the portfolio (by sq ft) EPC A to C rated
(2023: 60.2%)
Pathway to net zero
2.8% reduction in scope 1 and 2 emissions
on a like-for-like basis with some scope 3
emission data reported for the first time
Reporting
Voluntary TCFD disclosure for the fourth year
and EPRA sBPR Gold award for the third year
OPERATIONAL
SUSTAINABILITY
03
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
77,400
sq ft
6.2
year lease
CSL, Seqirus
Boulevard Industrial Park, Speke
CSL Seqirus is one of the largest producers of influenza
vaccines globally. With four sites in Liverpool, they
manufacture vaccines utilising eggs sourced locally and the
finished product is delivered to Boulevard for transportation
around the world. 55 million doses pass through the site
every year.
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
Our space
We provide warehouse space for a diversified mix of uses,
from trade distribution, light manufacturing and logistics
to engineering, technology and media. Our focus is on
multi-let assets with unit sizes ranging from 500 sq ft to
500,000 sq ft, enabling occupiers to take one or more
units and expand with us as their business grows.
Our locations
Our assets are focused on leading industrial areas,
including the North West, the Midlands and the Arc,
between Oxford and Cambridge, centred on Milton Keynes.
These locations are strategically important, with access to
key transport corridors, including motorways, railways and
ports, providing access to much of the country.
Our seven key multi-let assets occupy prime locations in
leading logistics hubs and account for 32.8% by value of
our portfolio.
Advantages
of our locations
ACCESS TO MAJOR
ARTERIAL ROUTES
97.6% of our assets are
within two miles of a town
centre, transport hub or
motorway junction. Transport
is often a high proportion
of occupier costs so easy
access to their customer
base is an important driver
of profitability.
THRIVING
ECONOMIC CENTRES
Our assets are close to some
of the UK’s most successful
cities, including Manchester,
Liverpool, Birmingham, and
the Oxford-Cambridge Arc.
These are typically more
affordable than London
and the South East while
still providing excellent
connectivity.
STRONG LOCAL
LABOUR MARKETS
The areas we focus on
benefit from a good supply
of local labour which can be
critical for our occupiers who
are often involved in more
labour intensive industries.
Northern England
Midlands
The Arc
South England
Rest of the UK
04
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
AT A GLANCE
Our key multi-let assets
MIDPOINT 18
MIDDLEWICH
Area:
725,000 sq ft
Number of units:
24
Unique tenants:
16
Contracted rent:
£3.7m p.a.
WAULT:
3.5
BRADWELL ABBEY
MILTON KEYNES
Area:
335,000 sq ft
Number of units:
69
Unique tenants:
39
Contracted rent:
£2.6m p.a.
WAULT:
5.1
BOULEVARD
INDUSTRIAL PARK
SPEKE
Area:
390,000 sq ft
Number of units:
4
Unique tenants:
3
Contracted rent:
£2.1m p.a.
WAULT:
4.0
QUEENSLIE PARK
GLASGOW
Area:
395,000 sq ft
Number of units:
73
Unique tenants:
46
Contracted rent:
£1.7m p.a.
WAULT:
3.2
Multi-let portfolio overview
71.6%
of investment portfolio by value
£31.9m
contracted rent
419
occupiers
57.8%
EPC A–C rated by sq ft
KNOWSLEY BUSINESS PARK
KNOWSLEY
Area:
301,000 sq ft
Number of units:
18
Unique tenants:
9
Contracted rent:
£1.6m p.a.
WAULT:
4.5
GATEWAY PARK
BIRMINGHAM
Area:
220,000 sq ft
Number of units:
31
Unique tenants:
24
Contracted rent:
£1.5m p.a.
WAULT:
2.1
GRANBY INDUSTRIAL ESTATE
MILTON KEYNES
Area:
147,000 sq ft
Number of units:
24
Unique tenants:
19
Contracted rent:
£1.2m p.a.
WAULT:
6.1
KEY
Northern England
Midlands
The Arc
South England
Rest of the UK
05
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Occupier
sectors/rent
Occupier
location/rent
Wholesale
and Trade
Distribution
£16.0m
Food and
General
Manufacturing
£12.8m
Services
and Utilities
£8.1m
Transport
and Logistics
£5.4m
Technology,
Media and Telecoms
£1.4m
Construction
£1.3m
Other
£0.7m
Northern
England
£13.3m
Midlands
£10.9m
The Arc
£9.4m
South
England
£6.5m
Rest of
the UK
£5.7m
OUR OCCUPIERS
A robust and diversified
occupier base
Our occupier base is
highly diversified, with
445 individual occupiers,
across a range of business
activities. Our occupiers
cover a broad spectrum
from large, multi-national
corporates to smaller,
successful, local businesses.
In northern England, our
key occupiers include
Wincanton, a leading UK
distributor at Midpoint
18, Middlewich and CSL
Seqirus, a vaccines
manufacturer at our Speke
asset. In the Midlands,
occupiers include John
Lewis distribution centres
covering 335,000 sq ft and
at Gateway Birmingham,
adjacent to the airport,
we have a number of
businesses related to
air transport including
Swissport and
Fedex Europe.
We closely monitor the
credit worthiness of our
occupiers through Dun
& Bradstreet. They are
typically well established
local or national businesses
with nearly 75% having a
turnover above £10 million.
445
occupiers
36.3%
of rent from
top 15 occupiers
77.7%
of rent from
top 100 occupiers
73.8%
have a
turnover >£10m
89.2%
have a turnover >£1m
06
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
AT A GLANCE
CONTINUED
COMPELLING
MARKET DRIVERS
Attractive demand-supply
dynamics in the multi-let
industrial subsector.
Multi-let warehouses
provide highly flexible space,
which can accommodate
almost any industry from
light manufacturing and
engineering to technology
and media, making demand
resilient through the cycle.
While not overly exposed to
e-commerce, it has benefited
from the acceleration of
online retail in recent years.
At the same time supply is
constrained by a restrictive
planning environment and
the relatively high cost of
developing multi-let space.
ATTRACTIVE AND
RESILIENT PORTFOLIO
Well-located assets, close
to major arterial routes and
vibrant economic centres
with a range of unit sizes.
The strength of our locations
supports valuation and
underpins our ability to
re-let space at lease expiry.
We only invest in well-built
assets that require minimal
capex year-on-year to deliver
high-quality and sustainable
space, which meets the
demands of today’s occupier.
Multi-let space attracts
a broader diversity of
occupier, making our income
more resilient through the
economic cycle.
TOTAL RETURNS
FOCUSED STRATEGY
We target an average total
accounting return of at least
10% per annum through a
combination of dividends
and NAV growth.
We drive like-for-like
income through active asset
management. Our multi-let
focus means we have more
opportunities to increase
rents to market level.
We undertake selective
refurbishments, which
support long-term value
creation and enhance the
sustainability credentials of
our buildings.
Our focus on high-quality
and well-located assets
helps support NAV growth.
SOUND
FINANCIAL POSITION
Our LTV is within our target
range and we benefit from a
breadth of funding sources.
We take a disciplined
approach to capital
allocation, including
making asset disposals to
strengthen our financial
position.
We have significant
headroom to our covenants
providing the flexibility to
pursue opportunities in the
market and on our portfolio
when the time is right.
EXPERIENCED
MANAGEMENT TEAM
Our dedicated Investment
Advisor has a deep
understanding of the
sector, built up through
years of experience across
real estate.
Their capabilities and
network of industry contacts
provide a wide range of
opportunities and they have
assembled a full service
asset management team,
enabling us to deliver on our
strategy.
Their expertise is
complemented by a
highly experienced and
independent Board.
Read more on
pages
10
and
11
Read more on
pages
04
to
06
Read more on
pages
20
and
21
Read more on
page
17
Read more on
page
16
£93.5psf
capital value below the
reinstatment cost of
£116.2 per sq ft
97.6%
within two miles of a
motorway, rail or freight hub
10%
Target total accounting
return (“TAR”)
33.1%
Loan to
value ratio
6.8%
Tilstone Partners
shareholding
07
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
In many respects the standout feature of the year has
been the resilience and strength of our occupational
markets. The multi-let industrial sector, which remains
critically undersupplied in terms of well-located,
quality assets has continued to perform well. We have
maintained our strong track record of successfully
capturing reversion and generating significant rental
growth and I am pleased to say that this has underpinned
an increase in the net asset valuation for the year
under review.
In addition to maximising returns from the existing
portfolio, we have continued to focus on reshaping the
balance sheet to create a platform that is appropriate for
your business. We have sold £165.2 million of assets since
the disposal plan was announced in November 2022 but
importantly, we have not sold any flagship estates.
We know what our assets are worth and have been patient
but proactive in our approach. Releasing capital from
Radway Green, our 100-acre site adjacent to the M6 is a
very good example of that. We have refused to move with
undue haste, recognising the unrealised strategic value in
this development and during the year, have seen significant
interest develop from various parties with negotiations
now well advanced. A successful conclusion completes our
disposal plan.
This strategy is consistent not only with a higher interest
rate environment but also, with sales being accretive to
earnings, a commitment to move our shareholders back
towards a covered dividend. Reflecting the good progress
we have made, the Board is comfortable that the Group
now has the flexibility to selectively undertake value
accretive acquisitions, and accordingly is pleased to have
acquired part of the Ventura Retail Park in Tamworth, a
retail warehousing asset which is highly complementary to
our business and our skill set.
OPERATIONAL REVIEW
Our asset management in the year has driven a 5.1%
increase in like-for-like contracted rent, bringing total
contracted rent to £44.6 million. We are successfully
capturing reversion, with deals on average 28.6% ahead
of prior rents, equating to £2.1 million of new rent and
including the letting of vacant space, £3.0 million of new
rent was added in the year. Post year end activity adds a
further £0.6 million to contracted rent.
With over 100 deals completed in the year, our leasing
activity also provides strong evidence of rental growth,
supporting our valuation. ERV growth across the portfolio
was 7.7%, exceeding our own expectations, and driving
a like-for-like portfolio valuation uplift of 2.0%, (with an
increase of 3.1% in our multi-let portfolio), taking the total
value of our assets to £810.2 million.
This performance is a strong endorsement of our strategic
focus on multi-let industrials. As well as providing more
opportunities to capture reversion, this is a highly scarce
asset class, with rebuild costs well above capital values due
to expensive development finance and a strict planning
regime. Our capital value of £93.5 per sq ft compares to
a reinstatement value of c.£116.2 per sq ft. At the same
time, demand for multi-let space is more resilient given the
diversity of its occupier base and together these dynamics
support our continuing high occupancy of 96.4%, driving
future rental growth.
CAPITAL ACTIVITY
Our disposal programme has targeted assets that are
non-core or where our asset management plans have been
substantially delivered. We executed on £53.0 million of
sales in the year, in many cases successfully selling into
pockets of demand to achieve a price ahead of book value
with an average premium of 15.6%. This crystallised a profit
on sale of £5.5 million.
Post year end sales totalled £57.5 million and comprised
the £46.0 million disposal of Barlborough Links in
Chesterfield, a single-let property with rental growth
capped through indexation, as well as two other single-let
assets in Plymouth and Newport. These transactions
increase our pro forma weighting towards multi-let assets
to c.78% from c.72% at year end and further focus the
portfolio on our core assets where we see opportunities to
drive value for shareholders.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
OUR OCCUPATIONAL
MARKETS HAVE
BEEN RESILIENT AND WE
HAVE MAINTAINED OUR
STRONG TRACK RECORD OF
CAPTURING REVERSION AND
GENERATING SIGNIFICANT
RENTAL GROWTH.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
08
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
At £35.0 million, operating profits were 8.6% ahead of last
year, with our leasing activity and the fall in operating costs
more than offsetting the impact of disposals. Adjusted
earnings per share were 4.8 pence, 2.1% ahead of last year
and rise to 6.1 pence when profits from disposals are taken
into account, meaning that on a cash basis, the full year
dividend of 6.4 pence is 95.3% covered.
The uplift in valuation has driven an increase in our EPRA
NTA per share of 1.5% to 124.4 pence (31 March 2023:
122.6 pence), contributing to a total accounting return
of 6.7%.
BALANCE SHEET
In addition to the disposals programme, in June 2023 we
completed a successful refinancing of our previous £320.0
million facility to further optimise our balance sheet. The
new facility comprises a £220.0 million term loan and a
£100.0million revolving credit facility with a club of four
lenders: HSBC, Bank of Ireland, NatWest and Santander.
The new facility was agreed on more favourable covenants,
reflecting the strength of our banking relationships as well
as the quality of the portfolio, and the tenure has been
extended from January 2025 to June 2028.
In November 2023, we acquired a further £50.0 million
of interest rate caps, replacing the £30.0 million of caps
expiring and fixing SONIA at 2.0%. This is in addition to
the £200.0 million of interest rate caps acquired in the last
financial year. As a result, 88.0% of our debt was hedged at
year end and our weighted average cost of debt was 4.2%.
As at 31 March 2024, the Group’s loan to value of 33.1%
remains well within our target range of 30% to 40%, with
£36.0 million of headroom within our new facilities.
ESG
We have continued to progress our ESG agenda. Last year
we set out a commitment to be net zero in scope 1 and 2
greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 alongside a framework
for reducing our wider carbon footprint. Sustainability is
firmly embedded in the way we manage our portfolio with
each refurbishment aiming to remove gas, electrify heating
and lighting and deliver a minimum EPC B rating. This has
driven a significant increase in our EPC A–C rated space,
which now accounts for 66.6% of the portfolio compared
to 60.2% at the start of the year and, in addition, makes
our space more attractive to occupiers, supporting leasing
and valuation.
This year, we have also reported some scope 3 emissions
for the first time. Looking forward, improving our visibility
over, and ultimately setting a target for the reduction of
scope 3 emissions is an important priority for the business.
Our close engagement with occupiers and the steps we
have taken to introduce green leases, which encourage
data sharing wherever possible, are already having a
positive impact in this respect.
On the Governance side, as previously announced, Martin
Meech stepped down from the Board at the Annual
General Meeting (“AGM”) in September 2023. Following a
comprehensive search, Dominic O’Rourke joined the Board
as a Non-Executive Director in the same month. He is
currently Group Property Director for FTSE 100 retailer
Next plc, a role he has held since 2014. His customer-facing
experience in a sector that is key for our business is
proving to be a highly positive and complementary
addition to the Board’s expertise.
CONCLUSION AND OUTLOOK
Our disposal plan was announced in November 2022,
when the rapid adjustment in interest rates impacted our
financing costs, and in turn our earnings. We have largely
delivered on that plan and are optimistic of a positive
outcome on the Radway process in the coming months.
Thereafter, capturing reversion becomes our primary
tool for rebuilding dividend cover. Our focus on what
is a resilient part of the market and our active asset
management has created more rental upside in our
portfolio which is now 13.1% reversionary and looking
forward, we believe attractive levels of rental growth
will continue.
We are also identifying opportunities to selectively make
acquisitions of higher yielding warehousing assets. Retail
warehousing is an area in which Tilstone Partners has
experience and represents a highly attractive opportunity
at this time. We are very well placed to source value
accretive opportunities in this space and the Ventura Retail
Park is an excellent example of that.
This year, it feels appropriate to comment on the equity
market context, which has seen an increase in the level
of corporate activity, both in our sector and across
listed investment trusts more generally. Our conviction,
as a Board, is that this Company owns high-quality,
strategically-located assets, but we are acutely aware
that that is not reflected in the price at which our equity
currently trades. We believe that rebuilding dividend
coverage is an important first step in narrowing that
discount and are confident the Company has in place a
strategy that will deliver this.
In summary, commercial real estate is a sector that has
been, and may continue to be, challenged by higher
interest rates. We are successfully managing our way
through that and the Board are committed to making the
decisions and taking the steps that are necessary to create
a sound platform from which our operational strength can
drive value for all our shareholders.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
09
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Warehouse market overview
The warehouse market covers a broad spectrum,
including big box warehouses, typically single-let units
over 100,000 sq ft, multi-let assets with a range of unit
sizes, urban logistics focused on last mile delivery and
retail warehousing.
Our portfolio is predominately multi-let warehouses,
although we maintain a balanced portfolio, making our
business more resilient through the cycle.
See page
14
for
our
multi-let approach
Key market themes
MACROECONOMIC BACKDROP
While certainty improved over the course of the year,
the operating environment has been challenging
both for businesses and for investors into real estate.
Inflation was nearly 8.0% at the start of the year and
only dipped below 4.0% in March while interest rates
have risen 100 bps to 5.25% by March 2024.
Impact and response
In this environment, occupiers have focused firmly
on costs, playing well to our value offering. Our
average contracted rent for multi-let space is £6.12 psf
compared to a market average of over £12.50 psf
for multi-let space in the South East and almost
£20.00 psf in Greater London. Rapid rental growth
in London and the South East reflects the expansion
of last mile delivery operators whose business model
depends on being close to the customer but is pricing
other businesses out of the market.
Market ERV vs Warehouse REIT rent, £ per sq ft
0
5
10
15
Yorks &
Humber
West
Midlands
South
East
North
West
East of
England
East
Midlands
Warehouse REIT
Market
Source: Gerald Eve
These dynamics support demand for our space,
particularly in Milton Keynes and the Midlands, which
are easily accessible from London, have access to
major transport routes and benefit from a plentiful
supply of local labour.
OCCUPATIONAL MARKETS
After several exceptional years, with the Covid-19
pandemic fuelling demand from third-party logistics
providers and e-commerce businesses, take up
across the wider logistics sectors has returned to
pre-pandemic levels.
Overall, take up in 2023 was 26.0% below the
five-year average, with mid-box space, which includes
much of the multi-let activity, more resilient. Mid-box
take up was 11.0% below the five-year average
compared with 28.0% and 33.0% below, respectively,
for large and extra-large units.
INVESTMENT MARKETS
Reflecting the occupational markets, activity across
investment markets is also reverting to trend with
total volumes of £6.6 billion, 44.0% below 2022
volumes but just ahead of the pre-pandemic average.
Activity was also more resilient across industrial
and logistics compared to other areas of real estate,
accounting for 30.0% of the combined volume across
the three core commercial sectors of industrial, offices
and retail compared to a long-run average of 17.0%.
The multi-let sector saw good levels of activity,
accounting for 30% of industrial deals, the highest
since 2018.
Take-up by unit size (m sq ft)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
Large (100k – 250k)
X Large (>250k)
Mid Box (50k – 99k )
5-year average
Pre-pandemic avg
Source: Lambert Smith Hampton
Industrial investment volume (£bn)
Single-let distribution
Multi-let
Portfolios
No. of deals (RHS)
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
10-yr pre-pandemic avg
5-yr avg
Source: Lambert Smith Hampton
10
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
MARKET OVERVIEW
EVOLUTION OF THE OCCUPIER BASE
The multi-let occupational market is characterised
by its diversity and this has been evolving in recent
years to include retail, logistics, quasi-office and
leisure activities in addition to more traditional uses
such as manufacturing, engineering and service
centres. These trends have made demand more
resilient through the cycle.
At the same time, the multi-let subsector has not
been as exposed to e-commerce as other parts of
the industrial market and has therefore been less
affected by the reduction in demand post-pandemic.
Multi-let take up by occupier type, 2023 (%)
Source: Lambert Smith Hampton
Impact and response
Our space is highly flexible and can accommodate
a wide range of occupier but we are increasingly
targeting higher value businesses that have the
potential to pay higher rents and to grow on
our estates.
Examples include Habitat at Bradwell Abbey, Milton
Keynes (see page 18) where the space is used as
a virtual showroom and Fugro at Murcar Industrial
Estate, Aberdeen, where this geo-data specialist
conducts surveys of the North Sea infrastructure and
sea bed using unmanned vessels.
MULTI-LET DEVELOPMENT UNECONOMIC
The construction of multi-let space is typically more
expensive and complicated than big box space,
making it less economic, particularly in the current
environment where development finance is scarce
and costly as a result of higher interest rates.
The reinstatement cost of our portfolio is £116.2 psf,
which compares to an average capital value of
£93.5 psf, meaning it is impossible to replicate our
portfolio for less than it is currently worth, and that
is without taking the cost of land into account. In
addition, achieving planning for new developments is
highly challenging.
These dynamics have constrained supply of new
mid-box and multi-let space. In 2023, speculative
development in the mid-box segment was just
3.3 million sq ft, a reduction of 19.0% year on year.
Speculative development, at year end (m
sq ft)
0
5
10
15
20
25
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
Large (100k – 250k sq ft)
X Large (>250k sq ft)
Mid Box (50k – 99k sq ft)
Source: Lambert Smith Hampton
Manufacturing
Retail/wholesale
Third-party logistics
Other
Freight/parcel services
Data centres
DEMAND FOR SUSTAINABLE SPACE
Demand for energy efficient and more sustainable
space is increasing, both from an occupier and investor
perspective. This is partly driven by the growth of
regulation, in particular around EPC ratings with
the proposed MEES timetable expected to require
properties in England and Wales to have a minimum
EPC C rating by 2027 and B rating by 2030. At the
same time, occupiers, especially larger, multi-national
businesses, often have ambitious sustainability
commitments of their own, and need space that helps
them achieve those targets.
Impact and response
Retrofitting industrial space to improve EPC ratings is
relatively straightforward compared to other areas of
the real estate market. Little of our warehouse space
is heated, meaning that lighting upgrades to LEDs are
often the key intervention we can deliver. Where we do
have heated office space, we are introducing air source
heat pumps and capping the gas connections as part
of our standardised approach to refurbishment.
See
sustainability report
on pages
36
to
50
.
Impact and response
The scarcity of multi-let space drives both rental
growth and property valuation and is the rationale
for our focus on this part of the market. Supply,
in terms of both development and availability of
existing space, is among the lowest in the country
in our highest conviction locations of the Midlands
(including the Oxford-Cambridge Arc) and the
North West.
11
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
OUR DRIVERS
OUR RESOURCES
Our purpose
We provide the
well-connected,
high-quality and
sustainable warehouse
space our occupiers
need to succeed and by
doing this responsibly we
generate attractive returns
for all our stakeholders.
Our vision
To be the UK warehouse
provider of choice.
Our portfolio
7.8m sq ft of strategically
located warehouse space
Read more on
page
04
People and relationships
Experienced Board and
dedicated Investment
Advisor.
Read more on
pages
65
to
67
Financial
A range of funding sources
and significant headroom
to covenants.
Read more on
page
17
WHAT WE DO
VALUE CREATED
Identify opportunities and invest
6.7%
Total accounting return
We invest in well-located, well-constructed assets where we
see the potential to drive rents and values by delivering our
asset management strategy.
1.5m sq ft
leasing activity
28.6%
uplift on previous
contracted rent
Refurbish and future-proof
Our assets are well built so we can deliver refurbishments
quickly and at comparative low cost. Improving energy
efficiency and reducing carbon emissions are integral to
our approach.
5.1%
like-for-like
rental growth
£5.5m
profit on sales
Active asset management
We target higher-value occupiers who have the potential to
pay more rent and to grow with us. Our key multi-let assets
are individually branded and we invest in the wider area
to improve the amenity and working environment of the
whole estate.
£36.0m
headroom in
current facility
2.8%
reduction in scope
1 and 2 emissions
Refine and recycle
We look to sell assets where we have substantially delivered
our plans, which typically amounts to around 10% of the
portfolio per year. This provides capital for reinvestment or
strengthens our financial position.
£10,600
charitable donations
12
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
BUSINESS MODEL
We create value by investing in assets where we see an opportunity to drive rents and increase
value by delivering our strategy. We provide space which suits the life cycle of a company and
target occupiers who have the potential to grow with us. We are advised by Tilstone Partners,
our dedicated Investment Advisor and warehouse real estate specialist.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVE
10% TAR
Delivered through our strategic drivers:
ESG
NET ZERO PATHWAY
Our target is to be net zero in
scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030.
Our scope 3 reporting currently
covers over half the portfolio,
positioning us to set a target for
emission reduction next year.
A FOCUS ON
MULTI-LET
SPACE
A STRONG
AND RESILIENT
INCOME STREAM
INVESTOR AND
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
INTERESTS ALIGNED
A DISCIPLINED
FINANCIAL
POSITION
With a balanced portfolio
of well-connected assets
with attractive income
characteristics
Capitalising on
opportunities to deliver
rental growth and
strengthen resilience
Managing an experienced
and dedicated team with
a network of successful
relationships
Appropriate gearing and
flexible funding sources
OUR STRATEGY
13
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ATTRACTIONS OF A
MULTI-LET ESTATE
Frequency of lease events
The higher frequency of lease events
provides more opportunities to
increase rents to market levels and
establish a higher rental tone across
the asset. With less than 10% of our
leases index-linked, there is no cap
on rental growth and we can achieve
increases ahead of inflation.
Range of unit size
Our assets typically offer a range of
unit sizes to suit the life cycle of a
company. For example, at Bradwell
Abbey, in Milton Keynes we offer
nursery units of c.700 sq ft through
to over 15,000 sq ft, meaning
occupiers can stay with us longer.
See the Bradwell Abbey case study,
page
18
.
Robust and diverse occupier base
The flexibility of a multi-let estate
makes them relevant to a wider
pool of occupier, increasing the
diversity and resilience of our income
streams. See the At a Glance section,
pages
04
to
06
.
Scarce asset class
Reinstatement costs for multi-
let estates are generally above
capital values making development
uneconomic. This constrains supply,
further supporting rental growth. See
the Market Overview, pages
10
to
11
.
01
A focus on multi-let space
HOW THE MULTI-LET MODEL DRIVES RENTS
MULTI-LET
SPACE
DEDICATED
ASSET
MANAGEMENT
EXPERTISE
RENTAL
GROWTH
Faster access to
reversion
Suits life cycle
of an occupier
Diverse
occupier mix
Low
obsolescence:
able to unlock
opportunities at
low cost
Leasing c.30%
ahead of
prior rents
Consistently
strong
ERV growth
PROGRESS IN THE YEAR
Since 1 April 2023, we have sold or
exchanged for sale over £57.5 million of
single-let assets taking the portfolio to
c.78% multi-let on a pro forma basis.
KEY METRICS (MULTI-LET)
71.6%
of the portfolio
multi-let
95.1%
occupancy
3.1%
valuation
change
419
unique
occupiers
71.6%
of investment
portfolio is multi-let
(by value)
£731.8m
total
Single-let
Last Mile
Single-let
Regional
Distribution
Multi-let
14
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
OUR STRATEGY
CONTINUED
Our portfolio is highly reversionary,
meaning there is rental uplift to be
captured between what occupiers are
currently paying and the market rent.
Our business model is to capture this
through active asset management
and selective refurbishment. Our
multi-let focus means we have
multiple opportunities at the end of
each lease to deliver improvements,
making them best in class and
fully meeting the sustainability
expectations of our occupiers. This
includes targeting a minimum EPC
B rating on refurbishment. By only
investing in assets which are well
built, the capex required to achieve
this is relatively modest.
We target higher-value occupiers,
who have the ability to pay more
rent and to grow with us and we
rigorously assess the covenants of
all our occupiers to ensure we only
let space to businesses that are
financially sound.
02
A strong and resilient income stream
HOW WE DO IT
Tilstone has established a three-stage
plan to driving rental growth on an
asset-by-asset basis. Starting with
occupier engagement and light touch
improvements, we then undertake selective
refurbishments on lease expiry to deliver
higher-value space back into the market at
an increased rent.
TILSTONE ASSET MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
PHASE 1
• Occupier engagement
• Cosmetic improvements
Initiate marketing plan
Refurbish and re-let vacant space
PHASE 2
Continued refurbishment and
improved amenities
Full rebrand, relaunch and
repositioning
Target higher-value occupiers
PHASE 3
• Capture reversion
Driving long-term value
Explore adjoining acquisitions/
development opportunities
KEY METRICS
£44.6m
contracted rent
5.1%
LFL rental growth
7.7%
ERV growth
£7.0m
reversionary potential
66.6%
EPC A–C rated
PROGRESS IN THE YEAR
Leasing activity covered 1.5m sq ft in the
year, representing 19.7% of the portfolio,
with deals signed on average 28.6%
ahead of prior contracted rents.
This activity generated like-for-like rental
growth of 5.1%.
15
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Aligned
interests
03
Investment Advisor closely aligned to investor interests
Our Investment Advisor, Tilstone
Partners, has a 6.8% shareholding in
Warehouse REIT meaning that their
interests are fully aligned with those
of our investors.
Tilstone Partners has assembled
a specialist team with expertise
across asset management and
development, investment and
finance. It promotes an inclusive and
respectful environment, encourages
collaboration and entrepreneurship
and with just 17 employees, all
individuals are able to make a
meaningful contribution to the
performance of the Group.
PROGRESS IN THE YEAR
Tilstone Partners purchased a further
£0.5 million of Warehouse REIT shares,
increasing their collective shareholding
to 6.8%.
An anonymous staff survey was
completed in the year with a 100%
completion rate. Feedback has
prompted new initiatives including staff
volunteering days and matched funding
for charitable activities and we continue
focus on training and development.
We align objectives to our values and
everyone has at least one ESG-related
objective.
This year we have increased our
disclosure on HR matters, as set out in
our EPRA disclosures.
Read more on
page
146
KEY METRICS
6.8%
shareholding of
Tilstone Partners
94%
retention rate
0.6m
WHR shares
purchased during
the year
14
training hours
per person
OUR VALUES
We have four clear values which underpin the way we work:
01
Engagement
03
Empowerment
Spirit of commitment, collaboration
and communication across our team
Culture of entrepreneurialism where
individuals can make things happen
02
Excellence
04
Environment
Targeting the highest standards
but fully considering the impact
we have
A respectful and inclusive culture
and a responsible approach to
doing business
To encourage a pipeline of talented individuals from a wide
range of backgrounds, we work with Pathways to Property
and support their outreach programmes targeting less
advantaged demographics.
Warehouse Reit
EXPERIENCED
INDEPENDENT
BOARD
Scrutinises and
approves decisions
and capital allocation
KNOWLEDGEABLE
INVESTMENT
ADVISOR
Sources opportunities
and runs the day-to-day
business
Tilstone Partners
16
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
OUR STRATEGY
CONTINUED
We fund the business through
a combination of shareholders’
equity, bank debt and proceeds
from disposals, with the
contribution depending on the
relative cost of debt and equity and
the income profile of our assets. We
look to raise equity where we see
attractive investment opportunities
that are accretive for shareholders.
Our strategy for debt financing is
to maintain a prudent level of debt,
with an LTV range of 30–40% in
the longer term. We look to hedge
the interest on a significant portion
of our debt to provide greater
certainty over our financing costs.
PROGRESS IN THE YEAR
This year we completed a £320.0 million
debt refinancing, including £220.0 million
term loan and £100.0 million revolving
credit facility with improved covenants.
We acquired £50.0 million of interest rate
caps taking the total to £250.0 million of
hedged debt.
We have paid down £22.0m of our
revolving credit facility reducing exposure
to unhedged interest rates.
KEY METRICS
33.1%
LTV
88.0%
of debt hedged
£36.0m
headroom
4.2%
weighted average
cost of debt
3.1x
interest
cover ratio
04
A disciplined financial position
17
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Why we bought it
A strong strategic location was the key
rationale for our purchase of Bradwell
Abbey. It is in Milton Keynes, one of the
UK’s fastest growing cities and benefits
from close proximity to key transport
corridors including the M1 and A5 as well as
a large local labour force.
Importantly, it is a multi-let asset that had
been historically underinvested, providing
strong repositioning potential.
Rents were affordable, with an average
across the estate of £7.80 psf at acquisition
making it attractive to occupiers being
priced out of London, but also providing a
sensible base from which to grow.
What we have done
We are part way through delivering the
Tilstone asset management strategy,
with cosmetic improvements, improved
amenities for occupiers and new branding
all delivered.
We have refurbished c.15% of the asset and
re-let 22.2% of the space. The average rent
agreed across all our leasing activity since
purchase is c.£10.08 psf, 36.8% ahead of
prior passing rent.
Our refurbishment plans have raised the
percentage of EPC A–C rated space from
38% at acquisition to 75%.
The future
With 70,300 sq ft of lease events before
the end of FY25, we have the opportunity
to access further reversion and add more
higher-value occupiers to the park.
BRADWELL ABBEY, MILTON KEYNES
335,000
sq ft
£2.6m
p.a. rent
69
units
5.1
WAULT
39
occupiers
107,000
sq ft
8.2
year lease
Habitat
Bradwell Abbey
Habitat, the homewares retailer, use their space at
Bradwell Abbey as a virtual showroom. Website footage is
produced here and customers can call sales representatives
for virtual demonstrations.
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
MILTON KEYNES
BRADWELL ABBEY
18
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
ASSET CASE STUDY
What Genesys does
Genesys manufactures water treatment
chemicals for use in a wide variety of
industries, including water desalination,
mining, oil and gas, and food processing.
Water re-use is a key driver of Genesys’
business as a growing number of
companies, in line with their ESG ambitions,
are looking to recycle water rather than
discharge it as waste.
Operating through a network of 150
distributors, Genesys is part of international
group, H2O Innovation.
Why Midpoint 18 works
Midpoint 18 is strategically located just off
the M6 with easy access to international
freight lines through Liverpool, London
Gateway and Felixstowe docks. With
95% of Genesys’ products for export,
this connectivity is essential for the
successes of their business.
How their space has evolved
Genesys has been based at Midpoint 18
since 2012 and in that time has almost
doubled its footprint to 26,800 sq ft. Its
facilities now include offices and laboratory
space, in addition to two manufacturing
units in which Genesys recently invested
£0.7 million for specialist plant equipment.
Genesys has further investment plans for
the sites totalling £0.5 million.
MIDPOINT 18, MIDDLEWICH
725,000
sq ft
£3.7m
p.a. rent
24
units
3.5
WAULT
16
occupiers
THE STRATEGIC
LOCATION OF
MIDPOINT – CLOSE TO THE M6
AS WELL AS INTERNATIONAL
FREIGHT LINES – IS WHAT
REALLY UNDERPINNED OUR
DECISION TO BASE OUR
BUSINESS HERE.
Nick Davenport
Director Manufacturing and
Quality Manager
CHESTER
GENESYS/
MIDPOINT 18
OCCUPIER CASE STUDY
19
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
OCCUPANCY
LIKE-FOR-LIKE
RENTAL INCOME GROWTH
RENTAL INCREASES AGREED
VERSUS VALUER’S ERV
LIKE-FOR-LIKE
VALUATION CHANGE
96.4%
5.1%
8.6%
2.0%
96.4%
95.8%
93.7%
2022
2023
2024
5.1%
5.3%
3.0%
2022
2023
2024
8.6%
10.2%
6.0%
2022
2023
2024
2.0%
(18.5%)
19.4%
2022
2023
2024
Description
Total open market rental value of
the units leased divided by total
open market rental value, excluding
development property and land, and
equivalent to one minus the EPRA
vacancy rate.
Why is this important?
Shows our ability to retain occupiers
at renewal and to let vacant space,
which in turn underpins our income and
dividend payments.
How we performed
Active asset management, asset
disposals and the robust occupational
market helped us to increase occupancy
by 6 bps during the year to 96.4%.
Description
The increase in contracted rent of units
owned throughout the period, expressed
as a percentage of the contracted rent
at the start of the period, excluding
development property, land and units
undergoing refurbishment.
Why is this important?
Shows our ability to identify and acquire
attractive properties and grow average
rents over time.
How we performed
We delivered further good rental
growth, as we continued to capture the
reversionary potential in the portfolio
through active asset management.
Description
The difference between the rent
achieved on new lettings and renewals
and the ERV assessed by the external
valuer, expressed as a percentage above
the ERV at the start of the period.
Why is this important?
Shows our ability to achieve rental
growth ahead of ERV through asset
management and the attractiveness of
our assets to potential occupiers.
How we performed
We let space overall 8.6% ahead of ERV,
maintaining our strong track record of
exceeding valuers expectations.
Description
The change in the valuation of
properties owned throughout the period
under review, expressed as a percentage
of the valuation at the start of the
period, and net of capital expenditure.
Why is this important?
Shows our ability to acquire the right
quality of assets at attractive valuations,
add value through asset management
and drive increased capital values by
capturing rental growth.
How we performed
After last year’s adverse market
conditions, we have seen a 2.0%
increase in the like-for-like valuation as
general market conditions improve and
reflecting the quality of our portfolio.
Link to strategy
Link to strategy
Link to strategy
Link to strategy
We use the following key performance indicators (“KPIs”)
to monitor our performance and strategic progress.
Link to strategy
A focus on multi-let space
A strong and resilient income stream
Investor and Investment Advisor interests aligned
A disciplined financial position
20
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
TOTAL
ACCOUNTING RETURN
TOTAL
COST RATIO
EPRA NTA
PER SHARE
LOAN TO
VALUE RATIO
6.7%
24.4%
124.4p
33.1%
6.7%
(25.7%)
33.2%
2022
2023
2024
24.4%
28.4%
27.1%
2022
2023
2024
124.4p
122.6p
173.8p
2022
2023
2024
33.1%
33.9%
25.1%
2022
2023
2024
Description
The movement in EPRA NTA over a
period plus dividends paid in the period,
expressed as a percentage of the EPRA
NTA at the start of the period.
Why is this important?
Demonstrates the Group’s success at
creating value for shareholders.
How we performed
We delivered a total accounting return
of 6.7% in the year, below our target
as ongoing economic uncertainty
continues to weigh on the sector but
significantly ahead of last year reflecting
a increase in our valuation.
Description
The total cost ratio is the sum of
property expenses and administration
expenses (ex one-off costs) as a
percentage of gross rental income.
(See table 6 on page 136 for detail)
Why is this important?
Shows our ability to effectively control
our cost base, which in turn supports
dividend payments to shareholders.
How we performed
The total cost ratio improved further in
the year due to non-recoverable holding
costs on larger vacant buildings and a
lower investment advisor fee. Excluding
vacancy costs, the total cost ratio was
23.4%.
Description
The EPRA net asset value measure
assumes entities buy and sell assets,
thereby crystallising certain levels of
deferred tax liability. This is expressed
on a per share basis.
(See table 3 on page 136 for detail)
Why is this important?
Shows our ability to acquire well and to
increase capital values through active
asset management.
How we performed
The increase in capital values relative
to the market contributed to a 1.5%
increase in EPRA NTA per share to
124.4pence per share.
Description
Gross debt less cash, short-term
deposits and liquid investments,
divided by the aggregate value of
properties and investments.
(See table 10 on page 140 for detail)
Why is this important?
Shows our ability to balance the
additional portfolio diversification and
returns that come from using debt,
with the need to manage risk through
prudent financing.
How we performed
The decrease in the LTV primarily
reflects our proceeds from asset
disposals reducing our level of debt as
well as an increase in portfolio value.
Link to strategy
Link to strategy
Link to strategy
Link to strategy
Link to strategy
A focus on multi-let space
A strong and resilient income stream
Investor and Investment Advisor interests aligned
A disciplined financial position
21
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Understanding our stakeholders’ views and interests is essential for meeting
our responsibilities and creating economic and social value.
OUR APPROACH TO
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Tilstone is responsible for most of our day-to-day
stakeholder engagement, with the Board receiving
regular updates. In addition, the Management
Engagement Committee (“MEC”) reviews service
provider performance each year, including their policies
and procedures around ethics and culture and their
engagement with our other service providers.
The MEC’s report can be found on pages 86 to 87.
Further information on ESG-related engagement
can also be found in the sustainability section on
pages 88 to 89.
OCCUPIERS
Why we engage
Our occupiers provide us with rental income; having
the right mix of occupier supports income resilience
and potential for rental growth. Tilstone’s approach
to building occupier relationships ensures a robust
understanding of current and potential occupiers and
their needs.
Their material issues
The size, quality and location of our warehouses
• Rental levels
Lease length and terms
Flexibility and the ability to scale-up their operations
Support for their sustainability ambitions, primarily
improving energy efficiency
How we engage
Regular communication with existing occupiers via
the Tilstone and property management teams
Tilstone asset management team regularly onsite;
permanent office in Milton Keynes
Occupier surveys, including on ESG matters (see
page 40 in the sustainability section)
The Board receives regular updates on occupiers
from the Tilstone team
Outcomes
Retention rate of 76.0%
Engagement supported 36 lease renewals across
0.4 million sq ft
Targeted marketing supported 45 new leases across
0.2 million sq ft
11.4% by sq ft have shared energy data following
initial engagement
Defibrillators fitted at 3 key sites
Delivering occupier amenities, including a café at
Bradwell Abbey, Milton Keynes
22
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
SHAREHOLDERS
Why we engage
Supportive and informed shareholders provide insightful
feedback on our strategy and are vital to the growth of
our business, for example, our ability to raise equity to
fund future growth opportunities.
Their material issues
Key market trends
Strategy and business model
Operational and financial performance
Balance sheet strength
ESG strategy, compliance and performance
• Climate risk
Dividends and total returns
How we engage
Formal results presentations every six months,
available on website
Capital markets events as appropriate
Regular updates on leasing and capital activity
Shareholder meetings and roadshows undertaken by
Tilstone
Feedback provided by corporate brokers and
Tilstone to the Board
Board and Tilstone available for questions at AGM
every year
Website providing Company information
See the shareholder relations section on pages 148 to
149 for more information.
Outcomes
Maintained the dividend at 6.4 pence per share
Tour of Bradwell Abbey and presentation for
professional investors and analysts
Developed and enhanced our ESG disclosure
including voluntarily reporting under TCFD
LENDERS
Why we engage
Employing an appropriate level of debt is a key part of
generating financial returns. We therefore need strong
relationships with lenders, who can provide the facilities
we need on appropriate terms.
Their material issues
Quality of security
Compliance with covenants
Good working relationships
Ability to provide an accordion facility when required
Hedging of interest rates where appropriate
How we engage
Tilstone engages with lenders through regular
meetings to support our relationships
The Board is kept informed of lender view by Tilstone
Regular portfolio updates via compliance reporting
Quarterly reviews of hedging and other funding
matters with lenders and advisors
Outcomes
New £50.0 million interest rate cap taking total
hedged debt to £250.0 million and increasing the
proportion of hedged debt to 88.0%
Five-year refinancing completed with new club of
lenders with improved covenants
£53.0 million of asset sales, reducing LTV to 33.1%
THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR
Why we engage
Tilstone implements our strategy and is responsible for
the day-to-day operation of the business, making it a
critical stakeholder for the Group.
Their material issues
Clear investment strategy
Day-to-day asset management
Attracting and retaining an expert team
Code of conduct and Group policies
Management of other suppliers
Open communication and alignment of values
How we engage
Open, regular and transparent discussions with
Tilstone, including attendance at Board meetings
Tilstone representatives appointed to the Board
Tilstone interests fully aligned to shareholders given
their 6.8% shareholding
Annual staff survey for the Tilstone team and formal
appraisal and feedback process
See the MEC report on pages 86 to 87 for more
information.
Outcomes
Tilstone fee reduced to £5.7 million in line with
movement in NAV
Tilstone continued to execute the Company’s
strategy in line with the Board’s expectations
The Board has approved Tilstone’s continued
appointment, on the MEC’s recommendation
23
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
OTHER THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDERS
Why we engage
Under our business model, third parties provide key
services to us. These include G10 Capital Limited
(Investment Manager), Savills and Rapleys (Aston
Rose) (Property Managers), Waystone (Administrator),
MUFG (Registrar and Company Secretary), AuditR
(risk management and internal audit advisor), BDO
(Auditor), Peel Hunt and Jefferies (Corporate Brokers),
FTI Consulting (financial PR and IR advisor) and
GenII (Depositary).
Their material issues
Clear terms of reference
Clarity of fees and prompt payment
Open two-way communications and information flow
How we engage
Quarterly service calls between Tilstone and service
providers
The Board maintains regular contact with key service
providers via Tilstone, with the aim of building
long-term relationships
Clear supplier appointment process including
Supplier Code of Conduct and checklist for
third-party suppliers
See the MEC report on pages 86 to 87 for
more information.
Outcomes
Higher-quality service providers appointed
Service providers’ advice, needs and views,
are routinely taken into account
• Prompt payment
LOCAL COMMUNITIES
Why we engage
We are aware of our wider responsibilities to the local
communities affected by the Company’s investments.
Their material issues
Noise and traffic
Health and safety
• Environmental performance
• Employment opportunities
How we engage
The Board ensures that any key decisions take into
account the impact on local communities and the
environment
The Company meets all health and safety
requirements, local environmental standards on
waste and other regulatory obligations
Building relationships with organisations and
charities close to our assets
Working with Pathways to Property to encourage
young people from disadvantaged backgrounds to
careers in real estate
Outcomes
Commitment to EPRA sustainability reporting
New lettings/renewals providing additional
employment opportunities
£10,600 charitable donations across Tilstone and
Warehouse REIT, including £5,000 to Bus Shelter,
a homeless charity in Milton Keynes
Volunteering at Bradwell Abbey Discovery Centre,
a local community organisation
2 Tilstone members participated in Pathways to
Property event in Birmingham
24
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
CONTINUED
CASE STUDY
The Directors have had regard for the
matters set out in section 172(1)(a)-(f)
of the Companies Act 2006 when
performing their duty under section
172. They consider that they have acted
in good faith in the way that would be
most likely to promote the success of the
Company for the benefit of its members
as a whole, while also considering the
broad range of stakeholders who interact
with and are affected by our business,
especially with regard to major decisions.
Set out on the following pages are the matters the Board is
required to take into account under section 172(1).
TAKING ACCOUNT OF STAKEHOLDER VIEWS
Information on stakeholder engagement, including how
the Board is kept informed about stakeholder views, can be
found on pages 22 to 24. This engagement is an important
input to the Board’s decision-making. The Directors keep
the methods for engaging with stakeholders under review,
to ensure they remain effective.
KEY BOARD DECISIONS
The Board’s key decisions during the year
included approving:
the four interim dividends in respect of the year,
totalling 6.4 pence per share;
refinancing of the Group’s debt facilities for a further
five-year tenure;
the purchase of an additional £50.0 million interest rate
derivatives, capping SONIA at 2.0%;
the asset disposal programme, which raised
£53.0 million during the year; and
progressed the sale of Radway Green, Crewe.
Proposed sale of Radway Green
Background
In June 2023, the Group announced a potential pre-let
to an occupier for Phase I of the development at
Radway Green, Crewe. While progressing with the
letting negotiation, the occupier indicated that they
had won additional contracts and needed to take space
immediately. Due to the accelerated timetable and
enhanced space requirement, the Group was unable to
meet these time frames and the negotiations ceased.
Concurrently, in September 2023, the Board reviewed
the Group’s strategy and the Investment Advisor,
Tilstone, asked the Board to approve the sale or part
sale of its land holding at Radway Green, Crewe, as
part of its plan to reduce the level of variable-rate debt,
given the higher-for-longer interest rate environment.
Stakeholder considerations
In making its decision, the Board considered the impact on
the following stakeholders:
Shareholders.
The financial benefit of any disposal
is the crystallisation of gains accrued through the
successful planning applications which will be returned to
shareholders via ordinary dividends declared during the
year. Shareholders also benefit from a significant saving
in interest costs as the unhedged revolving credit facility
is repaid. The Group also saves the significant capital
expenditure that the assets would otherwise require.
Lenders.
By reducing the level of variable rate debt,
keeping total debt at a prudent amount and improving
the Group’s overall financial performance, the Board
considered a disposal would give increased comfort
to lenders.
Investment Advisor.
Having maximised the potential
planning upside from Phase I of the scheme, the
Investment Advisor can dedicate resources to driving
returns from the existing portfolio through active
asset management.
Service providers.
The timing of the sale is carefully
chosen by the Investment Advisor with some input from
property managers to give time to conclude any ongoing
value creating asset management.
Local community.
The disposal is expected to deliver
an accelerated development timeline, providing earlier
employment opportunities to individuals in the Crewe area.
Impact of the decision in the long term
The Board noted that as well as improving the Group’s
financial position and performance in the short term,
a disposal would reduce future outflows of capital
expenditure. Significantly, by assisting with the return to
a covered dividend, it would help to protect the Group’s
long-term relationships with its shareholders.
Conclusion
The Board concluded that a disposal of Radway Green would
be in the best interests of the Group and its stakeholders,
and the programme should go ahead. Negotiations are now
well progressed.
SECTION 172(1) STATEMENT
25
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Matter
Response
a) The likely
consequence of
any decision in the
long term.
All Board decisions involve careful consideration of the
longer-term consequences and their implications for
stakeholders. For example, during the year the Board
approved the disposal of Radway Green, Crewe (detailed
on page 25, which will deliver important longer-term
benefits for the Company.
b) The interests of the
Company’s employees.
The Company is externally managed and therefore does
not have any employees.
c) The need to foster
the Company’s business
relationships with
suppliers, customers and
others.
As described on page 22, the Group’s relationships with
its occupiers is managed day-to-day by the Investment
Advisor, Tilstone, with the Board kept regularly updated.
The Board oversees the Group’s relationships with all
its principal service providers through the Management
Engagement Committee. As a result of its oversight and
review, during the year the Committee recommended
the continuing appointment of Tilstone and the other key
service providers.
d) The impact of the
Company’s operations
on the community and
environment.
The Board takes a keen interest in the Group’s
environmental performance and the energy efficiency of
its assets, as reflected in the portfolio’s EPC ratings. The
Sustainability Committee provides a dedicated forum
for overseeing and directing our ESG activities, and the
Committee Chair Aimée Pitman has been closely involved
in the key activities this year, such as the development of
our net zero pathway and analysis of climate-related risks.
For more information on our environmental performance
and community engagement, see pages 36 to 42.
Matter
Response
e) The desirability of the
Company maintaining
a reputation for high
standards of business
conduct.
The Board has a culture statement, setting out its
commitment to ethics and high standards of business
conduct. All of the key service providers are expected to
abide by these standards.
Reputational risks are also considered as part of the
Group’s risk management framework, as described in
the risk management and principal risks section on
pages 51 to 60.
As part of the Board’s ongoing review of corporate
governance, the Board continues to review all current
policies for relevance and compliance annually.
f) The need to act fairly
between members of the
Company.
The Board is aware of the need to treat all shareholders
equally. No decisions arose in the year where shareholders
could be treated differently.
In addition, Board members and members of Tilstone’s
senior management own a total of 27.8 million shares in
the Company between them, aligning their interests with
the outcomes delivered for shareholders as a whole.
26
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
SECTION 172(1) STATEMENT
CONTINUED
GOOD PROGRESS WITH OUR PRIORITIES
At the start of the financial year, we set ourselves four
priorities for FY24. These were to:
capture the reversionary potential in the portfolio;
recycle capital by disposing of assets, enabling us to
pay down the Group’s floating rate debt, strengthen the
balance sheet and support earnings;
progress the Radway Green development scheme; and
increase dividend cover, by driving earnings through
these actions.
We made good progress with the first two of these
priorities, and we have a clear plan in place to deliver value
from Radway Green, Crewe, which will position the Group
to increase its dividend cover over time.
PRIORITY: CAPTURING REVERSION
At the year end, the contracted rent roll for the investment
portfolio (excluding developments) was £44.6 million,
compared to an ERV of £53.5 million. The difference
reflects £7.0 million (or 13.1%) of portfolio reversion and
£1.9 million of potential rent on vacant space.
The structure of the Group’s leases supports capturing this
reversion, with less than 10% being index linked through
either a cap or collar arrangement. This flexibility is an
important advantage in a more inflationary environment
We made good progress capturing reversion in FY24, with
a total of 103 lease events completed, covering 1.5 million
sq ft. As a result, we were able to capture £3.0 million
of new contracted rent for the year, with £0.9 million of
contracted rent coming from the letting vacant space.
Total contracted rents for the investment property
portfolio stood at £44.6 million at year end, an increase of
5.1% on a like-for-like basis during the year.
The table following demonstrates the potential for
continuing to capture reversion in the years ahead.
These represent good opportunities for further rental
growth and reflects the position before any further ERV
growth or outperformance.
Rent subject to review or
lease expiry
Contracted
rent (£m)
ERV
(£m)
FY25
12.6
16.1
FY26
8.0
9.1
FY27
5.7
6.5
FY28
5.4
5.6
FY28+
12.9
14.3
PRIORITY: CAPITAL RECYCLING
We keep the portfolio under constant review, to identify
mature or non-core assets that are candidates for disposal.
This has been a particular focus in FY24.
During the year, the Group sold seven estates for
£53.0 million. This was 15.6% ahead of their aggregate
book value, crystallising a profit on disposal of £5.5 million
in the year, and reflecting a blended net initial yield of 5.0%.
Sales have focused on single-let assets, or assets where
we have substantially completed our asset management
initiatives leaving little further upside. This good
performance demonstrates our ability to match assets that
are non-core for Warehouse REIT with pockets of demand
across the market. We will continue to rigorously assess
our portfolio to ensure we remain focused on the highest
returning opportunities to maximise value for shareholders.
The assets sold in FY24 were:
Dales Manor Business Park, Cambridge for
£27.0 million;
Warrington South Industrial Estate, for
£11.6 million; and
smaller assets in Ipswich, Ellesmere Port, the Isle of
Wight, Cardiff and Halifax totalling £14.4 million.
The Group’s total asset sales since we announced the
disposal plan in November 2022 stood at £107.7 million at
31 March 2024. Since the year end, we have announced
further disposals totalling £57.5 million. This takes
total dispsals since November 2022 to £165.2 million
demonstrating the liquidity of the Group’s portfolio. See
Post-Period End Activity for more information.
Simon Hope
Co-Managing Director
WE CONTINUE TO LET
SPACE SIGNIFICANTLY
AHEAD OF PREVIOUS RENT,
DEMONSTRATING THAT
OCCUPIERS ARE PREPARED
TO PAY A PREMIUM FOR THE
RIGHT SPACE IN THE RIGHT
LOCATIONS.
Simon Hope
Co-Managing Director
INVESTMENT ADVISOR’S REPORT
27
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
PRIORITY: PROGRESSING RADWAY GREEN
Radway Green is the Group’s key logistics development
opportunity, in a premier location just 1.5 miles from
Junction 16 of the M6 near Crewe. At the interim results
in November 2023, the Group announced that it was
evaluating options for the scheme, including the sale
of all or part of Radway Green, and that it would not
progress the development alone. Negotiations are now
well advanced.
This is a highly attractive scheme, with full planning
permission and the potential to deliver at least 1.8 million
sq ft of space, across two phases of 0.8 million sq ft and
1.0 million sq ft.
PRIORITY: INCREASE DIVIDEND COVER
Adjusted earnings per share was 4.8 pence for the year
(FY23: 4.7 pence), representing cover of 75.0% of the
total dividend for the year of 6.4 pence. The table below
reconciles the movement in adjusted EPS between the
two years:
Adjusted earnings per share
Pence
For the year ended 31 March 2023
4.7
Rental income and dilapidations
(0.1)
Reduced non-recoverable property expenses
0.2
Reduced investment management fee and
other administrative expenses
0.2
Net finance costs
(0.2)
For the year ended 31 March 2024
4.8
The actions we have taken in FY24 position the
Group to deliver rising earnings and dividend cover
moving forwards.
In FY24, the Group generated profits on disposals of
£5.5 million or 1.3 pence per share. Adding these profits
to adjusted EPS results in earnings of 6.1 pence per share,
increasing dividend cover on a cash basis to 95.3% for
the year.
AN ATTRACTIVE AND RESILIENT PORTFOLIO
Focus on multi-let estates
The Group is highly focused on multi-let estates, which
made up 71.6% of the portfolio by value at the year end
(excluding development land). We favour these estates
because they:
offer more asset management opportunities than
single-let assets, helping us to raise the rental tone more
quickly and capture the reversion created;
reduce risk by having a more diverse range of occupiers,
spread across different industries;
provide flexibility for occupiers with a range of unit sizes
to suit the life cycle of a company and the ability to
scale up by taking multiple units; and
are a scarce asset class, with rebuild costs generally
below capital values, constraining supply and
supporting rental growth.
The portfolio analysis table below provides more
information on the split between multi-let and single-let
assets at the year end.
A strategically located portfolio
The portfolio is spread across important economic
hubs, in gateway locations with access to major arterial
routes and a plentiful local labour force. This contributes
to occupier demand and the potential for long-term
rental growth.
In particular, the portfolio has exposure to key industrial
hubs in:
the North West (25.1% of the investment portfolio);
the Midlands (22.7%); and
the Oxford-Cambridge Arc, centred on Milton Keynes
(24.2%).
28
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
INVESTMENT ADVISOR’S REPORT
CONTINUED
Portfolio analysis
At the year end, the investment portfolio comprised 642 units across 7.8 million sq ft of space
(31 March 2023: 833 units across 8.2 million sq ft). The table below analyses the portfolio as at 31 March 2024:
Value (£m)
Occupancy
by ERV
(%)
NIY (%)
Equivalent
yield (%)
Average
rent (£ per
sq ft)
ERV
(£ per sq
ft)
Capital
value (£
per sq ft)
Multi-let more than 100k sq ft
373.5
96.1
5.6
6.4
5.84
6.82
90.93
Multi-let less than 100k sq ft
150.4
92.7
6.0
6.8
6.89
7.58
99.32
Single-let regional distribution
129.9
100.0
5.5
6.1
5.54
6.55
94.09
Single-let last mile
78.0
100.0
6.0
6.6
6.49
7.48
94.79
Total
731.8
96.4
5.7
6.5
6.05
6.99
93.52
Development land
78.4
Total portfolio
810.2
Capital values show upside potential
The NIY of the investment portfolio was 5.7% at
31 March 2024, with a reversionary yield of 6.8%.
The average capital value across the portfolio was
£93.52 per sq ft, which remains well below the
reinstatement value for this type of asset, which is
£116.16 per sq ft on our portfolio.
Occupancy remains high
Occupancy across the investment portfolio remained high
at 96.4% at the year end (31 March 2023: 95.8%). Effective
occupancy, which excludes units under offer to let or
undergoing refurbishment, was 97.6% (31 March 2023:
98.4%), with 0.4% of the investment portfolio under offer
to let and a further 0.8% undergoing refurbishment at
that date.
The weighted average unexpired lease term for the
investment portfolio stood at 5.0 years (31 March 2023:
5.5 years).
DIVERSE OCCUPIER BASE INCREASES
RESILIENCE
The Group has a diverse occupier base of 445 businesses,
with around 73.8% generating revenues of more than
£10 million and around 89.2% exceeding £1 million of
revenues.
The table below shows the occupier split by sector at the
year end:
Occupier base by sector at 31 March 2024
Contracted
rent %
Wholesale and trade distribution
35.0
Food and general manufacturing
28.0
Services and utilities
17.8
Transport and logistics
11.8
Technology, media and telecoms
3.1
Construction
2.9
Other
1.4
100
The Group’s rent roll is also well diversified. The top 15 occupiers account for 36.3% of the contracted rents from the
investment portfolio, with the top 100 generating 77.7%.
Top 15 occupiers at
31 March 2024
Rent
£m
% of
total
rent
D&B
score
Amazon UK Services Limited
3.2
7.3
5A2
John Lewis plc
1.9
4.3
5A1
Wincanton Holdings Limited
1.9
4.2
5A1
DFS Limited
1.3
3.0
5A2
Direct Wines Limited
1.2
2.6
N2
Alliance Healthcare
(Distribution) Limited
0.9
2.1
5A2
Argos Limited
0.8
1.9
5A2
Magna Exteriors
(Liverpool) Limited
0.8
1.9
N-
International Automotive
Components Limited
0.8
1.8
4A4
Evtec Aluminium
Technologies Limited
0.7
1.4
N4
Emerson Process
Management Limited
0.7
1.4
5A2
Howden Joinery
Properties Limited
0.5
1.1
N3
A. Schulman
Thermoplastics Limited
0.5
1.1
4A2
Colormatrix Europe Limited
0.5
1.1
5A2
Magna Exteriors
(Banbury) Limited
0.5
1.1
C3
Total
16.2
36.3
29
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This spread of occupiers across industries and business
sizes means the Group is not reliant on any one occupier or
industry. This increases the Group’s resilience and helps to
mitigate both financial and leasing risks.
Contracted rent by occupier size
%
Top 15 occupiers
36.3
Occupiers 16 – 25
9.2
Occupiers 26 – 50
15.9
Occupiers 51 – 100
16.2
Others
22.4
100.0
Occupiers remain in robust shape
We monitor the strength of the occupiers’ covenants by
using credit software such as Dun & Bradstreet, anti-
money laundering software such as Dow Jones, monitoring
news flow and analysing company reports. This keeps
us informed of how evolving macroeconomic conditions
are affecting their businesses. For smaller occupiers, the
Group also often has the benefit of rent deposits, giving it
additional protection from bad debts.
Overall, the Group’s occupiers appear well placed in
the current environment, which is reflected in our rent
collection and the continued low level of bad debts (see
the Financial Review). As at 17 June 2024, we had collected
99.3% of the rent due in respect of the year and we expect
this to increase further as we work with occupiers to
collect the outstanding amount.
Working with occupiers
While the Group’s outsourced property managers handle
some day-to-day administrative tasks with occupiers,
we ensure that we always own the occupier relationship.
Our asset management team regularly visits sites, meets
occupiers face to face and holds calls with them. Initiatives
such as the recently opened estate office at Bradwell
Abbey in Milton Keynes enable our team to be on site, build
stronger relationships and helps develop letting interest.
We also run surveys to obtain insights from occupiers,
so we can support them better and to inform our asset
management plans. These typically cover current and
future space requirements, the number of people on site,
where their stock comes from and goes to, what, if any,
on site amenities they would value and what their ESG
priorities are. This year our occupier survey covered the
top 25 occupiers and two of the Group’s largest estates;
responses covered around 19% of contracted rents. It was
conducted in person, providing an excellent opportunity to
develop these key relationships.
LEASING ACTIVITY
Robust occupier demand has helped us to continue
to capture the reversion in the portfolio through lease
renewals and new lettings. New leases were ahead of ERVs,
while lease renewals and rent reviews are achieving strong
average uplifts against previous rental levels.
New leases
The Group completed 45 new leases on 0.2 million sq ft of
space during the year, which will generate annual rent of
£1.6 million, 37.7% ahead of the previous contracted rent
and 8.7% ahead of the 31 March 2023 ERV. The level of
incentives has reduced compared with the prior year.
Highlights are shown in the table below:
Increase over
Estate
Lease length
(years)
Annual rent
(£)
Previous
rent
ERV at
31/3/23
Halebank Industrial Estate, Widnes
5
325,000
+50.2%
+1.6%
Delta Court Industrial Estate, Doncaster
5
138,800
+15.7%
+12.0%
Bradwell Abbey, Milton Keynes
3
97,000
+10.5%
Delta Court Industrial Estate, Doncaster
10
89,100
+31.0%
+40.6%
Lease renewals
The Group continues to retain the majority of its occupiers, with 76.7% remaining in occupation at lease expiry and 74.3%
with a break arising in the year.
There were 36 lease renewals on 0.4 million sq ft of space during FY24, with an average uplift of 36.7% above the previous
passing rent and 9.9% above the ERV.
Highlights are shown in the table below:
Increase over
Estate
Lease length
(years)
Annual rent
(£)
Previous
rent
ERV at
31/3/23
Kingsland Grange, Warrington
5
498,000
+42.3%
+27.3%
Matrix Park, Eaton Point
5
320,500
+22.7%
In-line
South Fort Street, Edinburgh
10
200,200
+30.1%
+5.5%
Knowsley Business Park, Knowsley
10
118,900
+37.5%
In-line
30
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
INVESTMENT ADVISOR’S REPORT
CONTINUED
Rent reviews
During the year, we completed 22 rent reviews, generating an additional £5.6 million per annum, 23.9% ahead of previous
rent and 8.0% ahead of the March 2023 ERV.
Highlights are shown in the table below:
Increase over
Estate
Agreed
passing rent
(£)
Previous
rent
ERV at
31/3/23
Chittening Industrial Estate, Bristol
390,000
+51.0%
+3.2%
Lynx Business Park, Newmarket
334,500
+28.6%
+28.6%
Howley Park Industrial Estate, Morley
304,500
+31.5%
+15.0%
TARGETED CAPITAL EXPENDITURE DRIVING
RENTAL GROWTH AND IMPROVED ENERGY
PERFORMANCE
On average, the Group budgets to invest around 0.75% of
its gross asset value (“GAV”) in capital expenditure each
year. This excludes development projects and is therefore
based on GAV excluding developments. Our priorities
when investing in the estate are to drive rental growth,
improve EPC ratings and secure other ESG improvements.
Approximately 20% of capex is typically directed to
EPC-related improvements and all capex must generate a
minimum return of 10% on the capital deployed. Our capital
expenditure plans also take account of local demand and
supply, the requirements of individual units versus the
overall estate, and our longer-term aspirations to hold or
sell the asset.
Total capital expenditure in the year was £3.3 million,
equivalent to 0.4% of GAV excluding developments. At the
year end, approximately 0.8% of the portfolio’s ERV was
under refurbishment (31 March 2023: 1.3%).
FINANCIAL REVIEW
Performance
Rental income for the year was £44.0 million (FY23: £45.8
million), with the reduction reflecting the impact of asset
disposals, partially offset by the Group’s leasing activity,
EPRA like-for-like rental growth of 5.7% and a full year
contribution from Bradwell Abbey (acquired in the first half
of FY23).
The Group’s operating costs include its running costs
(primarily the management, audit, company secretarial,
other professional, and Directors’ fees), and property-
related costs (including legal expenses, void costs and
repairs). Total operating costs for the year were £16.0 million
(FY23: £18.9 million), with the cost base benefiting from a
reduction in the Investment Advisor’s fee of £1.2 million to
£5.7 million (FY23: 6.9 million) and lower vacancy costs,
following successful lettings activity in the year.
The net increase in the expected credit loss allowance
remained low at £0.2 million (FY23: £0.2 million). This
reflects the diversity and quality of the Group’s occupiers
and our close relationships with them.
The total cost ratio, which is the adjusted cost ratio including
direct vacancy costs, was 24.4% (FY23: 28.4%). The ongoing
charges ratio, representing the costs of running the REIT as
a percentage of NAV, was 1.4% (FY23: 1.3%).
The Group disposed of assets totalling £53.0 million in the
year, resulting in a net profit on disposal of £5.5 million.
At 31 March 2024, the Group recognised a gain of
£15.1 million on the revaluation of its portfolio (FY23: loss
of £193.4 million). See the Valuation section below for
more information.
Financing income in the year was £8.5 million (FY23:
£6.9 million), including £8.2 million (FY23: £2.0 million)
of interest receipts from interest rate derivatives.
Financing costs include the interest and fees on the
Group’s revolving credit facility (“RCF”) and term loan (see
Debt Financing and Hedging). The finance expenses were
£24.6 million (FY23: £15.5 million). While the impact has
been partly mitigated by the Group’s interest rate caps
(see below), the all-in cost of debt for the year reduced
to 4.2% (FY23: 4.3%). The Group also had a £5.2 million
change in fair value of derivatives (FY23: £4.9 million
gain), as well as £1.7 million related to the accelerated
amortisation of loan issue costs, as a result of the debt
refinancing in the first half of the year (see page 32).
The statutory profit before tax was £34.3 million
(FY23: £182.9 million loss).
The Group has continued to comply with its obligations as
a REIT and the profits and capital gains from its property
investment business are therefore exempt from corporation
tax. The corporation tax charge for the year was therefore
£nil (FY23: £nil).
Earnings per share under IFRS was 8.1 pence
(FY23: 43.0 pence loss per share). EPRA EPS was
2.9 pence (FY23: 3.9 pence). Adjusted earnings per share
was 4.8 pence (FY23: 4.7 pence).
31
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Dividends
The Company has declared the following interim dividends in respect of the year:
Quarter to
Declared
Paid/to be paid
Amount (pence)
30 June 2023
31 August 2023
6 October 2023
1.6
30 September 2023
15 November 2023
29 December 2023
1.6
31 December 2023
26 January 2024
2 April 2024
1.6
31 March 2024
25 June 2024
26 July 2024
1.6
Total
6.4
The total dividend was therefore in line with the Group’s
target for the year of 6.4 pence and was 95.3% covered by
adjusted EPS and profit on sale of investment properties.
Three dividends were property income distributions and
one was a non-property income distribution. The cash
cost of the total dividend for the year will be £27.2 million
(FY23: £27.6 million).
Valuation
The portfolio was independently valued by CBRE as at
31 March 2024, in accordance with the internationally
accepted RICS Valuation – Global Standards 2020
(incorporating the International Valuation Standards) (the
“Red Book”), and the RICS Valuation – Global Standards
2021 – UK national supplement.
The portfolio valuation was £810.2 million (31 March 2023:
£828.8 million), representing a 2.0% like-for-like valuation
increase. The value of the investment portfolio was up 2.6%
on a like-for-like basis with development land down 2.5%
reflecting the impact of higher interest rates on financing
development schemes.
The EPRA NIY at the year end was 5.4% (31 March 2023:
5.0%) and the EPRA topped up NIY was 5.6% (31 March
2023: 5.5%). Whilst there was some softening in valuation
yields in the December 2023 quarter across the whole,
FY24 valuation yields for mulit-let warehouses generally
remained flat. The increase in valuation was therefore
driven by an increase in rental levels and ERVs brought
about by a combination of market forces and active
asset management.
Net asset value
EPRA Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”) per share was
124.4 pence at 31 March 2024 (31 March 2023: 122.6 pence.)
The table below reconciles the movement in the EPRA NTA
in FY24:
EPRA NTA per share
Pence
As at 31 March 2023
122.6
Adjusted earnings
4.8
Profit on disposals
1.3
Dividends
(6.4)
Valuation movement
3.5
Accelerated borrowing costs
(0.4)
Cost of interest rate caps taken out in the
year
(1.0)
As at 31 March 2024
124.4
Debt financing and hedging
The Group refinanced its debt facilities in the first half of
FY24, extending the term and improving the covenants.
The new £320.0 million facility comprises a £220.0 million
term loan and a £100.0 million RCF. It replaces the
Company’s previous £320.0 million debt facility and
extends the tenure from January 2025 to June 2028.
The facility is provided by a club of four lenders: HSBC,
Bank of Ireland, NatWest and Santander. The minimum
interest cover is 1.5 times, compared to 2.0 times under the
previous facility, and the maximum LTV has been extended
from 55% to 60%. Both the term loan and the RCF attract
a margin of 2.2% plus SONIA for an LTV below 40% or 2.5%
if the LTV is above 40%.
At 31 March 2024, £64.0 million was drawn against the RCF
and £220.0 million against the term loan. This gave total
debt of £284.0 million (31 March 2023: £306.0 million),
with the Group also holding cash balances of £16.0 million
(31 March 2023: £25.1 million). The LTV ratio at 31 March
2024 was therefore 33.1% (31 March 2023: 33.9%). Interest
cover for the period was 3.1 times, meaning the Group was
substantially within the covenants in the debt facility.
At the year end, the Group had £250.0 million of interest
rate caps in place, of which £200.0 million fixed SONIA
at 1.5% and £50.0 million fixed SONIA at 2.0%. The Group
took out the £50.0 million cap in November 2023, to
replace a £30.0 million cap that expired in the month.
We continue to explore opportunities to diversify the
Group’s sources of debt funding, extend the average
maturity of its debt and further reduce the average cost
of debt.
32
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
INVESTMENT ADVISOR’S REPORT
CONTINUED
TILSTONE PARTNERS LIMITED
As the Investment Advisor, our team plays a crucial role in
the Group’s success. Our people have a range of relevant
skills, including real estate investment, asset management,
finance and sustainability.
While everyone who joins us has the experience and
qualifications they need for their role, we are committed
to supporting professional and personal development and
training. We therefore run an annual appraisal process and
provide both statutory and individual training, according
to each person’s job or personal requirements. This year
we have provided some additional disclosure on training
and development within our EPRA Sustainability tables
(see page 146).
In March 2024 we also conducted our first employee
survey. We had a 100% participation rate and were
particularly pleased that over 90% rated their overall
working environment as Very Good or Good. Responding
to the survey, we have introduced a number of benefits,
including employee volunteering days and match funding.
We set annual objectives which align to our values and
every employee has at least one ESG-related objective.
Diversity and inclusion are important to us, as we recognise
the benefits of diverse viewpoints and life experiences.
At the year end, our gender diversity was 55% male, 45%
female across the Investment Advisor.
POST-PERIOD END ACTIVITY
The Group exchanged or completed on the sale
of £57.5 million of three-let assets in four separate
transactions. These sales bring the total since 1 April 2023
to £110.5 million.
The transactions comprise Barlborough Links in
Chesterfield, which has exchanged for £46.0 million,
Parkway Industrial Estate in Plymouth sold for £6.3 million,
Celtic Business Park and Newport sold for £5.2 million.
Also in June 2024, the Group exchanged contracts
to acquire Ventura Retail Park in Tamworth, a retail
warehousing asset for £38.6 million, representing a net
initial yield of 7.4% Ventura is one of the top 20 shopping
parks in the UK with an excellent occupier line up including
Boots, Sports Direct and H&M. Comprising 13 units and
covering 119,000 sq ft, it is part of a larger retail cluster
including M&S and Asda, adjacent to the A5.
COMPLIANCE WITH THE INVESTMENT POLICY
The investment policy is summarised below. The Group
continued to comply in full with this policy throughout
the year.
33
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Investment policy
Status
Performance
The Group will only invest in warehouse assets in the UK.
All of the Group’s estates are UK-based warehouses.
No individual warehouse will represent more than 20% of the Group’s last published gross asset value
(“GAV”), at the time it invests.
The largest individual warehouse represents 5.8% of GAV.
The Group will target a portfolio with no one occupier accounting for more than 20% of its gross contracted
rents at the time of purchase. No more than 20% of its gross assets will be exposed to the creditworthiness
of a single occupier at the time of purchase.
The largest occupier accounts for 7.3% of gross contracted
rents and 6.4% of gross assets.
The Group will diversify the portfolio across the UK, with a focus on areas with strong underlying investment
fundamentals.
The portfolio is well balanced across the UK, as shown in the
chart on page 04.
The Group can invest no more than 10% of gross assets in other listed closed-ended investment funds.
The Group held no investments in other funds during the year.
The Group’s exposure to assets under development (including pre-let assets, forward fundings or assets
which have been at least partially de-risked), assessed on a cost basis, will not exceed 20% of gross assets
at the time of purchase.
The Group may invest directly, or through forward funding agreements or commitments, in developments
(including pre-developed land), where:
the structure provides us with investment risk rather than development risk;
the development is at least partially pre-let, sold or de-risked in a similar way; and
we intend to hold the completed development as an investment asset.
The Group may, where considered appropriate, undertake an element of speculative development,
provided that the exposure to these assets, assessed on a cost basis, does not exceed 10% of gross assets.
Speculative developments are those which have not been at least partially leased, pre-leased or de-risked in
a similar way.
The Group’s exposure to developments at the year end was
9.7% of GAV.
The Group views an LTV of between 30% and 40% as optimal over the longer term but can temporarily
increase gearing up to a maximum of LTV of 50% at the time of an arrangement, to finance value-enhancing
opportunities.
The LTV at 31 March 2024 was 33.1%.
The Group’s full investment objective and policy are set out on page 148.
34
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
INVESTMENT ADVISOR’S REPORT
CONTINUED
GOING CONCERN
In preparing the financial statements, we and the
Company’s Board are required to assess whether the
Group remains a going concern. During the year, the Group
generated total property income of £51.0 million and
operating profits of £35.0 million, showing that rents would
have to fall by approximately 31.4% before the business
became loss-making. This is considered highly unlikely
given the high occupational demand for warehouse assets,
our strong relationships with the broad range of occupiers
across the portfolio, the level of rent collection and the fact
that the portfolio ERV exceeds the year-end contracted
rent roll by 20.0%.
At the same time, the Group has a strong balance sheet,
with substantial cash and headroom within its facilities at
the year end of £45.9 million. The Group has refinanced its
debt facilities, extending the term by more than three years
to June 2028, and at the date of this report has interest
rate caps on £250.0 million of debt.
We and the Company’s Board have also carefully reviewed
the risk landscape and do not believe that the risks facing
the Group have materially increased. As a result, we are
confident that the Group remains a going concern.
INVESTMENT MANAGER
The Company is an alternative investment fund for the
purposes of the Alternative Investment Fund Managers
Directive (“AIFMD”) and, as such, is required to have an
Investment Manager who is duly authorised to undertake
that role. G10 Capital Limited (“G10”) is the Company’s
AIFM and Investment Manager and is authorised and
regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority.
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
Tilstone Partners Limited is Investment Advisor to
the Company.
Simon Hope
Tilstone Partners Limited
24 June 2024
35
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Building on the net zero commitments we made in
2022/23, we have further embedded sustainability into the
way we do business. Our sustainability programme creates
value by making our portfolio more resilient to the impact
of climate change and means that our offer is better
aligned to the needs of today’s businesses. Improving
our ESG performance is also important for many of our
shareholders, so while we are pleased with the progress we
have made this year, we recognise that there is more work
to be done.
Improving EPC ratings has been a key focus for the year
and is central to our commitment to create a resilient
portfolio. At year end, 66.6% of our space was EPC A–C
rated, up from 60.2% at the start of the year and we have
more than doubled the percentage of A and B rated
space to 26.5%. We typically refurbish our space at lease
events and our refurbishment standards target a minimum
B rating. This means we are not incurring capex sooner
than necessary and are minimising inconvenience for our
occupiers. At the same time, we regularly share insights on
how our occupiers can drive energy efficiency, delivering
ratings improvements outside of lease events. We are
therefore confident of meeting the initial guidance relating
to proposed MEES legislation.
To reduce our carbon footprint, last year we committed to
reducing our scope 1 and 2 emissions by 4.2% annually. We
recognise that these only account for a small percentage
of our overall emissions compared to scope 3 where we
are building our knowledge. This year, we achieved a 2.8%
reduction in scope 1 and 2 emissions on a like-for-like basis,
which is below our target due to higher gas consumption
last summer on two units but also reflects the small pool of
assets in the like-for-like calculation.
Reducing scope 3 emissions, primarily occupier energy
consumption, will be more impactful. This is an area where
we have far less control, and do not yet have full visibility,
making it hard to benchmark performance. We have taken
the first steps towards addressing that this year and have
worked with Savills to estimate energy consumption across
over 50% of our space (see page 42). At the same time,
we are engaging closely with occupiers to secure their
permission to collect unit-specific data. These projects
have enabled us to report some scope 3 emission data for
the first time. The more data we gather, the better placed
we will be to set a target for scope 3 emissions and this is
something we are working on in the current year.
Aimée Pitman
Chair of the Sustainability Committee
OUR LONG-TERM ESG GOALS
01
Creating a resilient portfolio
02
Reducing our footprint
03
Supporting our occupiers
04
Responsible business
Reducing EPC risk
Reducing climate-related risks in the
portfolio
Targeting green building certifications
Implementing our net zero carbon
pathway for scope 1 and 2
Disclosing scope 3 carbon emissions
Increasing energy and resource
efficiency
Reducing waste and resource
consumption
Engaging with occupiers to understand
their net zero carbon goals and
support wellbeing
Supporting occupiers’ wellbeing and
providing a safe environment for all
building users
Integrating sustainability criteria into
lease clauses
Implementing robust governance and
oversight of ESG risks
Being transparent in disclosure and
participation in investor benchmarks
and indices
36
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Occupier engagement more generally is something we
value highly. This year we conducted a wide-ranging,
face-to-face occupier survey that has provided very
granular information on occupier requirements as well as
their ESG agendas. We did this in person to strengthen our
relationships with our occupiers. Some of the insights from
this are set out on page 40. In particular, we made great
progress at Bradwell Abbey, where in response to occupier
feedback from previous surveys, we launched a café and
opened an office on the estate so that one of the Tilstone
team is on hand daily to support our occupiers.
This year, we have widened the scope of our ‘Responsible
Business’ commitment to include supporting communities
local to our assets. The Tilstone team spent a day
volunteering at the Milton Keynes City Discovery Centre,
directly adjacent to our Bradwell Abbey estate. This is an
important amenity for the local community. It preserves the
historical site of the abbey, provides sensory areas for local
children, including those with special needs and volunteers
grow organic vegetables for local foodbanks. Across
Warehouse REIT and Tilstone Partners our charitable
donations totalled £10,600 with the most significant being
to Bus Shelter, an organisation tackling homelessness in
Milton Keynes.
We have also taken a number of steps to improve our
disclosure. Recognising the key role that our Investment
Advisor plays in delivering the Group’s strategy, this year
we have extended our employment disclosures to cover
the Tilstone team, including diversity and training. We are
working to extend the scope and quality of our disclosures
across the ESG spectrum to better inform our shareholders
and to improve our performance in sustainability
benchmarks which remains a long-term priority for the
Group. This year, we were pleased to have retained our
EPRA sBPR Gold award for the third consecutive year.
Looking forward, we are earmarking a small amount
of capital to finance projects that improve the climate
resilience of our portfolio or enable us to assess the
feasibility of ESG-related initiatives. Returns from
such projects may be harder to measure or delivered
over a longer time frame. An example of how we are
employing these funds is to finance a solar PV (photo
voltaic) feasibility study to understand where we have
an opportunity to increase our on-site renewable energy
provision through the installation of PV panels.
We have made good progress embedding ESG into our
business. The team are actively looking for opportunities
to decarbonise our portfolio and make it more resilient
and we are delivering on those wherever we can. Wider
economic challenges mean that our focus is sharply upon
initiatives that deliver value for shareholders but at the
same time we recognise that we serve a broad spectrum of
stakeholders and we will continue to deliver for them over
the coming year.
Aimée Pitman
Chair of the Sustainability Committee
37
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
01
2024 target
Progress
EPC improvement
programme to ensure
all in-scope properties
have a valid EPC and
target 25% reduction of
D and E rated properties
Achieved a 25.7% reduction in D and E rated
properties which are subject to MEES requirements
vs FY23 baseline
66.6% of the portfolio is now EPC A–C rated
(FY23: 60.2%) and 26.5% is A–B rated (FY23: 10.4%)
Fully compliant with existing EPC regulations and on
track to meet proposed regulations
Build mitigation plans
for assets identified as
at higher risk of climate
change
We commissioned third-party consultants to
undertake enhanced flood risk assessments of
six assets that were identified as being high risk
through our climate change scenario analysis. This
assessment showed only one asset to be at high risk
from one of six possible flooding types and we are
evaluating mitigation options (see TCFD section,
pages 43 to 50)
All developments over
50,000 sq ft to target
BREEAM Excellent /
Very Good
We have one development, Radway Green
1
near
Crewe where we are targeting a minimum BREEAM
Very Good rating for New Construction
All developments to
target EPC B or above
Radway Green is targeting an EPC A rating
Regular Board ESG
training on future
legislation, occupier
demands and
climate risk
The Board received a comprehensive update on the
ESG regulatory landscape from our legal advisors
Osborne Clarke and on the impact of climate change
from JLL’s sustainability team
1
Intention to sell all or part of the asset was announced in November 2023.
Delivering EPC improvements
Our approach
Delivering EPC improvements is an integral part of our
asset management approach (see page 15). We refurbish
buildings at lease events in line with our Environmental
Refurbishment and Development Standards which formally
target a minimum EPC B. This aligns to proposed MEES
requirements of a minimum EPC B rating by 2030.
Energy efficiency initiatives include upgrading lighting
to LEDs, disconnecting gas, replacing boilers and
radiators with electric panel heaters and introducing air
source heat pumps for the office space. Annual capex is
typically 0.75% of GAV of which c.20% is allocated to EPC
improvement-related initiatives.
CASE STUDY
Progress and
performance
96%
of refurbished
units achieved an
EPC B rating on
reassessment
26%
A–B rated as at
March 2024
67%
A–C rated as at
March 2024
EPC performance
April 2023
March 2024
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
F
and below
E
D
C
B
A
38
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CREATING A RESILIENT PORTFOLIO
02
2024 target
Progress
4.2% reduction in scope
1 and 2 emissions on a
like-for-like basis
2.8% reduction achieved which is below our target
due to higher gas consumption on two units last
summer, but reflects the small like-for-like pool of
just seven assets. Further progress to be delivered
through refurbishment in line with our standards
Increase visibility over
scope 3 emissions
1
Occupier energy usage is our primary source of
scope 3 emissions. This year we have worked with
Savills to report occupier electricity usage on an
anonymous basis, and now have coverage of 52.1% of
the portfolio
In addition we have identified a solution to enable
us to track unit specific usage which is being rolled
out; coverage is currently 11.4% giving a combined
coverage of 53.8% (note there is overlap between the
approaches)
All new utility contracts
to be renewables based
100% of landlord procured electricity contracts are
REGO backed tariffs at year end
All refurbishments
to align with Tilstone
Environmental
Refurbishment and
Development Standards
Refurbishments covering 182,000 sq ft were
delivered this year with progress tracked through
occupier scorecards
LED lighting was fitted at all, 78% had gas removed /
disconnected or there was no connection and eight
new EV charging points were installed bringing the
total to 43 across the portfolio
Environmental Refurbishment and Development
standards formally updated to target a minimum
EPC B rating and to upgrade meters to half hourly
where possible
All developments to have
a sustainability plan
Radway Green
2
is our only development;
sustainability is fully embedded in its design which
targets a Very Good rating
1
Target added in the year.
2
Intention to sell all or part of the asset was announced in November 2023.
Progressing net zero
Widnes case study
This year, we refurbished Foundry
Point, a single-let asset in Widnes.
In line with our standards and to
progress our decarbonisation plans,
we removed the gas connection,
installed more energy efficient heating
in the offices, added two new EV
chargers and LED lighting was fitted
throughout.
Nearly 100% of the waste was recycled
and items left by Amazon, the previous
occupier, including lockers and medical
aprons were donated to special needs
schools and nursing homes.
Outcomes
The unit achieved an EPC B rating and
has since been re-let at a premium of
50.2% to the previous passing rent and
1.6% ahead of ERV.
The new occupier is a manufacturer
of special purpose engineering
equipment, and part of a large,
multi-national business.
CASE STUDY
2.8%
reduction in scope 1
and 2 emissions
54%
visibility of occupier
energy usage
REDUCING OUR FOOTPRINT
39
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
03
2024 target
Progress
Launch portfolio-wide
occupier engagement
survey, targeting 20%
response rate
Comprehensive occupier survey conducted, with
responses covering over 19% of our portfolio by
rent. Topics ranged from space requirements to ESG
priorities, including:
ESG approach and priorities
Appetite to share utility data
Preferred occupier amenities
Implementing plan from
2023 occupier survey
Responding to occupier feedback from our FY23
survey, we launched a new site office and opened a
new café / delicatessen at Bradwell Abbey. Following
this successful pilot, we will look for opportunities to
improve the amenity provision elsewhere
Re-tendered landlord electricity supplier delivering
cost savings for occupiers
Four new EV charging points installed bringing the
total to 43 across the portfolio
Inclusion of green clause
principles in all new
leases
All new leases incorporate green clauses; 60%
include absolute provisions on:
Sharing environmental data
Maintaining the EPC rating
Defibrillators installed at
large, multi-let assets
1
Defibrillators have been installed at Bradwell Abbey
in Milton Keynes, Tramway Industrial Estate in
Banbury and Queenslie Industrial Estate in Glasgow
Further installations planned for the coming year
1
Target added in the year.
Supporting our occupiers
Occupier survey
Our survey covered the top 25
occupiers as well as two of our largest
multi-let assets. Around two-thirds
of respondants have an active ESG
strategy in place with our larger
occupiers focused on renewable energy
use and decarbonising transport to
achieve their net zero commitments.
Occupiers were surveyed on their
ESG priorities with over 90% of those
responding identifying reducing
energy consumption as a priority;
rising energy costs were cited as a key
operational challenge.
Employee wellbeing is increasingly
important for many of our occupiers,
regardless of size. Building on the
success of our new café at Bradwell
Abbey, we will look to roll out
site-specific amenities this year
including more EV charging facilities.
Key ESG priorities
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
Water usage
reduction
Increase
renewable energy
Waste recycling/
reducing
Employee
wellbeing
Reduce energy
consumption
Most requested occupier amenities
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
Electric
scooter hub
Cycle storage
Outdoor
facilities
Café
EV charging
CASE STUDY
40
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
SUPPORTING OUR OCCUPIERS
04
2024 targets
Progress
Retain EPRA sBPR
Gold award
Gold award maintained for the third year
Progress alignment with
TCFD recommendations
Voluntary TCFD disclosure for the fourth year;
quantification of EPC retrofit cost included for the
first time (see page 46)
Undertook comprehensive flood risk assessments
on assets identified as high risk following climate
change scenario analysis (see pages 44 to 45)
Formalised governance on climate change risk
Implement
recommendations
to align with GRESB
benchmark
Commitment to be net zero in scope 1 and 2
emissions by 2030 and progressing plans to set a
scope 3 target
Provided additional disclosure on Tilstone employees
(see page 146)
ESG formally integrated within annual performance
targets for all Tilstone employees
Green lease clauses included within all new leases
ESOS phase 3
compliance
ESOS report prepared for June 2024 submission
Supporting local
communities
1
£10,600 charitable donations across Warehouse REIT
and Tilstone Partners to organisations local to our
sites, including Bus Shelter, a Milton Keynes homeless
charity
Joint social responsibility plan established for REIT
and Tilstone including Company volunteering and
match funding
Supporting young talent through Pathways to
Property
1
Target added in the year.
Volunteering at Bradwell Abbey
In October, the Tilstone team spent a
day volunteering for the Milton Keynes
City Discovery Centre, a local charity
adjacent to our Bradwell Abbey asset.
The centre is a key amenity for the
community; it preserves the heritage
of the Abbey, hosts educational visits
and sensory gardens have been
established in the grounds for use by
local charities, including Make Well,
who work with neurodiverse children
and adults. The area is maintained
by volunteers who grow organic
vegetables in the garden to supply to
local food banks.
Supporting young talent
This year we joined Pathways to
Property, a project led by the Reading
Real Estate Foundation at the Henley
Business School, which aims to widen
access to the real estate profession.
In March, two of the Tilstone Team
supported their Insight Day, which was
an opportunity for young people in
the area to present their work to real
estate professionals.
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS FOUNDATIONS
41
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FUTURE COMMITMENTS
The following are specific commitments for FY25 and sit alongside our business as usual interventions which we are delivering in support of our long-term goals.
01
Creating a resilient portfolio
02
Reducing our footprint
03
Supporting our occupiers
04
Responsible business
£100,000 earmarked to cover
ESG-related investment
Further 25% reduction in EPC D and
E rated properties subject to MEES
regulations (vs FY23 our position)
Deliver mitigation plans for assets
identified as higher risk through
climate change scenario analysis
Progress ambition to achieve net zero
on scope 1 and 2 by 2030
Increase visibility over occupier energy
usage by at least another 10%
Target PV on a minimum of 10% of the
portfolio by 2030
Ensure 100% of directly procured
electricity from renewable contracts
Perform annual occupier survey
Respond to feedback from FY24 survey:
Increase EV charging provision
Site-specific amenities at key
multi-let assets
Share insights to improve energy
efficiency and reduce costs
Improve performance in sustainability
benchmarks
Progress community programme
Deliver investment Advisor
ESG-training
Develop approach to biodiversity
NET ZERO AMBITIONS
Last year we set a commitment to be net zero in
greenhouse gas scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030.
We also launched a series of commitments to support
emission reduction across the wider portfolio, including
occupier emissions.
This framework is set out on our website; key interventions
include adopting our Environmental Refurbishment and
Development Standards, procuring 100% of our electricity
from renewable sources and engaging with occupiers.
Measuring and reducing scope 3 emissions
Before we set a target to be net zero on our scope 3
emissions, we need to establish a baseline from which we
can measure performance.
This year, for the first time we are reporting some scope
3 emission data. We now collect occupier electricity data
from 33 of our estates covering 53.8% of the portfolio
by sq ft. The majority of this is on an anonymous basis,
but we are working with our occupiers to collect unit-
specific data which will enable us to provide more targeted
advice to our occupiers on how to reduce their own
carbon footprint.
The occupier electricity data we have collated and
associated GHG emissions are set out in the table.
Occupier emissions
2023/24
Sq ft covered (% of total)
4.2m (53.8%)
Annual consumption (MWh)
9,766
Building energy intensity, kWh/m
2
/year
25.0
GHG emissions (tCO
2
e)
2,022
FUNDS EARMARKED FOR ESG PROJECTS
We are earmarking £100,000 to finance investment
which improves the climate resiliance of our portfolio
or enables us to assess the feasibility of ESG-related
initiatives. Returns from such projects may be harder
to measure or delivered over a longer timeframe.
One example is a PV feasibility study we are
undertaking that will assess the potential for
installing PV panels on buildings shortlisted by the
Tilstone team. Other examples include biodiversity
benchmarking and the installation of EV chargers.
42
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
FUTURE TARGETS
Introduction
AS PART OF OUR VISION TO BE AN
INDUSTRY-LEADING INVESTOR INTO UK
WAREHOUSES, WE PROACTIVELY MANAGE OUR
CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND PUBLICLY REPORT
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION TO
OUR STAKEHOLDERS.
Here we disclose the climate-related risks we have
identified to the business and set out our overarching
risk management approach in line with the TCFD
recommendations. This report complies with 10 of the 11
TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures.
We have not fully reported our scope 3 emissions under
TCFD Recommended Disclosure – Metrics and Targets
b), due to limited data availability but are making good
progress, with over 50% visibility on occupier electricity
consumption, a key contributor to our scope 3 emissions.
Governance
THE BOARD’S OVERSIGHT OF CLIMATE-RELATED
RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s
approach to risk management and its internal control
process, including setting the Group’s risk appetite,
identifying principal risks, and assessing mitigating controls
via regular risk reviews. The Board has fundamental
responsibility over wider sustainability matters, including
the Group’s sustainability strategy and reporting
obligations. Climate change has been identified as a
principal risk to the business in the corporate risk register
and is a key component of our sustainability strategy.
The Audit and Risk Committee provides additional
oversight of the Group’s risk management framework and
is involved in identifying, assessing, and managing risks.
The committee meets more than twice a year to review
the effectiveness of the overall risk management strategy
and reviews the potential impact and related business
mitigation strategies of principal risks across the risk
register, including the climate-related principal risk.
The Sustainability Committee, chaired by Board member
Aimée Pitman, is responsible for developing and
implementing the Group’s responsible business agenda,
sustainability strategy and external ESG reporting. This
year, JLL conducted a comprehensive training session
to give the Board a better understanding of the evolving
reporting obligations across the industry. In this session,
the Board was also shown examples of approaches to
climate adaptation and resilience planning. This was
supplemented by a training session on the regulatory
landscape, conducted by legal advisors Osborne Clarke.
Following the climate risk scenario modelling undertaken
last year, the Sustainability Committee reviewed the
Group’s climate-related risks and mitigation strategies via
the newly formed separate risk register and will continue
to recommend any required updates to the Audit and
Risk Committee. The Audit and Risk Committee reviews
and monitors the risk management framework. The Chair
of the Sustainability Committee reports to the Board
on a quarterly basis and the Sustainability Committee
makes recommendations to the Board, as appropriate, to
ensure that any material climate-driven macroeconomic,
financial, and regulatory market changes are escalated
and integrated into strategic decision-making. The
Sustainability Committee is also responsible for setting and
overseeing performance towards climate-related targets
and long-term goals, available on page 36 to 42. The
implementation roadmap and actions towards achieving
these goals are then overseen by the Investment Advisor.
MANAGEMENT’S ROLE IN ASSESSING
AND MANAGING CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS
AND OPPORTUNITIES
The Investment Advisor supports the Board and Audit
and Risk Committee in identifying and evaluating risks and
is responsible for forming and implementing the Group’s
risk management strategy. The Investment Advisor is
also responsible for coordinating with stakeholders and
engaging with occupiers to identify risk and implement
mitigating controls at the asset level. The Investment
Advisor sits on the Sustainability Committee, alongside
Board members, enabling the communication of
climate-related risks between operational, management
and Board levels.
The Investment Advisor is responsible for day-to-day
operational activities and the application of the risk
management strategy, including climate risk management.
The Investment Advisor, with support from the Property
Manager, is responsible for collecting and reporting
environmental and climate-related data, enabling Board
committees and the Investment Advisor to monitor
performance against strategic long-term goals and
targets. The Investment Advisor is well briefed on the
Group’s sustainability and climate-related ambitions and
reports significant risks at the property level to Board
committees on an ad hoc basis, ensuring that there is clear
communication between occupiers and the Board.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)
TCFD DISCLOSURE
43
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Strategy
CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
IDENTIFIED OVER THE SHORT, MEDIUM AND
LONG TERM
We recognise that climate-related risks materialise over
the medium to longer-term and that the assets we acquire
and occupy now will still be here for many years into the
future. Without appropriate risk management, these risks
could have severe financial and reputational implications.
As such, we conducted climate risk scenario modelling last
year to assess the exposure of our portfolio to physical
climate-related risks across the three Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) climate scenarios – RCP
2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 – over the short term (present
day), medium term (2050) and long term (2080). The time
horizons align with the 2050 net zero carbon deadline set
by the UK Climate Change Act as well as the associated
risks and capture a range of climate-related risks that are
expected to materialise in the near and long term.
Table 1: Percentage of portfolio classified as ‘high-risk assets’ under different scenarios
Scenario and physical hazard
Current
(Present day)
Medium horizon
(2050)
Long horizon
(2080)
Low Scenario (RCP2.6)
Flooding
3.5%
4.3%
4.6%
Subsidence
6.1%
0.0%
6.1%
Costal erosion
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Medium Scenario (RCP 4.5)
Flooding
3.5%
4.5%
4.6%
Subsidence
6.1%
6.1%
9.1%
Costal erosion
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
High Scenario (RCP 8.5)
Flooding
3.5%
4.6%
4.6%
1
Subsidence
6.1%
12.1%
12.1%
Costal erosion
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
1
In our original analysis, 5.6% of modelled units were considered at high risk from flooding, falling to 4.6% post asset sales and less than 1%
reflecting the findings from further, more detailed assessments on the remaining units categorised as high risk.
A detailed overview of our governance structure
can be found below.
Warehouse REIT Board
Audit and Risk Committee
Sustainability Committee
TPL Sustainability Team
Strategic guidance
and support during
implementation
Report on progress
against targets
Identifies, assesses
and manages risks
and mitigation
strategies
Recommends
climate-related
risks and mitigation
actions
Decisions and
objectives
Target setting and
decision-making
preparations
Reports on
progress
44
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)
CONTINUED
TCFD DISCLOSURE
The climate risk scenario modelling covered a total of
five climate-related hazards, including coastal flooding,
river flooding, flash (surface water) flooding, subsidence
and coastal erosion and assessed the likelihood of these
hazards impacting our portfolio. Our original analysis
was restated this year to take account of asset sales and
consequently covers 782 units within our portfolio as at
31 March 2024. The analysis was performed across three
climate scenarios and time horizons as set out in Table 1.
The assessment was based on trusted climate and natural
hazard databases, such as JBA Floodability Index, British
Geological Survey and National Coastal Erosion Risk
Mapping. The exposure level to each hazard was ranked
across low, moderate, and high-risk likelihood bands, based
on a simplified classification of the results generated by
each risk model, which had individual likelihood ratings.
The assessment also revealed the number of assets
exposed to each risk level and provided hazard exposure
profiles of our top 10 largest estates. This provided a clear
overview of the impact likelihood that modelled hazards
pose to the portfolio, enabling us to make strategic
decisions on where to focus mitigation action.
The assessment found that 59.7% of units have a very good
resilience to physical climate hazards, continuing to have
low exposure to all physical climate hazards even under the
most severe climate scenarios. For the units at risk from
physical climate hazards, flooding is the most likely risk,
with 4.6% of modelled units potentially at high risk. 12.1%
of assets are potentially exposed to a subsidence hazard
in a severe, late-century scenario, and this is something we
monitor with our property managers. Our portfolio is not
exposed to coastal erosion.
Following this review, we have continued to expand our
understanding of climate risk, including further asset-level
flood risk assessments starting with assets identified
as having the highest exposure to flooding. These
assessments demonstrate that on further investigation,
less than 1% of assets are classified as “high” risk. More
details can be found in the Risk Management section
of this report. Overall, the business has integrated the
findings of the climate risk scenario modelling within the
risk management approach under the climate change
principal risk.
In addition, we recognise that transition risks are expected
to be the most impactful in the short term and likely across
scenarios associated with significant policy action and
market shifts towards decarbonisation.
Transition risks that we have identified include:
risk of non-compliance with increasing regulation, such
as MEES and environmental regulation;
increasing cost of compliance with environmental
regulation;
costs of meeting decarbonisation targets;
increasing costs of maintenance and refurbishments,
for example, due to supply chain issues or the switch to
more environmentally friendly materials;
risk of inaccurate data reporting;
lack of ESG credentials makes it challenging to access
finance at affordable rates; and
loss of occupiers, revenues and value as properties do
not meet requirements.
Additionally, we have identified opportunities in our ESG
strategy that are climate mitigation actions and improve
our resilience. These include improving our energy and
carbon data management and assessment of low-carbon
solutions, including on-site renewables, to increase energy
and resource efficiency, with the aim of achieving long-
term savings, securing satisfactory energy performance
certificates and our net zero carbon ambitions. We believe
these initiatives improve our reputation and attract
premium occupiers.
DETERMINING THRESHOLDS OF ‘HIGH-RISK’
Flood
risk analysis is undertaken using the JBA
Climate Change Floodability Index dataset. The
Floodability Index summarises information about
depth and frequency of flooding into five simplified
hazard bands with an equivalent rating of Low to
Very High risk. Our analysis grouped the top three
tiers of the Floodability Index into a single ‘High
Risk’ band which better reflects the range of hazards
within the red and black categories and simplifies the
overall reporting of asset risk when combined with
other perils.
Subsidence
hazard data used in the British
Geological Survey model is underpinned by the
UKCP09 Climate Projections, which are based on
the SRES A1B climate scenario. The BGS classifies
the degree of hazard according to the likelihood that
foundations would be affected by increased clay
shrink-swell due to climate change.
Coastal erosion
risk has been evaluated using a
subset of the National Coastal Erosion Risk Mapping
(NCERM) datasets. The NCERM mapping divides
the coastline into ‘frontages’. These are defined as
lengths of coast with consistent characteristics based
on the characteristics of the cliffs and any defences
which may be present. The data describes the upper
and lower estimates of erosion risk at a particular
location, within which the actual location of the
coastline is expected to lie.
45
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IMPACT OF CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND
OPPORTUNITIES ON THE ORGANISATION’S
BUSINESSES, STRATEGY AND
FINANCIAL PLANNING
Climate-related risks and building resilience are embedded
into our business strategy under the ‘Creating a resilient
portfolio’ pillar and as an independent principal risk in our
risk register. Energy and carbon efficiency opportunities
are also identified within our sustainability strategy under
the ‘Reducing our footprint’, ’Supporting our occupiers’
and ‘Responsible business foundations’ pillars. To enable
us to mitigate climate risks and harness opportunities, we
have included a sustainability budget within our financial
budgeting processes, which is informed by our experience
of investing in and managing our properties to align with
best sustainability practices over the whole property
life cycle.
Throughout the acquisition process our investment
decisions are informed by preliminary climate risk
assessments for flood risk and take into account the EPC
rating of the building, ensuring that potential acquisitions
align with our net zero carbon pathway or that mitigation
actions are integrated within the asset business plan post
acquisition. Our overall approach to asset management
includes upgrading assets by improving their energy
efficiency and building fabric, which also helps to extend
the life expectancies of our buildings thereby reducing
longer-term carbon emissions.
Throughout the operational life cycle of our assets, we
engage with occupiers to understand their ESG needs and
aspirations, reduce their energy consumption and collect
and monitor energy use across the portfolio. 100% of
electricity was procured from renewable sources at year
end and we ensure all new leases include green principles
in line with our net zero carbon pathway and climate risk
management efforts.
We have also developed Environmental Refurbishment
and Development Standards covering several sustainability
topics including ecology, EV charging, sustainable
drainage, on-site renewable energy (solar PV panels),
sustainable travel and resource and energy efficient
internal fit-outs for all refurbishments and developments.
The standards help us manage the transition risks
associated with decarbonisation. We are also targeting a
BREEAM rating of Excellent for significant developments
where possible, with a minimum rating of Very Good.
We remain focused on improving EPC ratings for all
buildings in our portfolio as part of our EPC Improvement
Programme. This effort aligns with the proposed MEES
regulations for 2027 and 2030, which require non-
domestic rented buildings to hold a ‘C’ and ‘B’ EPC rating,
respectively. Through a comprehensive desktop study,
we have identified where we need to invest in assets to
drive the necessary improvements and based on projects
delivered to date, have estimated the total capex costs
required to upgrade all our buildings to a minimum EPC
B rating. Through this analysis we determined that the
cost for retrofitting the portfolio in England and Wales
to a minimum of an EPC B by 2030 is approximately
£6.4 million (excluding assessment fees). This can
comfortably be covered through our annual capex to 2030
which is typically 0.75% of GAV. This analysis makes no
assumption on asset sales which would reduce the overall
cost. Timing will be driven by lease events, which afford an
opportunity to deliver improvements and engage with the
occupier, but we also engage with our occupiers on these
matters on an ongoing basis. This proactive approach aims
to mitigate the risk of non-compliant buildings becoming
unlettable or stranded in the future.
Having conducted physical climate risk scenario modelling,
we understand the exposure of our assets to selected
climate risks in the UK across the IPCC’s RCP 2.6, RCP
4.5 and RCP 8.5 climate scenarios. Throughout our risk
review processes, we have also identified transition risks
associated with climate change and have developed risk
mitigation measures in terms of minimum certification
standards, compliance and decarbonisation. While
resilience is inherently integrated into our business
strategy, following the results of our portfolio-wide
scenario analysis, we commissioned site-focused flood
risk assessments to improve our understanding of the
mitigation actions required to improve our resilience.
RESILIENCE OF THE ORGANISATION’S STRATEGY,
TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION DIFFERENT
CLIMATE-RELATED SCENARIOS, INCLUDING A
2°C OR LOWER SCENARIO
The climate scenarios RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 were
selected for our assessment, as they cover a range of
possible emissions scenarios. The RCP 2.6 climate scenario
represents a pathway where greenhouse gas emissions are
greatly reduced by immediate policy action and market
forces, to decarbonise and meet the Paris Agreement. RCP
4.5 is a more moderate climate scenario where emissions
peak in 2040 followed by significant decarbonisation
policy and market action. The RCP 8.5 scenario is
characterised by a large increase in GHG emissions
contributing to high temperature rises, significant changes
in weather patterns and severe physical risks. Our resilience
to scenarios associated with transition risks is secured
by our net zero carbon pathway and related activities
described in TCFD Recommended Disclosure – Strategy b).
Our resilience against risks associated with the RCP
8.5 climate scenario is currently supported by our
Environmental Refurbishment and Development Standards
and our proactive approach to assessing risks. In this
scenario, we would also expect our business model to
evolve. We are planning on furthering our resilience with
additional climate-related KPIs and risk management
measures, such as regular briefings and training on
forthcoming regulation and climate risk upskilling.
46
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)
CONTINUED
TCFD DISCLOSURE
Scenario
Average
°C rise
Transition
Impact
Ongoing Warehouse REIT
response
Scenario 1
Low
emissions
scenario:
RCP 2.6
1.2 –
1.6°C by
2100
Low emissions
scenario where there
is immediate policy
action to meet the
Paris Agreement.
Transition risks
dominate.
Economic:
Immediate globally
coordinated decarbonisation
efforts to achieve net zero by
2050, associated with significant
costs to meet these demands.
Environmental:
Low physical risk.
Net zero carbon pathway
Maintain 100% of
electricity procured from
renewable sources
Ensure all new and
amended leases include
green clauses
EPC improvement project
Scenario 2
Moderate
emissions
scenario:
RCP 4.5
1.6 –
3.2°C by
2100
Moderate emissions
scenario where
there is significant
policy action in
2040. Transition
risks dominate, but
physical risks are still
present.
Economic:
Delayed transition
requiring more substantial
regulatory and market
pressures to decarbonise in the
medium term.
Environmental:
Less physical risk,
although up to 3.2°C warming
still presents substantial physical
climate risks.
• Accelerate refurbishment
plans in line with internal
standards
• Wider engagement
with occupiers on
decarbonisation
Increase investment in our
energy and carbon data
management systems
Scenario 3
High
emissions
scenario:
RCP 8.5
3.2 –
5.4°C
by 2100
High emissions,
business-as-usual
scenario where policy
action is negligible
and global warming
rises drastically.
Physical risks
dominate.
Economic:
Permanently stunted
GDP growth and severe economic
and social shifts.
Environmental:
Chronic
changes to weather patterns
and ecosystems causing severe
impacts on a global scale.
Evolve business model
and strategy focusing
on approach to climate
resilience
As an investor solely in the UK, we are conscious of
the government strategy which sets out policies and
proposals for decarbonising the economy to meet its
net zero target by 2050. This strategy has introduced
policies that will trigger transition in our sector, particularly
relating to improving the energy efficiency of buildings
and electrification of heating. With our net zero pathway
and strong focus on improving EPCs across the portfolio,
we are confident that our approach to decarbonisation
will make the business resilient to the transition risks
expected with a 2°C or lower scenario. There is a danger
of underestimating the magnitude of impacts associated
with global temperature rises over 3°C and that such a
scenario will be accompanied by significant macro social
and economic disruption which will be difficult to avoid.
We have already begun to improve our resilience to the
effects of more significant temperature increases, as
detailed in the table above, including a focus on managing
flood risk, which we have identified as a key climate hazard
for our portfolio.
47
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Risk Management
DESCRIBE THE ORGANISATION’S PROCESSES
FOR IDENTIFYING AND ASSESSING CLIMATE-
RELATED RISKS
Our risk register categorises risk by physical and transition,
which is informed by input from the Investment Advisor. In
the ESG risk register, specific climate-related risks will be
identified, for example a physical risk of extreme weather
events, which are then described by their nature, cause
and general impact. An example of transition risk would
be failure to meet upcoming building energy efficiency
regulation. In the risk register, each risk is assigned an
inherent risk score; controls and mitigations are taken into
account to derive an adjusted residual risk score. There
is also a section covering emerging risks, which is for
consideration by the Sustainability Committee.
Risk impact is scored on a severity scale of one to five
based on a combined assessment of impact criteria
covering operational, brand, environmental and financial
aspects. The financial impact is assessed pertaining to
the underlying value of the assets and the returns for
shareholders. Likelihood is also scored from one to five
ranging from remote likelihood to almost certain.
The ESG risk register is used to communicate these risks
to the Board, to be embedded in our risk management
approach and decision-making. Principal risks on the risk
register are scored on probability and impact and are
assessed based on the severity of financial, environmental
and brand impacts, pertaining to the underlying value
of the assets and the returns for shareholders. These are
reviewed throughout the year by the Investment Advisor,
with the Audit and Risk Committee conducting an overall
review of the risk management strategy on an annual basis.
The Investment Advisor also assists in the implementation
and measurement of climate-related activities at the
operational level and monitors the business’s and
portfolio’s compliance with those activities. A third-party
consultant supports the Investment Advisor with the
identification and assessment of risks. The Investment
Advisor also reviews emerging and existing regulation
requirements, including in relation to climate-related risks.
The Sustainability Committee has more specific
responsibilities for overseeing the newly formed separate
ESG risk register and makes recommendations to the Audit
and Risk Committee regarding inclusion in the Group’s risk
management practices.
Moving forward, we aim to further integrate the findings
of our climate risk scenario modelling into our risk
management framework under the climate change
principal risks and develop mitigation strategies. The
Group has also committed to annually reporting against
TCFD and regularly conducting climate risk assessments in
line with TCFD best practice recommendations, ensuring
climate-related risks are consistently integrated into our
risk management framework.
DESCRIBE THE ORGANISATION’S PROCESSES
FOR MANAGING CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS
To manage climate-related risks, the impact of climate
change on our portfolio has been recognised as a principal
risk in our risk register and risk management process
for ESG considerations. We also recognise compliance
risks associated with climate change in our risk register.
This ensures that climate-related risks and opportunities
are actively monitored and mitigated by the Board and
committees. The risk management process, as well as
additional insights gained from third-party consultants,
such as the climate risk scenario modelling we conducted
last year, help us prioritise climate-related risks and
control measures.
For flood risk, we commissioned a third-party specialist
to conduct site-specific flood risk assessments and site
surveys for those estates identified as potentially at ‘high
risk’ in our climate risk scenario modelling. This assessment
provided a more in-depth analysis of present day and
future flood risk using Environmental Agency hazard
mapping, historical flood analysis and site-specific detail,
to verify the degree of hazard and inform options for flood
mitigation, where necessary.
Following these assessments we are able to update that
of the nine assets initially identified as being at high risk,
three have been sold and just one asset continues to be
potentially at high risk of surface water flooding and a
second asset is considered at moderate risk. The remaining
assets are considered negligible, low, or low to moderate
risk across all time horizons and flooding types including
fluvial, tidal, surface water, reservoir failure, groundwater
and artificial sources.
Post this study, we will assess the need for further site-
wide flood protection, drainage improvement, property
flood resilience and flood preparedness options on the two
sites that have been identified as moderate or high risk of
surface water flooding.
Processes for managing climate-related risks and
opportunities at a portfolio and asset level are described in
TCFD Recommended Disclosure – Strategy b).
48
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)
CONTINUED
TCFD DISCLOSURE
DESCRIBE HOW PROCESSES FOR IDENTIFYING, ASSESSING AND MANAGING CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS ARE INTEGRATED INTO THE ORGANISATION’S
OVERALL RISK MANAGEMENT
All principal risks captured in our corporate risk register, including climate change, are a priority. The corporate risk register lists the material impacts of principal risks, related risk
mitigation activities and changes in risk profile. Additionally, each risk is given a probability and impact score based on the impact on asset values and shareholder returns. The corporate
risk register is regularly reviewed by the Board, Audit and Risk Committee, and Investment Advisor, with the Board having overarching responsibility for determining the most material
risks and the Investment Advisor evaluating and presenting risks to the Board. In the review process, the Audit and Risk Committee oversees reviewing corporate risks and risks that the
Board considers to be principal. By capturing climate change as a principal risk, it has been fully integrated into our risk management framework.
Metrics and Targets
DISCLOSE THE METRICS USED BY THE ORGANISATION TO ASSESS CLIMATE-RELATED
RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES IN LINE WITH ITS STRATEGY AND RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS
We publicly report on our environmental performance in line with EPRA sBPR for sustainability reporting. Our EPRA tables are available on pages 143 to 147. We use a range of metrics
to assess our resource consumption, energy and carbon emissions and determine our exposure to climate-related risks and opportunities.
Metric category
Metric
2023 progress to date
2024 Target
Long-term goals
Resource
Consumption
Energy consumption in
kWh in absolute and like-
for-like terms
Absolute:
1,118 MWh
Like-for-like:
739 MWh
All new utility contracts to be renewables based
Implementing our net
zero carbon pathway
All landlord-sourced utilities to be on renewable tariffs
Water consumption in m³,
including building water
intensity in m³/m²/year
Absolute:
71,668 m
3
1.24 m³/m²/year
n/a
Reducing waste and
resource consumption
Energy and
Carbon Emissions
Scope 1 and 2 carbon
emissions in tCO₂e
Absolute:
295.5tCO₂e
Like-for-like
: 162.1tCO₂e
4.2% reduction in scope 1 and 2 emissions
Net zero carbon for our
scope 1 and 2 emissions
by 2030
Exposure to
Climate-related
Risks and
Opportunities
EPC ratings and building
certifications as a holistic
indicator of the portfolio’s
performance
Continued the roll-out
of an EPC improvement
programme, with 67% of
units now A–C rated across
all countries
All refurbishments and developments to target EPC B or above
Reducing climate related
risks in the portfolio
See ‘Long-term goals’ in
our Sustainability Report,
Page 36
EPC improvement programme to ensure all in-scope properties have a
valid EPC and target a 25% reduction of D or E rated properties from
FY23 baseline
Undertook climate risk
modelling to better
understand our exposure to
physical climate hazards
Build mitigation plans for assets identified as higher risk of
climate change
Regular Board ESG training on future legislation, occupier demands
and climate risk
49
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DISCLOSE SCOPE 1, SCOPE 2 AND, IF
APPROPRIATE, SCOPE 3 GREENHOUSE GAS
(GHG) EMISSIONS, AND THE RELATED RISKS
We report our scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions data in our
EPRA disclosure available on pages 145 to 149. These have
been calculated and reported in alignment with the GHG
Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard.
We are aware that the majority of our GHG emissions will
relate to occupier controlled space, which is accounted for
within our scope 3 emissions. This year we are reporting
some scope 3 data for this first time.
We collected occupier energy data representing 4.2 million
sq ft of our portfolio, equivalent to 53.8% of the total.
Electricity consumption across this space was 9,766 MWh
which implies an annual energy intensity of 25.0 kWh per
sq m. Associated GHG emissions were 2,022 tCO
2
e.
We aim to improve our disclosure of scope 3 emissions and
set related targets when we have sufficient coverage of
the portfolio.
DESCRIBE THE TARGETS USED BY THE
ORGANISATION TO MANAGE CLIMATE-RELATED
RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES AND PERFORMANCE
AGAINST TARGETS
Our targets were developed as part of our net zero carbon
pathway in 2022 and form part of our sustainability
strategy. Our targets can be found alongside the relevant
metric and our progress can be tracked over time.
Having conducted a physical climate risk assessment
and developed our net zero carbon pathway we are
now progressing plans to set a scope 3 emissions
reduction target when we have sufficient visibility on
occupier emissions.
50
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)
CONTINUED
TCFD DISCLOSURE
We continuously assess risks to our
strategy and objectives, and make
business decisions taking our risk
appetite into account.
RISK PROFILE
Our understanding of the potential risks associated with
our activities, and our ability to implement a robust control
framework, are essential to our success.
The economic challenges during the financial year,
including high interest rates and inflation, which has
been slower than anticipated to reduce, coupled with a
market-wide reduction in property values caused us to
review changes in our risk profile and risk mitigation plans.
RISK MANAGEMENT CULTURE
Our strong culture is underpinned by a structured
approach to the understanding and management of risk,
with a risk management framework which is reviewed and
approved by the Board, via the Audit and Risk Committee,
each year.
The framework sets out the Board’s risk appetite;
allocation of responsibilities; processes for the regular
review of risk and consideration of emerging risk; and
reporting arrangements. This clarity is designed to enable
the Group’s Investment Advisor to take advantage of
opportunities and make effective business decisions, while
staying within an agreed set of parameters. Operationally,
the parameters for key decisions are set out within the
Group’s delegated authority matrix, which is reviewed
regularly to ensure that it continues to match the Board’s
risk appetite.
The level of risk considered appropriate to accept in achieving business objectives is determined by the Board:
the Group has no appetite for risk in areas relating to regulatory compliance, and the health, safety and welfare
of our occupiers, stakeholders, and the wider community in which we work;
appetite for risk relating to climate change is low, and the Group is actively focusing on the identification and
mitigation of physical and transitional risks for its portfolio; and
we have a moderate appetite for risk in relation to activities that are directed towards driving revenues and
increased financial returns for its investors.
WILLINGNESS TO ACCEPT RISK
Category
Low
Medium
High
Business
Compliance
Climate
Operational
Financial
RISK APPETITE
The Group uses an outsourced model, and relies on our service providers to make decisions and take risks in the delivery
of our objectives. Their decision-making takes into account our risk appetite.
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
51
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
RESPONSIBILITIES
THE BOARD
The Board has overall responsibility for the
Group’s approach to risk management and internal
control, including:
the design and implementation of risk management
and internal control systems that identify the risks
facing the business and enable the Board to make
an assessment of principal risks;
ensuring that internal control and risk management
processes remain effective;
determining the nature and extent of the principal
risks faced, and those risks which the Group is
willing to take;
agreeing how principal risks are managed or
mitigated to reduce their likelihood or impact; and
ensuring that there is sufficient relevant, reliable
and valid assurance about the mitigation of risk.
THE AUDIT
AND RISK
COMMITTEE
The majority of the operations of the Group are
outsourced, and the Audit and Risk Committee relies
on risk and assurance information from its service
providers, primarily the Investment Advisor.
To fulfil its responsibilities the Audit and Risk
Committee:
monitors changes in risk throughout the year.
seeks to identify and consider emerging risks to the
Group, arising both externally and internally;
in particular for each of the principal risks,
considers risk mitigation strategies, and assurances
from both management and independent sources;
undertakes an annual review of the effectiveness of
the risk management process through its review of
the risk framework, risk reporting and review of the
risk register; and
takes advice from the Sustainability Committee
with respect to updating climate-related risks and
mitigations.
THE
SUSTAINABILITY
COMMITTEE
The Sustainability Committee has oversight of the
Group’s approach to the management of climate
related risks. It provides the Audit and Risk Committee
and Board with updates and information in relation to
climate risk generally and progress with the strategy
agreed for the Group to manage risks in this area.
THE
INVESTMENT
ADVISOR
The Investment Advisor supports the Audit and
Risk Committee and the Board and is responsible
for risk identification, documentation and
evaluation; the implementation of appropriate
controls; and meaningful reporting to the Audit and
Risk Committee.
52
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
CONTINUED
Board
Audit and Risk Committee
Sustainability Committee
Risk Management Framework
Risk Culture
Decision-making
and oversight
The approach
How we do it
What we do
Reporting
Management reports – Investment
Advisor, Investment Manager,
Company Secretary and Fund
Administrators
External reporting – valuations,
depositary, external Auditors,
other external assurance reviews
Incident analysis reviews
Independence assurance
assignments
Assurance
New activities or operations
Changes in key systems or
processes
Changes in competitors
New regulation
Economic changes and other
external changes
Incidents arising, including
near misses
Risk Identification
Governance framework, including
delegations of authorities
Risk mitigation planning and
decision-making
Internal controls design and
implementation
Management monitoring and
oversight
Reporting and escalation of issues
Insurance
Outsourcing to specialists
Risk Mitigation
53
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTING
The Corporate Risk Register documents the assessment
of the risks faced by the Group, together with the controls
established to reduce those risks to an acceptable level.
It is reviewed regularly by the Investment Advisor and at
each meeting of the Audit and Risk Committee.
A standard evaluation matrix is used to assess the
exposure to risks and that is reviewed by the Audit and
Risk Committee at least annually.
Risks are categorised into:
Business Risk
– the risk of making poor business decisions,
implementing decisions ineffectively, or being unable to
adapt to changes in its environment. In particular this
includes our property investment risk, and our acquisition,
disposal and tenancy decision-making processes.
Compliance Risk
– the risk of legal or regulatory
sanctions, financial loss, or loss to reputation a regulated
business may suffer as a result of its failure to comply
with all applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct
and standards of good practice.
Climate-Related Risk
– risks to the business from
the impact of climate change. This includes direct
physical impacts such as flooding, or excessive indoor
temperatures during periods of extreme heat; and
transitional risks such as changes in demand from
tenants, or the cost of complying with changes in
building standards.
Financial Risk
– the risk of financial loss resulting from
risks such as market, credit and liquidity risks:
Market risk
– economic losses resulting from price
changes in the capital markets.
Credit Risk
– change in the financial situation of a
counterparty, such as an issuer of securities or other
debtor with liabilities or arising out of investments
and payment transactions with investors.
Liquidity risk
– not meeting the criteria of borrowing
policy and payment obligations at all times.
Operational Risk
– the risk of a loss resulting from
inadequate processes, technical failure, human error or
external events.
EMERGING RISK
The regular risk reviews undertaken by the
Investment Advisor, and by the Audit and Risk
Committee specifically include consideration of
emerging risks. The assessment considers internal
and external changes, trends and incidents, and
considers:
is this risk relevant to the Group?
what is the potential impact, if the risk crystallises?
what would be our strategies for the management
and mitigation of the risk?
is this a risk that we should continue to proactively
monitor?
During the year we have added new risks relating to
development works, the potential for legal disputes,
and risk relating to electrical capacity limitations.
However, there have been no new risks identified
during the year that are currently considered to be
principal risks.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
(“ESG”) RISK
During the year we have strengthened our approach to
both mitigating exposure to climate-related risks, and
minimising our impact on the environment. ESG and
climate-related risks are included in the Corporate Risk
Register and are considered at a more granular level in our
ESG risk register. Climate change risk remains one of the
Group’s principal risks.
The Sustainability Committee has regular oversight of
the Group’s sustainability strategy and ESG reporting.
Our separate climate risk related risk register is regularly
considered by the Investment Advisor and reviewed by the
Sustainability Committee.
Consideration of climate-related risks is incorporated in
our decision-making protocols for portfolio changes and
capital developments. Costs associated with the Group’s
sustainability and climate related ambitions are included
in our financial modelling and budgeting. Capital project
planning also includes a focus on energy usage reduction
and implementing building efficiency measures such as
replacement of high emission fittings, reduction of water
usage and support of sustainable transport initiatives.
Further information on our sustainability strategy and
progress are included in the sustainability report on
pages 36 to 42.
Principal risks
Principal risks are those which are considered material to
the Group’s development, performance, position or future
prospects. The principal risks are captured in the Corporate
Risk Register and are reviewed by the Board and Audit and
Risk Committee, who consider:
any substantial changes to principal risks;
material changes to control frameworks in place;
changes in risk scores; and
any significant risk incidents arising.
Changes in principal risk during the year
The Board has elevated one additional principal risk during
the year, relating to the potential for a wider economic
downturn to impact on the warehouse market, and
therefore the Group’s ability to deliver its objectives. No
risks were removed from our previously reported list of
principal risks.
Where the evaluation of a principal risk has changed during
the year, the detailed risks section on the following pages
sets the reasons for changes and risk mitigation plans.
54
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
CONTINUED
Impact
Likelihood
1
2
3
4
5
5
4
3
2
1
Key
Business
A
Economic downturn impacting on the warehouse market
B
Poor returns on the portfolio
C
Poor performance of the Investment Advisor
or Investment Manager
Compliance
D
Loss of REIT status
E
Breach of loan covenants or our borrowing policy
Climate
F
Impact of climate change on our portfolio
Operational
G
Significant rent arrears/irrecoverable bad debt
H
Inappropriate acquisitions, breach of the investment policy
Financial
I
Unable to raise funding through equity, debt or asset disposals
sufficient to raise capital and finance the Group’s activities
J
Interest rate changes
A
B
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Risks
Low Risk
Medium Risk
High Risk
Business
A
16
12
B
16
9
C
12
3
Compliance
D
15
5
E
15
4
Climate
F
16
9
Operational
G
16
9
H
20
8
Financial
I
16
12
J
16
12
Reduction in risk through mitigating controls
Principal risk heat map as at 31 March 2024
All risks are evaluated on a consistent basis across the
Group, which includes both the likelihood of the risk
crystallising and the potential impact. Our model evaluates
both inherent exposure (i.e. before any mitigating controls
or actions) and residual, or current, exposure (i.e. after
controls and mitigations). This assessment allows us to
see the areas of highest gross risk and to recognise the
positive impact of control on the underlying inherent risk.
Inherent risk
Residual risk
C
55
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
BUSINESS
A
Economic downturn impacting on the warehouse market
B
Poor returns on the portfolio
A general downturn in the UK
economy could have a negative
impact on the warehouse market.
In particular, the exposure would be
increased if there was a decline in
specific markets, for example logistics.
Risk mitigation:
The Investment Advisor maintains detailed
forecasts of the property portfolio, which is
subject to regular scenario testing.
Metrics in key areas e.g. rent collection, credit
risk ratings are monitored monthly to enable
prompt identification of changes or trends.
We have a robust and diverse occupier base
and our annual review of the occupier mix
informs our leasing approach. We conduct a
portfolio risk review monthly.
We also stress test the working capital model
and associated assumptions are reviewed
biannually.
There is a risk that the returns
generated by the portfolio may not
be in line with our plans and forecasts.
There are many factors that could
drive this, including an inappropriate
investment strategy set by the Board;
poor delivery of the strategy; or poor
yields from the property portfolio
because of reduced capital valuations
or rental income.
This would have an impact on the
financial performance of the REIT, and
returns for our investors.
Risk mitigation:
The investment strategy is set by the Board,
and performance against key targets and KPIs
is reviewed and reported to the Board on an
ongoing basis.
Significant decisions, relating to assets or
occupiers, follow established protocols,
ensuring there is proper assessment, at the
right levels.
Change from previous year
N
This was previously included in the corporate
risk register, but during 2023, it was
escalated to the list of principal risks.
Change from previous year
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy
A focus on multi-let space
A strong and resilient income stream
Investor and Investment Advisor interests aligned
A disciplined financial position
Key
Increase
Decrease
No change
N
New
56
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
CONTINUED
BUSINESS
COMPLIANCE
C
Poor performance of the Investment Advisor or Investment Manager
D
Loss of REIT status
The Group outsources its activities
and is reliant on the performance of
third-party service providers.
In particular, poor performance of
the Investment Advisor could have a
significant impact on the performance
of the Group, as it is fundamental to
the management and delivery of all
aspects of the business.
Risk mitigation:
There are contracts in place between
the Company, the Investment Advisor
and the Investment Manager, setting out
responsibilities.
The Group has a clear scheme of delegation,
approved by the Board. Significant decisions
are the responsibility of the Board.
The Investment Advisor and Investment
Manager provide regular quarterly reports to
the Board, which include key performance
targets and KPIs.
The Management Engagement Committee
carries out an annual service review, which is
reported to the Board.
Members of the Investment Advisor team
have an equity investment in the Group,
ensuring incentives are aligned and
minimising the risk of reduced or poor
service levels.
Loss of our REIT status, through failing
to meet regulatory requirements or
listing rules would have a significant
impact on our reputation and the
financial returns for our investors.
Risk mitigation:
The Board has approved a clear governance
framework that incorporates the Matters
Reserved for the Board and delegated
authorities, which are further supported
by the clear, contracted allocation of
responsibilities to our third-party service
providers.
The Investment Advisor reviews the position
against REIT legislation with the Company
Secretary quarterly.
Dividend cover and cash are continuously
monitored against forecasts, and the position
reported to the Audit and Risk Committee,
and Board.
Change from previous year
Change from previous year
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy
A focus on multi-let space
A strong and resilient income stream
Investor and Investment Advisor interests aligned
A disciplined financial position
Key
Increase
Decrease
No change
N
New
57
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
COMPLIANCE
CLIMATE
E
Breach of loan covenants or our borrowing policy
F
Impact of climate change on our portfolio
Our loan funding is subject to
conditions, and breach of those
could result in restrictions to funding
and activities going forwards. In
addition to the loan covenants, the
Board approved and communicated
our borrowing policy, and breach of
those limits may risk financial and
reputational damage.
Risk mitigation:
Our financial position is closely monitored,
with the Investment Advisor monitoring loan-
to-value percentages and interest cover ratios
against the loan covenant and borrowing
policy on an ongoing basis.
In addition, forecasts are prepared and
reviewed both to assess the business’s
position, and to ensure that any acquisition
decisions include consideration of the cash
and funding impact.
The Board receives a formal update each
quarter, and there is a quarterly compliance
letter prepared for the bank.
Climate change may have an impact
across the business, including both
physical risks – e.g. extreme weather
events impacting on properties – and
transitional risks – such as properties
not meeting occupier requirements
relating to energy efficiency, or the
increasing costs of compliance as
requirements around energy efficient
solutions and building standards
increase.
It is important to our investors that
we manage our portfolio responsibly,
which may also increase opportunities
for access to green financing.
Risk mitigation:
The Sustainability Committee approves
and monitors progress on our sustainability
strategy.
Our Investment Advisor, along with our
property managers, are working with
occupiers to understand their energy usage,
and how we can support them to meet their
sustainability objectives and net zero plans.
We are also working with external specialists
to refine our ambitions and targets, and
enhance our climate-related governance
and reporting.
Capital development and refurbishment
works include consideration of energy
efficient solutions, emissions management,
and options to reduce waste and resource
usage, and we are building these into our
standard processes through the use of
our Environmental Refurbishment and
Development standards.
More details of our plans and progress are
included in the sustainability report, see
pages 36 to 42 and the TCFD reporting on
pages 43 to 50.
Change from previous year
Change from previous year
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy
A focus on multi-let space
A strong and resilient income stream
Investor and Investment Advisor interests aligned
A disciplined financial position
Key
Increase
Decrease
No change
N
New
58
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
CONTINUED
OPERATIONAL
G
Significant rent arrears/irrecoverable bad debt
H
Inappropriate acquisitions, breach of the investment policy
A substantial increase in our bad
debt, or the level of arrears and slow
payment, could have a direct impact
on cash flow and profitability. This may
also have an impact on average lease
lengths, and void levels and costs.
Risk mitigation:
Our diverse portfolio of assets and wide
range of occupiers is a key driver of our
performance and risk profile in relation to
bad debts.
We have approximately 445 occupiers across
our portfolio of 69 estates, and our top ten
occupiers generate less than 35% of our
rent roll.
Our occupier portfolio risk is monitored
to ensure that commitments to / reliance
on different sectors and business types is
understood.
At an operational level, we have robust
processes in place to ensure that we
accurately record, invoice and collect
amounts due. Working with the property
managers, our credit control processes
identify any potential arrears problems to
enable action to be taken at an early stage.
There is a rigorous due diligence process
prior to the acceptance of occupiers, with
rent guarantees or rent deposits taken
where appropriate. We also have ongoing
automated credit risk monitoring on the
occupier portfolio.
Inappropriate acquisitions could
increase risk in relation to portfolio
returns, as properties may be harder
to let, may not generate appropriate
revenues, or may require additional
costs to support.
Risk mitigation:
We have a comprehensive acquisition
protocol which is linked to the Matters
Reserved for the Board and the delegated
authority matrix.
The protocol sets out detailed due diligence
steps (including environmental due
dilligence), which must be completed and
fully evidenced as part of the decision-making
process. Acquisition decisions are approved
by the Investment Advisor Investment
Committee and the Investment Manager
Investment Committee, and any higher risk
acquisition decisions (by value or complexity)
are escalated to the Board.
The REIT’s Depositary, Gen II, is also required
to approve acquisition decisions.
Change from previous year
Change from previous year
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy
A focus on multi-let space
A strong and resilient income stream
Investor and Investment Advisor interests aligned
A disciplined financial position
Key
Increase
Decrease
No change
N
New
59
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL
I
Unable to raise funding through equity, debt or asset disposals sufficient to
raise capital and finance the Group’s activities.
J
Interest rate changes
There are three areas of potential risk:
inability to attract additional equity
investment;
difficulty in securing new loan funding
for the business, at an affordable
rate; and
our ability to raise funds through the
disposal of assets could be impacted
by a hardening market if the economy
weakens.
Risk mitigation:
We recognise that market conditions remain
challenging and in particular impact our
ability to raise equity but we have a range of
alternative funding options at our disposal.
The Group’s refinancing was completed
during the year, which improved the
headroom in the loan-to-value percentage
and the interest cover ratio.
We have successfully completed a number
of disposals during the year. The Investment
Advisor maintains close contact with agents
to ensure that disposal proceeds and the
timing of sales are optimised. The monitoring
of financial covenants also enables efficient
disposal planning.
Regular investor communications ensure we
receive timely feedback on our strategy and
performance, informing decision-making
around potential future capital raisings.
Changes in interest rates could directly
impact on our cost of capital, and
indirectly may impact on market
stability.
Risk mitigation:
Changes in interest rates are not in our
control, and our focus is therefore on
mitigation of the impact. A five-year funding
agreement was agreed during the year and
the Group has £250.0m of interest rate caps
in place.
The Investment Advisor maintains detailed
records of the property portfolio, and
financial scenario testing is undertaken to
assess the potential impact of changes in
financing costs.
Change from previous year
Change from previous year
While interest rates have stabilised during the
year, they remain high, increasing our cost of
capital, and increasing our financial exposure.
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy:
Link to strategy
A focus on multi-let space
A strong and resilient income stream
Investor and Investment Advisor interests aligned
A disciplined financial position
Key
Increase
Decrease
No change
N
New
60
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
CONTINUED
GOING CONCERN
The Board monitors the Group’s ability to continue as a
going concern. Specifically, at quarterly Board meetings,
the Board reviews summaries of the Group’s liquidity
position and compliance with loan covenants, as well as
forecast financial performance and cash flows. Throughout
the year, the Board met, in conjunction with the Investment
Advisor, Tilstone, to review the uncertainties created by
geopolitical tensions and inflation and interest rates, and
specifically their potential impact on rent collection, cash
resources, loan facility headroom, covenant compliance,
acquisitions and disposals of investment properties,
discretionary and committed capital expenditure and
dividend distributions.
The Group ended the year with £9.9 million of unrestricted
cash and £36.0 million of headroom readily available
under its facilities. Disposals are an important part of our
approach to portfolio optimisation and we continually
review the portfolio to identify opportunities to increase
efficiency and dispose of any assets that are considered
ex-growth or non-core, recycling that capital into accretive
acquisitions or to reduce debt. The Group made disposals
totalling £53.0 million during the year and completed
£57.5 million post year end.
The Group is operating significantly within its covenants
and a sensitivity analysis has been performed to identify
the decrease in valuations and rental income that would
result in a breach of the LTV, market value covenants
or interest cover covenants. Valuations would need
to fall by c.40% or rents by c.45%, when compared
with 31 March 2024, before these covenants would be
breached, which, based on available market data, is
considered unlikely.
As at 21 June 2024, 99.3% of rents invoiced in relation
to the year ended 31 March 2024 have been received.
Furthermore, current debt and associated covenants are
summarised in note 17, with no covenant breaches during
the period.
Tilstone has prepared projections for the Group
covering the going concern period to 30 June 2025,
which have been reviewed by the Directors. As part of
the going concern assessment, and taking the above
into consideration, the Directors reviewed a number of
scenarios that included extreme downside sensitivities in
relation to rental cash collection, making no discretionary
capital expenditure, adverse refinancing conditions and
minimum dividend distributions under the REIT rules.
Accordingly, based on this information, and in light of
mitigating actions available and the recent refinancing, the
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group
and the Company have adequate resources to continue in
business for a period of at least 12 months from the date of
approval of the Annual Report and Financial Statements.
ASSESSMENT OF VIABILITY
In accordance with the AIC Code of Corporate Governance,
the Directors have assessed the Group’s prospects over a
period greater than the 12 months considered by the going
concern provision.
The Directors have conducted their assessment over a
three-year period to June 2027, allowing a reasonable
level of accuracy given typical lease terms and the cyclical
nature of the UK property market.
The principal risks detailed on pages 51 to 60 summarise
the matters that could prevent the Group from delivering
its strategy. The Board seeks to ensure that risks are
kept to a minimum at all times and, where appropriate,
the potential impact of such risks is modelled within its
viability assessment.
The nature of the Group’s business as the owner of a
diverse portfolio of UK warehouses, principally located
close to urban centres or major highways and let to
a wide variety of occupiers, reduces the impact of
adverse changes in the general economic environment
or market conditions, particularly as the properties
are typically flexible spaces, adaptable to changes in
occupational demands.
The Directors’ assessment takes into account forecast
cash flows, debt maturity and renewal prospects,
forecast covenant compliance, dividend cover and REIT
compliance. The model is then stress tested for severe
but plausible scenarios, individually and in aggregate,
along with consideration of potential mitigating factors.
The key sensitivities applied to the model are a downturn
in economic outlook and restricted availability of
finance, specifically:
i.
increased occupier churn and occupier defaults;
ii. increased void periods following break or expiry;
iii. decreased rental income;
iv. decrease in property valuation; and
v. increased interest rates.
GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT
61
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The sensitivity analysis identifies the decrease in valuations
and rental income that would result in a breach of the LTV,
market value covenants or interest cover covenants as
set out in the Going Concern section above. Taking into
account mitigating actions, the results of the sensitivity
analysis and stress testing demonstrated that the Group
would have sufficient liquidity to meet its ongoing liabilities
as they fall due, maintain compliance with banking
covenants and maintain compliance with the REIT regime
over the period of the assessment.
Furthermore, the Board, in conjunction with the Audit
and Risk Committee, carried out a robust assessment of
the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group,
including those that would threaten its business model,
strategy, future performance, solvency or liquidity over
the three-year period. The risk review process provided
the Board with assurance that the mitigations and
management systems are operating as intended. The
Board believes that the Group is well positioned to manage
its principal risks and uncertainties successfully, taking into
account the current economic and political environment.
The Board’s expectation is further supported by regular
briefings provided by Tilstone. These briefings consider
market conditions, opportunities, changes in the regulatory
landscape and the current economic and political risks
and uncertainties. Additionally, the shortage of supply
nationally, is seen as mitigation. These risks, and other
potential risks that may arise, continue to be closely
monitored by the Board.
VIABILITY STATEMENT
The period over which the Directors consider it is feasible
and appropriate to report on the Group’s viability is a
three-year period to June 2027. This period has been
selected because it is the period that is used for the
Group’s medium-term business plans. Underpinning
this plan is an assessment of each individual unit’s
performance, driving the overall letting assumptions and
corresponding forecast cash flows.
Having made an assessment of each individual unit’s
performance, the forecast cash flows, covenant compliance
and the impact of sensitivities in combination, the Directors
confirm that, taking account of the Group’s current
position, the principal risks and in light of the current
economic uncertainty, they have a reasonable expectation
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year
period of their assessment.
The strategic report on pages 02 to 62 is approved and
signed on behalf of the Board.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
24 June 2024
62
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT
CONTINUED
As Chairman of Warehouse REIT, I am pleased to present the governance report
for our financial year ended 31 March 2024.
The Board is responsible for ensuring sound management
and the long-term success of the Group, which can only
be achieved with an appropriate governance framework.
During the year, we have continued to operate in
accordance with the AIC Code, with a view that good
governance delivers a series of strategic and
organisational benefits.
Our results reflect both the experience and
decision-making around the opportunities sourced by
Tilstone, as well as the strong and cohesive sense of
purpose that all the Board has shared since our IPO in 2017.
A key part of the Board’s focus during the year was to
oversee the successful implementation of the Company’s
strategy, which the Board believes positions it well for
the long term. In particular, the Board has evaluated
capital activity decisions which have resulted in sales of
£53.0 million during the year and a further £57.5 million
post period-end to support the reduction of the Group’s
variable rate debt and fully endorses plans to release
capital from the Radway Green development scheme.
In addition to the contractual arrangement that exists
between the Company and Tilstone, the spirit of
this arrangement has been very strong. The Board is
committed to ensuring that the impact of its activities
on key stakeholders is fully considered in Board
decision-making. It maintains a transparent and open
culture with a productive but appropriately challenging
dialogue with Tilstone. Both parties have a common
agenda, strengthened by the level of equity ownership
within the boardroom, and the Board was pleased that
again this has risen during the year.
At a time of considerable macroeconomic uncertainty, we
believe our exposure to the defensive nature of multi-let
industrials will allow us to continue delivering stable and
long-term income to our shareholders.
THE BOARD
The Board met regularly during the year. In addition to
our Board sessions, members of the Board committed
significant time to Warehouse REIT business either via
their various committee responsibilities, or less formally
through dialogue outside the boardroom environment,
where their expertise on particularly areas of our business,
including development, strategy and sustainability has
been very valuable.
During the year, the Board, together with the Investment
Advisor, ensured ongoing strategic focus on capturing
the reversionary potential of the asset portfolio. One of
the ways they have done this is by scheduling a series
of monthly calls between the Investment Advisor and
the Board, so that both parties remain engaged on the
various portfolio transactions, which has led to particularly
pleasing results.
STRATEGY DAY
One particularly important occasion for the Board is the
strategy day that we undertake annually, usually in the
second quarter of the financial year. Discussion materials
are prepared by Tilstone based on an agenda set by the
Board which typically reviews progress and strategy with a
detailed session on a number of key topics. In prior years,
the Board has also invited external professional advisors to
present at the strategy day. The core areas from the 2023
day included a review of:
the market for urban warehousing in the UK and its
impact on our strategy;
the Company’s investment proposition and current
performance; and
our revised strategy.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
OUR RESULTS
REFLECT BOTH THE
EXPERIENCE AND DECISION-
MAKING AROUND THE
OPPORTUNITIES SOURCED
BY TILSTONE, AS WELL AS
THE STRONG AND COHESIVE
SENSE OF PURPOSE THAT
ALL THE BOARD SHARES.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE
63
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board undertook an internal effectiveness review
of itself and its Committees. This was facilitated by the
Company Secretary and further details on the process and
outcomes of this evaluation can be found on page 72.
Board Committee and Board changes can be found
on page 70 of the Annual Report. The Nomination
Committee – which I continue to chair – regularly reviews
the skill sets required to ensure robust governance over
the Company. This year, the Nomination Committee had
oversight of the recruitment of a new Non-Executive
Director of the Company. We are delighted to report on
the recent addition of Dominic O’Rourke to our Board.
Dominic strengthens our Board in terms of experience,
and is already adding value to our discussions. Dominic’s
biography can be found on page 66 of this Annual
Report, including information on his Board Committee
memberships. Succession planning is an important part
of our governance process and will be a key focus for the
Nomination Committee in 2025.
ESG
To ensure strong ESG practices across the organisation,
all of our Directors participated in ongoing training
and professional development throughout 2023, which
included briefings and presentations by the Company
Secretary, members of the Investment Advisor, and
professional advisors on regulatory changes, specifically
matters related to ESG.
The Board as a whole continues to fully understand and
endorse the importance of ESG to our existing investors,
potential shareholders and other stakeholders including
occupiers. We discuss ESG in more detail elsewhere in this
Annual Reprot. Our strategy continues to focus on creating
a resilient portfolio, reducing our footprint, being able to
measure our progress and reinforce that with independent
validation, and supporting our occupiers.
During the period in review, we engaged a number of
occupiers in a survey on their views and approaches
to ESG, which has been particularly useful in terms of
understanding our customers and responding to their
needs. This is a cornerstone of what we do.
More generally, the Board continues to take a keen
interest in stakeholder views and we ensure we have
robust reporting from Tilstone on their day-to-day
interactions with stakeholders, understanding that the
Group’s operations may have both positive and negative
impacts on the economy, people and the environment
and recognising its role in ensuring that the Group
properly manages its impacts, limiting and mitigating the
negative ones, and promoting positive outcomes for its
stakeholders. Members of the Board are also available to
hold discussions with shareholders as necessary. More
information on the Group’s stakeholder engagement can
be found in the strategic report on pages 22 to 24.
Further information on our ESG strategy can be found on
pages 36 to 50 of this Annual Report.
We remain committed to working with the Investment
Advisor to ensure that our high standards extend beyond
the boardroom and are implemented throughout the
business in the successful delivery of the Group’s strategic
priorities.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
24 June 2024
64
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE
CONTINUED
CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE
CONTINUED
After 6 years as a Non-executive Director, Martin Meech did not stand for re-election at the Company’s AGM on the 12 September 2023 and Dominic O’Rourke was appointed to the
Board on the 13 September 2023. There were no other Board changes during the year. All the Directors are non-executive and the majority are independent of the Investment Advisor.
Key
Audit and Risk Committee
Nomination Committee
Management Engagement Committee
Sustainability Committee
Independent
Non-independent
Chair
Neil Kirton
Non-Executive Chairman
Aimée Pitman
Non-Executive Director
Lynette Lackey
Non-Executive Director
Date of appointment
1 August 2017
Skills and experience
Neil has over 25 years of experience working in
the securities and investment banking industries,
giving him a deep understanding of capital markets
and investor needs. Neil has regularly advised and
consulted at Board level for three decades and has
considerable UK capital markets and professional
services experience.
Other current appointments
Neil is also a non-executive director of Ingenta
plc and is currently a Senior Advisor for Smith
Square Partners.
Past appointments
Until December 2021, Neil was a managing director
and co-regional head, EMEA, Forensic Investigations
and Intelligence at Kroll. Neil was formerly global
head of equity distribution at ABN AMRO Bank
NV and a member of ABN AMRO’s Global Equity
Directorate. He was head of UK equity sales and
deputy chief executive at Hoare Govett, head of
equities at Bridgewell Securities, head of corporate
finance and CEO at Arbuthnot Securities and an
executive director of Arbuthnot Banking Group plc.
Date of appointment
1 August 2017
Skills and experience
Aimée has over 30 years’ experience in strategy
development across various sectors, most notably
real estate, travel and leisure, and financial services.
Other current appointments
Aimée runs her own strategy consulting business,
Pitman & Co. Consulting. As an independent
consultant, she works as a client director with Eden
McCallum LLP, a London-based consultancy firm.
She is also a non-executive director of Native
Holdings Ltd, sits on the Advisory Board of
McArthurGlen and has recently been appointed a
Fellow of Chapter Zero, a not-for-profit organisation
focused on helping UK organisations achieve net
zero transition plans.
Past appointments
Aimée was a Vice President within MAC Group/
Gemini Consulting’s strategy practice and went on
to work over a number of years with European travel
group TUI, supporting it on strategy, distribution and
operational excellence.
Date of appointment
15 November 2018
Skills and experience
Lynette is a chartered accountant and experienced
non-executive director. She has considerable
knowledge of financial matters and of the real
estate sector.
Other current appointments
Lynette is also a member of Council at the London
Chamber of Commerce & Industry. She is also a
partner in her business advisory firm one5two LLP,
focused on growing businesses.
Past appointments
Lynette was a non-executive director of Places for
People group and chair of its regulated board. Her roles
included the senior independent director and chair of
the group audit and risk committee of the Board.
Lynette was a partner of BDO LLP for ten years,
where she was responsible for a portfolio of real estate
investor and developer clients. She is a former partner in
Greenside Real Estate Solutions, as well as the National
chair of the Association of Women in Property. She also
served on the boards and as chair of the audit and risk
committees of the London Chamber of Commerce &
Industry and Land Aid Charitable Trust.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
65
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
Key
Audit and Risk Committee
Nomination Committee
Management Engagement Committee
Sustainability Committee
Independent
Non-independent
Chair
Dominic O’Rourke
Non-Executive Director
Simon Hope
Non-Executive Director
Stephen Barrow
Non-Executive Director
Date of appointment
13 September 2023
Skills and experience
Dominic has over 25 years’ experience in the
property industry with a particular focus on retail and
logistics. He has a strong track record formulating,
managing and unwinding property vehicles, joint
ventures and commercial partnerships.
Other current appointments
Dominic is the Group Property Director for Next
plc where he is responsible for a large real estate,
construction and facilities management team.
Dominic is a board member, trustee and finance
committee member for the University College of
Estate Management (UCEM).
Past appointment
Dominic was a director and Retail Executive
Committee member at Land Securities plc. He also
served on the boards of Broadway Homelessness
and Support (now St Mungos) and Regent’s
University London.
Date of appointment
24 July 2017
Skills and experience
Simon has over 35 years’ experience in the real estate
sector, gained during his career at Savills, one of the
world’s leading property agents. During this period he
was Global Head of Capital Markets.
Current appointments
Simon is co Managing Director of Tilstone and represents
Tilstone on the Board. He is the Vice-Chairman of Ironstone
Asset Management Limited, the Investment Advisor to
Life Science REIT plc, a UK-listed company which invests
in a diversified portfolio of properties across the UK which
typically provide benefit to the life science sector. Simon
is also a Senior Advisor at Savills UK Ltd. Simon owns a
thoroughbred stud farm called Aston Mullins and is a director
of a number of bloodstock syndicates and other horse racing
organisations. He is a governor of Magdalen College, Oxford,
Trustee of Racing Welfare and Chairman of Racing Homes.
Past appointments
Simon was on the Savills Group and plc boards from
1999 to 2021 and led the real estate investment teams
until December 2022. As Chairman of Savills Investment
Management, he led Savills UK Limited’s proprietary
trading arm, Grosvenor Hill Ventures Limited, during a
five-year period up to 2006, when this fund delivered an
internal rate of return in excess of 35%. Simon also chaired
the Charities Property Fund from 2002 until 2007.
Date of appointment
24 July 2017
Skills and experience
Stephen is an experienced global equity investor,
giving him an in-depth understanding of capital
markets and institutional investors.
Other current appointments
Stephen is a member of the advisory board of Glia
Ecosystems Limited and a non-employee partner
of Absolute Return Partners, where he manages
his own portfolio. Stephen is Chairman of Ironstone
Asset Management Limited, the Investment Advisor
to Life Science REIT plc, a UK-listed company which
invests in a diversified portfolio of properties across
the UK which typically provide benefit to the life
science sector. Stephen is also a Director of Tilstone.
Past appointments
In his former roles as chief investment officer at
IronBridge International and head of global equities
at Deutsche Asset Management, Stephen managed
over £5 billion of assets for a wide variety of clients,
including many large global institutions.
66
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CONTINUED
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CONTINUED
The Board has appointed Tilstone Partners Limited to provide day-to-day asset management and advisory services to the Group.
Simon Hope
Chairman/
Co-Managing Director
Andrew Bird
Managing Director/
Co-Managing Director
Paul Makin
Investment Director
Peter Greenslade
Finance Director
Simon has been Chairman of Tilstone
since its formation in 2010 and was
a founding investor. Prior to that he
worked with Andrew Bird while Andrew
was property director at Barlows Plc,
trading a number of portfolios including
a sale to Westbury Fund Management.
Simon’s biography can be found on the
previous page.
Andrew founded the Tilstone brand in
2010 to focus on commercial property
investment and development. After
identifying opportunities within the
warehouse sector, the focus moved in
August 2013 to creating the Tilstone
Property Portfolio, which the Company
acquired as its seed portfolio as part of
the September 2017 initial public offering.
As Managing Director of Tilstone, Andrew
takes overall responsibility for strategy,
direction and business performance.
Prior to founding Tilstone, Andrew
was appointed as property director
to the board of Barlows plc in 1994,
a north-west focused commercial
property company with a listing on
the Main Market of the London Stock
Exchange. He was subsequently part
of a consortium that took the company
private in 2001. The business created a
separate asset management company
through which Andrew served on the
investment committee of Westbury
plc, a quoted property fund (2002-
2007). Andrew has also served as a
non-executive director of Dee Valley
Group plc, at that time a London Stock
Exchange quoted water utility company.
Paul joined Tilstone in 2013 and was
part of the original team creating the
Tilstone Property Portfolio and was a
co-founder of Tilstone Partners Limited.
Paul is Tilstone’s Investment Director
and is responsible for the sourcing
of investment opportunities, asset
management and creating positive
occupier relationships.
He has extensive investment
consultancy experience through his
work at CBRE Limited and subsequently
at Mapeley Estates Limited (a previously
listed property company), where he
was head of investment and investment
asset management, tasked with
extracting value from outsourcing
contracts and new acquisitions. Paul
expanded his horizons with a senior
investment asset management role at
Moorfield Group Limited, a real estate
private equity company. There he took
a key role in the purchase and asset
management of projects such as the UK
Logistics Fund, in a joint venture with
SEGRO plc.
Peter has significant experience in
company management, control,
reporting and corporate activity. He
qualified as a chartered accountant
with Binder Hamlyn, before working in
a variety of finance roles for blue chip
companies including Grand Metropolitan
(Diageo plc), De La Rue plc and ICL
plc. During his time as group finance
director of Robert Walters plc, the
company successfully floated on the
Main Market of the London Stock
Exchange. While he was at Spectron
Group Limited, the company was
restructured and eventually sold to a
trade buyer.
As part of the management team of
Axiom Consulting Limited, Peter was
involved in a management buyout from
Aon Limited, funded by private equity,
and later its trade sale to Charles Taylor
plc. He was also part of the team at
Kane Group Limited which undertook
the private equity-backed acquisition of
HSBC Insurance Services Limited. Peter
also stood on the board of Leander Club
Limited for ten years, stepping down
in 2022.
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
67
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
BOARD LEADERSHIP AND PURPOSE
Principle
Where it is in this report
Principle A
Strategic report
Board of Directors
Business model
pages 02 to 62
pages 65 to 66
page 12
Principle B
Strategic report
Our culture
Our purpose
pages 02 to 62
page 71
page 71
Principle C
Sustainability report
Principal risks and
uncertainties
Risk management and
internal controls
pages 36 to 50
pages 51 to 60
pages 83 to 84
Principle D
Section 172 statement
Shareholder engagement
pages 25 to 26
pages 22 to 24
With regards to Principle E, the AIC and FRC do not
require investment trusts to report against this principle.
DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
Principle
Where it is in this report
Principle F
Role of the Chairman
The Board
page 71
page 69
Principle G
Board of Directors
Board Committees
pages 65 to 66
pages 70 to 71
Principle H
Board composition and
succession
Management Engagement
Committee report
pages 78 to 81
pages 86 to 87
Principle I
The Board
Section 172 statement
Induction of new Directors
page 69
pages 25 to 26
N/A
COMPOSITION, SUCCESSION AND EVALUATION
Principle
Where it is in this report
Principle J
Diversity
Nomination
Committee report
Board composition and
succession
pages 79 to 80
pages 78 to 81
page 79
Principle K
Board of Directors
Nomination
Committee report
Board Committees
Board composition and
succession
pages 65 to 66
pages 78 to 81
page 70
page 79
Principle L
Board evaluation
page 72
AUDIT, RISK AND INTERNAL CONTROL
Principle
Where it is in this report
Principle M
Audit and Risk
Committee report
pages 82 to 85
Principle N
Strategic report
Audit and Risk
Committee report
Independent
Auditor’s report
Financial Statements
pages 02 to 62
pages 82 to 85
pages 99 to 105
pages 106 to 131
Principle O
Principal risks and
uncertainties
Viability statement
Audit and Risk
Committee report
Management Engagement
Committee report
pages 51 to 60
page 61
pages 82 to 85
pages 86 to 87
REMUNERATION
Principle
Where it is in this report
Principle P
Strategic report
Directors’
remuneration policy
Directors’
remuneration report
pages 02 to 62
pages 90 to 91
pages 90 to 92
Principle Q
Directors’
remuneration report
pages 90 to 92
Principle R
Directors’
remuneration report
pages 90 to 92
68
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
This report explains the key features of the Group’s governance structure.
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
The Board recognises the importance of sound corporate
governance, commensurate with the Group’s size and
nature and the interests of its shareholders. The Board
is therefore committed to maintaining high standards of
corporate governance.
The Board undertakes an annual review of its compliance
with the principles and recommendations of the AIC
Code of Corporate Governance (the “AIC Code”). A copy
of the AIC Code, which was last updated in 2019, can be
obtained via the AIC website,
www.theaic.co.uk
. It includes
an explanation of how the AIC Code adapts the Principles
and Provisions set out in the UK Corporate Governance
Code 2018 (the “UK Code”) on issues that are of specific
relevance to the Company. The Board considers that
reporting against the Principles and Provisions of the
AIC Code, which has been endorsed by the Financial
Reporting Council, provides more relevant information
to shareholders.
During the year ended 31 March 2024, the Company
has complied with the AIC Code throughout the year,
except where the Board has concluded that adherence
or compliance with any particular Principle or Provision
would not have been appropriate to the Company’s
circumstances, in which case the reasons are fully
explained in this statement. The Company is an externally
managed investment company, and given the size,
complexity and structure of the Company, it does not have
a separate remuneration committee. Remuneration matters
are dealt with by the Board of Directors. All the Company’s
day-to-day management and administrative functions are
outsourced to third parties, as explained in the Directors’
Report. This Annual Report therefore makes disclosures
relevant to a company like ours.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Under the leadership of the Chairman, the Board of
Directors has a collective responsibility for the long-
term sustainable success of the Company, generating
value for shareholders and contributing to wider society.
Each Director recognises that they have a statutory
duty to consider and represent the Company’s various
stakeholders in deliberations and decision-making. More
details on how the Directors have fulfilled their duties
under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 are on
pages 25 to 26 of this report. The Board establishes the
purpose, values and strategic aims of the whole Group
and satisfies itself that these and its culture are aligned
and ensures that the necessary resources are in place for
the Group to meet its objectives and fulfil its obligations
to shareholders, within a framework of high standards
of corporate governance and effective internal controls.
The Directors are responsible for the determination of
the Group’s investment policy and strategy and have the
overall responsibility for the Group’s activities, including
the control and supervision of the Investment Manager
and Investment Advisor. The other responsibilities of the
Board are detailed in the matters reserved for the Board,
and some are listed on page 73 of this Annual Report.
At the date of this report, the Board consists entirely of six
Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman, with no
individual having unconstrained powers of decision. The
Directors have a broad range of relevant experience to
meet the Company’s requirements and their biographies,
including details of their other significant commitments,
can be found on pages 65 and 66. During the year, the
Board was satisfied that all the Directors were able
to commit sufficient time to the Group’s affairs and
discharge their responsibilities effectively having given
due consideration to the Directors’ external appointments.
APPROACH TO TENURE
The Board recognises the benefits to the Company of
having longer-serving Directors together with progressive
refreshment of the Board in line with corporate governance
best practice. Each Director was appointed for an initial
three-year term, subject to re-election annually at each
AGM. The Board has adopted a succession plan that
allows for gradual refreshment. Accordingly, the Board
has not stipulated a maximum term of any directorship,
except that, subject to ensuring business continuity, the
Chairman will remain on the Board for a maximum period
of nine years.
None of the Directors have a service contract. Letters
of appointment set out the terms of their appointment
and copies are available on request from the Company
Secretary and will be available at the AGM. The Directors
were advised on appointment of the expected time
required to fulfil their roles and have confirmed that they
remain able to keep to that commitment. All material
changes in any Director’s commitments outside the Group
are required to be, and have been, disclosed prior to the
acceptance of any such appointment.
DIRECTOR INDUCTION
The Group has established an induction procedure for new
Directors, including the provision of an induction pack
containing information about the Group, its processes and
procedures. New appointees also meet the Chairman and
relevant Investment Advisor personnel. More information
on the most recent induction for Dominic O’Rourke can be
found on page 70.
69
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
We consider that a diversity of ethnicity, skills,
backgrounds, knowledge, experience, geographic location,
nationalities and gender is important to effectively govern
the business. The Board and its Nomination Committee will
work to ensure that the Board continues to have the right
balance of skills, experience, knowledge and independence
necessary to discharge its responsibilities in accordance
with the highest standards of governance.
Following the spirit of the Financial Conduct Authority
(FCA) Listing Rules, diversity targets and associated
disclosure requirements for UK companies, the Board
is mindful of developing diversity at Board level in the
Group. Female representation on the Board is at 33%.
The Board is also aware of the aims of the Parker Review
for companies to have at least one Director from an ethnic
minority background. As part of the ongoing succession
plan, consideration will be given to the need to improve
the ethnic diversity representation on the Board when
recruiting new Non-Executive Directors. Therefore, the
Company aims to satisfy the Parker Review goals through
future appointments. The Directors believe that the
Company’s approach to diversity should be balanced with
the need to appoint Directors who can best serve the
interests of the Company, having the relevant experience,
and its shareholders.
The Company announced the appointment of Dominic
O’Rourke as a Non-Executive Director on 13 September
2023. Dominic is currently Group Property Director for
FTSE 100 retailer Next plc, a role he has held since 2014,
where he oversees Next’s real estate activities across
retail and store development, distribution and facilities
management. Prior to this, he spent 13 years at Land
Securities Group plc, where he was a director and Retail
Executive Committee member.
The appointment of Dominic O’Rourke forms
part of the Company’s Board succession strategy,
following Martin Meech’s decision not to stand for
re-election at the Company’s AGM after six years as a
Non-executive Director.
BOARD AND COMMITTEE SIZE AND COMPOSITION
Board
Audit and Risk
Committee
Management
Engagement
Committee
Nomination
Committee
Sustainability
Committee
Members:
Lynette Lackey
(Chair), Aimée
Pitman and Dominic
O’Rourke, all of whom
are independant
Non-Executive
Directors.
A report from the Chair
of the Audit and Risk
Committee is set out
on pages 82 to 85.
Members:
Dominic O’Rourke
(Chair), Neil Kirton and
Lynette Lackey, all of
whom are independent
Non-Executive
Directors.
A report from the Chair
of the Management
Engagement
Committee is set out
on pages 86 to 87.
Members:
Neil Kirton (Chair),
Lynette Lackey and
Simon Hope, the
majority of whom
are independent
Non-Executive
Directors.
A report from the Chair
of the Nomination
Committee is set out
on pages 78 to 81.
Members:
Aimée Pitman (Chair),
Dominic O’Rourke
and Stephen Barrow,
the majority of whom
are independent
Non-Executive
Directors.
A report from the Chair
of the Sustainability
Committee is set out
on pages 88 to 89.
The Board committees’ terms of reference are available on the Company’s website at
www.warehousereit.co.uk
.
70
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
CONTINUED
On appointment, Dominic became a member of the Audit
and Risk and Sustainability Committees, and became Chair
of the Management Engagement Committee.
More information on the Company’s Diversity Policy, its
objectives, implementation and results can be found on
pages 79 to 80.
Chairman and Senior Independent Director
The independent Non-Executive Chairman, Neil Kirton,
is deemed to have no conflicting relationships. He
considers himself to have sufficient time to commit to the
Company’s affairs.
Following Martin Meech’s decision not to stand for re-
election at the Company’s AGM on the 12 September
2023, the Board appointed Aimée Pitman as the Senior
Independent Director on the 13 September 2023. The
Senior Independent Director provides a channel for any
shareholder or Director concerns regarding the Chairman
and leads the independent Directors’ evaluation of the
Chairman.
The roles and responsibilities of the Chairman and the
Senior Independent Director are clearly defined and set out
in writing, a copy of which is available on the Company’s
website at
www.warehousereit.co.uk
.
Purpose and culture
The Group’s purpose is to provide the well-connected,
high-quality and sustainable space our occupiers need to
thrive and, by doing this responsibly, we generate positive
outcomes for all our stakeholders.
The Chairman leads the Board and is responsible for
its overall effectiveness in directing the Group. He
demonstrates objective judgement, promotes a culture
of openness and debate, and facilitates effective
contributions by all Directors. In liaison with the Company
Secretary, he ensures that the Directors receive accurate,
timely and clear information to enable them to discharge
their responsibilities, reinforcing a culture that contributes
to achieving the purpose of the Company, consistent with
its values and strategy, in the pursuance of the long-term
sustainable success of the Company. Board discussions
draw upon Directors’ individual experience, and they try to
engage with shareholders as appropriate.
The Board believes that it has a responsibility to set and
demonstrate high standards of ethics and behaviour.
We are strongly committed to an ethos and culture that
balances both our shareholders’ need and desire for
financial returns and the process and environment within
which we achieve those returns. This obligation begins with
the Board of Directors but extends into our engagement
with Tilstone. Both parties operate with complete mutuality
of trust and transparency embedded in the relationship,
ensuring that the interests of shareholders, the Board and
the Investment Advisor are well aligned and adopt a tone
of constructive challenge.
The culture is the product of the Board’s and the
Company’s service providers’ values, diversity and
behaviours. As an externally managed Group, we expect
all our external service providers, including Tilstone,
to fully endorse these values and exercise commercial
judgement with due and full consideration of the impact
of those decisions on their employees, our customers,
the communities in which we operate, and our wider
stakeholder base.
Annually, the Management Engagement Committee
analyses and systematically reviews all our service
providers, including Tilstone – a review which includes an
understanding of their policies, procedures and actions
around behaviour, ethics and culture and consideration
of their own engagement with other third-party service
providers. Thus, these reviews embed consideration of
stakeholders’ interests, long-term perspective, maintaining
reputation for fairness and high standards of governance,
corporate reporting and business conduct more generally
in the Company’s culture and processes.
A healthy corporate culture contributes to the long-
term success of the Company. The following observable
outcomes may be indicative of the Directors’ success in
embedding a healthy corporate culture in the Company’s
processes and policies and actively promoting it through
their behaviours:
the extent to which the Investment Advisor, members of
the Investment Advisor and Directors are willing to be
long-term shareholders in the Company;
recognition of the transparency and clarity of reporting
(and content disclosed on its website); and
development and continuous review of policies and
procedures to assist with maintaining a culture of
good governance, like the Company’s Modern Slavery
Statement, which is reviewed and approved by the
Board annually, and is available on the Company’s
website.
Engaging with our stakeholders
Details of how we engaged with our key stakeholders
during the year ended 31 March 2024 are set out in the
strategic report on pages 22 to 24.
71
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
Board operation
The Directors meet at regular Board meetings, held at least four times a year, with additional meetings arranged as
necessary. The table below sets out the Directors’ attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the year ended
31 March 2024, against the number of meetings each Board member was eligible to attend:
Board
Audit
and Risk
Committee
Management
Engagement
Committee
Nomination
Committee
Sustainability
Committee
Neil Kirton
7/7
1/1
2/2
Aimée Pitman
7/7
4/4
4/4
Lynette Lackey
7/7
4/4
1/1
2/2
Martin Meech
1
4/4
2/2
1/1
2/2
Dominic O’Rourke
2
2/3
2/2
2/2
Simon Hope
7/7
1/2
Stephen Barrow
7/7
4/4
1
Martin Meech did not stand for re-election at the Company’s AGM on 12 September 2023.
2
Dominic O’Rourke was appointed on 13 September 2023.
Ad hoc Board committee meetings were held during the
period to discuss strategic matters and approve the release
of the annual and half-year results.
The Board has formal arrangements for the Directors,
in the furtherance of their duties, to take independent
professional advice at the Company’s expense on an
ongoing basis. The Company has also taken out a
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance policy, which
includes cover for legal expenses.
Subject to the provisions of UK law, the Company has
provided each Director with an indemnity in respect of
liabilities that they may incur when discharging their duties
as a Director. There are no other qualifying third-party
indemnity provisions in place.
BOARD EVALUATION
The Directors continue to be committed to the need for
regular Board evaluation. This enables them to continually
monitor and improve the performance of the Board, its
Committees and its individual Directors and to implement
actions to improve the Board’s focus and effectiveness,
which contribute to the Group’s success. This year’s
evaluation involved an internal performance evaluation by
way of questionnaires completed by the Directors. The
questionnaire was designed to assess the strengths and
effectiveness of the Board and its Committees. The scope
of the questionnaire is designed to cover all aspects of the
Board’s operation, including the management of meetings,
the strengths and independence of the Board and the
Chairman, individual Directors and the performance of its
Committees, each Director’s perspective on the Board’s
future priorities, training requirements, and the way the
Board works as a team.
Each of the Directors completed a questionnaire which
was then used to hold constructive discussions led by
the Chairman.
The key conclusions were that the Board considers that
it has performed effectively and that it demonstrates a
good balance of skills, performance and knowledge and
has a particularly strong working relationship with the
Investment Advisor. There were no significant concerns
that arose in the evaluation. During the remainder of the
year, the Board will continue to refine its own mechanisms
but may also provide more training where required
and ensure that it is both careful and committed to the
execution of its strategy. While the Board recognises it
could benefit from greater diversity, it does not consider it
is in the best interests of shareholders to force diversity by
imposing fixed criteria or quotas. The Board will continue
to make appointments based on merit, having regard to
factors including gender, ethnicity, skills and experience.
The Board will continue to monitor and encourage diversity
as part of its ongoing succession planning.
INDEPENDENCE OF DIRECTORS
The Board has reviewed the independence of each Director
and the Board as a whole in line with principle G of the AIC
Code and is of the opinion that the majority of the Board
members are considered independent. The majority of
the Board is independent of the Investment Advisor and
free from any business or other relationships that could
materially interfere with the exercise of the Directors’
independent judgement.
Simon Hope is the Co-Managing Director of the Investment
Advisor and a Senior Adviser at Savills UK (one of the
Company’s Property Managers); he is therefore considered
to be a non-independent Director. Stephen Barrow is
also on the Tilstone Board of Directors and is therefore
considered to be a non-independent Director. Both Simon
Hope and Stephen Barrow have cross-directorships in
Tilstone Partners Limited.
The Board considers that all other Directors are
independent of the Investment Advisor in both character
and judgement.
72
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
CONTINUED
ELECTION / RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, Directors
are required to stand for election at the first AGM after
their appointment. Thereafter, at each AGM any Director
who has not stood for appointment or re-election at either
of the two preceding AGMs is required to retire and offer
him/herself for re-election, as is any Director who has held
office for a continuous period of nine years or more.
Beyond these requirements, and in line with corporate
governance best practice, the Board has determined that
all Directors will seek annual re-election at the Company’s
AGMs. The Board considers that, during the year ended
31 March 2024, each Director has performed effectively
and demonstrated commitment to the role. It therefore
believes that it is in the best interests of shareholders that
each Director is re-elected at the AGM.
BOARD RESPONSIBILITIES AND RELATIONSHIP
WITH THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR
To ensure the Board meets its responsibilities, certain key
decisions can only be approved by the Board. Recognising
its duties under the Companies Act 2006, the Board’s
main roles are to lead the Group and ensure its long-term
sustainable success, generating value for shareholders and
contributing to wider society, and to approve the Group’s
purpose, values and strategic objectives and satisfy itself
that these and its culture are aligned. The Board has adopted
a schedule of matters reserved for its decision, which is
reviewed annually. These specific responsibilities include:
approving the Company’s investment and
business strategy;
approving the gearing policy;
overseeing cash management;
approving the Annual and Half-yearly Reports
and Financial Statements and accounting policies,
prospectuses, circulars and other shareholder
communications;
approving acquisitions and disposals which are within
the investment policy but have a value of 20% or
more of gross asset value (“GAV”) of the Company’s
portfolio, and any acquisitions or disposals outside the
investment policy;
raising new capital and approving major
financing facilities;
approving the valuation of the Group’s portfolio;
approving and recommending dividends;
approving Board appointments and removals;
approving the Company’s sustainability strategy;
appointing or removing the Investment Manager,
Investment Advisor, Depositary, Auditor and Company
Secretary; and
ensuring a satisfactory dialogue with shareholders and
other key stakeholders.
A copy of the schedule of matters reserved for the
Board’s decision is available on the Company’s website at
www.warehousereit.co.uk
.
The Board’s responsibilities also include developing and
overseeing the execution of the Company’s strategy within
a framework of effective risk management and internal
controls, demonstrating ethical leadership, and upholding
corporate governance best practice.
The Board monitors the execution of strategy and
financial performance, appreciating the need to ensure
the Company strikes the right balance between delivering
on short-term objectives and ensuring sustainable
long-term growth.
The Company has sub-contracted its day-to-day functions
to service providers, each engaged under separate legal
agreements. For example, portfolio management and risk
management of the Group’s assets have been delegated to
the Investment Manager. The Investment Advisor provides
recommendations to the Investment Manager’s investment
committee. These recommendations cover acquisitions
and sales of Group assets (where this would be in line
with the Company’s objectives and investment policy)
and recommendations on whether the Group should incur
borrowings and give guarantees and securities (subject to
certain investment restrictions imposed by the Board and
the Board’s overall control and supervision). The Board, the
Investment Manager and the Investment Advisor operate in
a fully supportive, co-operative and open environment.
At each Board meeting, the Directors follow a formal
agenda, which is circulated in advance by the Company
Secretary. The Company Secretary and Investment Advisor
regularly provide financial information, together with
briefing notes and papers in relation to changes in the
Group’s economic and financial environment, statutory
and regulatory changes and corporate governance best
practice. Representatives from the Investment Advisor and
the Investment Manager attend each Board meeting and
communicate with the Board between formal meetings.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, the Articles
of Association permit the Board to consider and, if it sees
fit, to authorise situations where a Director has an interest
that conflicts, or may possibly conflict, with the Group’s
interests. It is the responsibility of each individual Director
to avoid an unauthorised conflict arising. Directors must
request authorisation from the Board as soon as they
become aware of the possibility that a conflict may arise.
When the Board is deciding whether to authorise a conflict
or potential conflict, only Directors who have no interest in
the matter being considered can participate in the relevant
decision, and in taking the decision the Directors must act
in a way they consider, in good faith, will be most likely to
promote the Company’s success. The Board can impose
limits or conditions when giving authorisation if they think
this is appropriate in the circumstances. The Board has a
formal system to consider such conflicts and the Company
Secretary maintains the Register of Directors’ Conflicts
of Interests, which is reviewed at each quarterly Board
meeting and when changes are notified.
COMPANY SECRETARY
The Board has direct access to the advice and services
of the Company Secretary, Company Matters, which is
responsible for ensuring that the Board and Committee
procedures are followed and that applicable regulations are
complied with. The Company Secretary is also responsible
to the Board for ensuring timely delivery of information
and reports and for ensuring that the Group meets its
statutory obligations.
73
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
KEY BOARD ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR
A report from the Investment Advisor is reviewed at each meeting, which includes relevant matters to highlight since the previous meeting and details of portfolio activity, real estate
market and macroeconomic update, the pipeline and health and safety matters. A quarterly report from the Investment Manager is presented at each scheduled Board meeting.
The Board also receives and reviews a quarterly share register analysis, as well as a report from the Company Secretary including regulatory and governance updates. In addition to
these regular agenda items, the Board dealt with the following matters during the year:
May 2023
Updates from Management Engagement
Committee, Sustainability Committee,
Nomination Committee and Audit and Risk
Committee Chairs
Approval of preliminary results for the year
ended 31 March 2023 and fourth interim
dividend for the 2023 financial year
Review of going concern and long-term
viability statements
Review of Directors’ external evaluation for
the year ended 31 March 2023
Discussed, reviewed and approved the
Group’s Annual Report
Reviewed Board Committees’ Terms of
Reference
Reviewed Directors’ fees
Approval of first interim
dividend for the financial
year ended 31 March 2024
• Updates from
Sustainability Committee
and Audit and Risk
Committee Chairs
Considered ESG practices
and sustainability strategy
August 2023
Board strategy meeting
Reviewed the Company’s
business principles,
purpose and strategy
• Reviewed performance
against strategy
October 2023
Updates from Sustainability Committee
and Audit and Risk Committee Chairs
Approved the third interim dividend for
the 2024 financial year
Reviewed matters reserved for
the Board
Received updates from the Investment
Advisor on key areas of the Group’s
operations as at March 2024
January 2024
Updates from the Audit and
Risk Committee Chair
Approval of Half-yearly Report
and second interim dividend
for the 2024 financial year
Reviewed performance against
strategy
Reviewed the Modern Slavery
Statement
November 2023
Annual General Meeting
Appointment of Dominic
O’Rourke as Director of
the Company
Resignation of Martin
Meech as Director of the
Company
September 2023
Approval of Annual Report for the
financial year ended 31 March 2023
Discussed, reviewed and approved
the Notice of Annual General
Meeting for the financial year
ended 31 March 2023
June 2023
Approved the financial
budget and capital
expenditure programme for
the financial year to
31 March 2025
Reviewed the Company’s
compliance with the
AIC Code
Reviewed the investment
policy, sustainability policy,
Matters Reserved for
the Board, diversity and
inclusion policy and Board
diversity policy
Reviewed the Directors’
performance evaluation for
the year ended 31 March 2024
March 2024
74
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
CONTINUED
HOW GOVERNANCE SUPPORTED THE DELIVERY
OF THE GROUP’S STRATEGY DURING THE YEAR
ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
As noted on page 63, approving the strategy and
overseeing its implementation is one of the Board’s core
responsibilities. The timeline on the previous page sets
out the Board’s activities in respect of each element of
the strategy. In addition, during the year the Board held a
strategy day, which is a key event allowing the Board to
examine the strategy and the market context in which the
Company operates.
Strategy
Board governance role
Key activities during the year
Investment
strategy
Overseeing the selection
of acquisitions, against the
backdrop of current market and
economic conditions
Approving acquisitions that are
within the investment policy but
have a value of 20% or more of
the Company’s GAV
Approving any acquisitions
outside the investment policy
During the year, the Board:
reviewed and discussed the details of all disposals, as part of
the disposal strategy, at its quarterly meetings. No material new
acquisitions were made during the year; and
assessed in detail the ongoing availability of quality stock that
could be acquired and held during the year
Read more about the disposals in the year in the Investment
Advisor’s report on page 27.
Asset
management
strategy
Overseeing the portfolio
Overseeing the Investment
Advisor’s asset management
activities
Approving disposals that are
within the investment policy but
have a value of 20% or more
of the GAV of the Company’s
portfolio
Approving any disposals outside
the investment policy
During the year, the Board:
reviewed quarterly portfolio updates from the Investment
Advisor, including details of occupancy levels, lease events,
rental values and rent collection;
monitored the Investment Advisor’s and Investment Manager’s
adherence to the capital expenditure budget, through quarterly
reports from the Investment Advisor; and
approved the annual budget (including capital expenditure) for
the year to 31 March 2025.
Read more about asset management during the year in the
Investment Advisor’s report on pages 30 to 31.
Financial
strategy
Approving any changes to the
Group’s capital structure
Approving the Group’s gearing
policy, dividend policy and
treasury policy
During the year, the Board:
monitored the Group’s debt levels and reviewed the
hedging strategy;
refinanced the Group’s debt facilities for a further five-year
tenure; and
purchased an additional £50.0 million interest rate derivatives.
Read more about financing activity during the year in the
Investment Advisor’s report on page 32.
Sustainability
strategy
Approval of policy, strategy and
targets
Approval of governance policies
During the year the Board:
reviewed and oversaw progress made against the strategy with
particular focus on the key projects;
set and approved 2024 targets; and
participated in training on climate risks and received
information on ESG legislation, peer reviews, green bonds and
benchmarking to enable informed decisions.
75
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
INTERNAL CONTROL REVIEW
The Board is responsible for the systems of internal
controls relating to the Group, including the reliability of
the financial reporting process and for reviewing their
systems’ effectiveness, in accordance with the AIC Code.
The Directors have reviewed and considered the
Financial Reporting Council’s (“FRC’s”) guidance on risk
management, internal control and related finance and
business reporting and have established an ongoing
process for identifying, evaluating and managing the
principal risks faced by the Group. This process, together
with key procedures established to provide effective
financial control, was in place during the period under
review and at the date of the signing of this report. The
internal control systems are designed to ensure that proper
accounting records are maintained, that the financial
information on which business decisions are made and
which is issued for publication is reliable, and that the
Group’s assets are safeguarded. The risk management
process and the Group’s systems of internal control are
designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure
to achieve the Group’s objectives. It should be recognised
that such systems can only provide reasonable, not
absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.
The Directors have reviewed the effectiveness of the
Group’s risk management and internal control systems
as they have operated over the period and up to the
date of approval of the Annual Report. There were no
matters arising from this review that required further
investigation and no significant failings or weaknesses were
identified. Therefore, the Board believes that the existing
arrangements present an appropriate framework to meet
the internal control requirements.
Internal control assessment process
The Board undertakes regular robust risk assessments and
reviews of internal controls, in the context of the Group’s
overall investment objective. The Board, through the Audit
and Risk Committee, has categorised risk management
controls under the following headings:
• business risk;
• operational risk;
• reputational risk;
compliance risk; and
• financial risk.
In arriving at its judgement of what risks the Group faces,
the Board has considered the Group’s operations mindful
of the following factors:
the nature and extent of risks that the Board regards
as acceptable for the Group to bear, within its overall
business strategy;
the threat of such risks becoming reality;
the Group’s ability to reduce the incidence and impact
of risk on its performance; and
the cost to the Group and the benefits related to the
Group and third parties operating the relevant controls.
One of the key internal controls that the Group has in place
is a corporate risk register, which is maintained by the
Investment Advisor, against which the Group monitors the
risks identified, the impact of such risks and the controls
in place to mitigate them. It also considers and monitors
both current and emerging risks to ensure meaningful
reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee. Other key
internal controls, which the Group had in place during
the year, include a procedure to monitor the compliance
status of the Company to ensure that it can continue
to be approved as a REIT; and the Investment Advisor
prepares forecasts and management accounts which allow
the Board to assess performance. A risk management
framework can only provide reasonable, not absolute,
assurance. The risks are assessed based on the likelihood
of them happening, the impact on the business if they were
to occur and the effectiveness of the controls. The Audit
and Risk Committee reviews the risk matrix at least twice
in each financial year and at other times as necessary.
The principal and emerging risks that the Board has
identified are set out on pages 56 to 60.
Most functions for the Group’s day-to-day management
are sub-contracted and the Directors therefore obtain
regular assurances and information from key third-party
suppliers regarding their internal systems and controls.
Additionally, the Board has contractually delegated to
external firms the services the Company requires, but it is
fully informed of the internal control framework established
by the Company’s third-party service providers, noting
they provide reasonable assurance on the effectiveness of
internal financial controls.
76
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
CONTINUED
SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Communication with shareholders is a high priority for
both the Board and the Investment Advisor, and the
Directors are available to discuss the Group’s progress and
performance with shareholders. The Investment Advisor
and the Company’s Joint Brokers (Peel Hunt LLP and
Jefferies International Limited) are in regular contact with
the major institutional investors and report the results
of meetings and the views of those shareholders to the
Board. The Chairman and the other Directors are available
to attend these meetings with shareholders if required.
All shareholders are encouraged to attend, either in person
when able to or by proxy, and vote at the AGM, during
which the Board and representatives of the Investment
Advisor are available to discuss issues affecting the
Group and answer any questions. Shareholders wishing
to communicate directly with the Board or to lodge
a question in advance of the AGM should contact the
Company Secretary at the address on page 153. The
Company always responds to letters from shareholders.
Shareholders are also invited to submit questions ahead of
the AGM by email and responses are provided ahead of the
proxy voting deadline where practicable.
All resolutions proposed at the 2024 AGM will be voted
on separately and the voting results will be announced
to the London Stock Exchange and made available on
the Company’s website as soon as practicable after the
meeting. These will include all votes cast for and against
and those withheld, together with all proxies lodged prior
to the meeting.
The Company is committed to ongoing shareholder
dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes.
If there are substantial votes against any resolutions, the
Company will consult with shareholders to understand the
reasons for any such vote. The Company will provide an
update on the views received from shareholders and any
resulting action will be detailed in the next Annual Report.
At Board meetings, investor feedback is provided by the
Investment Advisor and the Brokers and the views of
existing or potential shareholders about the Company
are discussed.
Along with developing relationships with shareholders
through regular updates to the market and through
meetings with shareholders, the Board and its advisors
will prepare the Group’s Annual and Half-yearly Reports
to present a full and readily understandable review of the
Group’s performance. Copies will be released through
the Regulatory News Service, dispatched to shareholders
depending on their communication preference and made
available from the Company Secretary or by downloading
from the Company’s website at
www.warehousereit.co.uk
.
See pages 22 to 24 for further information on shareholder
and stakeholder engagement.
77
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
Dear shareholders
I am pleased to present the report on the activities of the
Nomination Committee.
Following the decision by Martin Meech not to stand for
re-election at the Company’s 2023 AGM, this year the
Nomination Committee has spent time overseeing the
appointment of Aimée Pitman as Senior Independent
Director and recruiting a new Non-Executive Director
to the Board. Dominic O’Rourke was appointed
Non-Executive Director in September 2023, following
a comprehensive recruitment process set out on the
following page. More generally, the Nomination Committee
has focused on succession planning and evaluating the
skills and experience across the existing Board members to
identify possible areas for future development.
We continue to be mindful of the diversity on the Board
and, to that end, we are looking at opportunities to meet
the targets set by the FTSE Women Leaders Review and
the Parker Review, taking into account a variety of diversity
targets. While we continue to work towards being a more
diverse Board, we are proud to have 33% representation
of women on the Board and continue to apply the Board
diversity policy.
The Committee received a report on the updates to the
Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency
Rules related to diversity. We are mindful of these
targets and will continue to stay abreast of any future
developments.
The Board undertook an internally facilitated evaluation of
its composition, succession planning, expertise, dynamics,
management and focus of meetings, support, culture, and
risk management and oversight. More information on the
process and the outcomes can be found on page 72.
ROLE OF THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The role of the Nomination Committee is to assist in
ensuring that the Board comprises individuals who are
best able to discharge the responsibilities of Directors,
having regard to the highest standards of governance,
the strategic direction of the Group and ambitions of the
Board in respect of diversity and inclusion.
In summary, the Committee’s primary responsibilities
are to:
keep under review the Board’s structure, size and
composition, including diversity and the balance of
independent and non-independent Non-Executive
Directors, and make recommendations to the Board
with regard to any changes required;
consider and formulate succession plans for Directors,
giving consideration to the length of service of the
Board as a whole and the need for membership to be
regularly refreshed;
identify and nominate candidates to fill any Board
vacancies for the Board’s approval, giving due regard to
the current and recommended future balance of skills,
knowledge, experience, independence, diversity and
cognitive and personal strengths on the Board;
review the results of the Board performance evaluation
that relate to the Board’s composition;
review annually the time required from Non-Executive
Directors;
make recommendations to the Board regarding
membership of the Board’s Committees, in consultation
with the Chair of each Committee;
make recommendations to the Board concerning the
re-appointment of Non-Executive Directors, at the
conclusion of their specified term of office; and
make recommendations to the Board regarding the
re-election of Directors at AGMs.
The Nomination Committee operates within defined terms
of reference, which are regularly reviewed and updated
as necessary. The terms of reference are available on the
Group’s website.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
Committee membership
Meetings
1
Neil Kirton (Chair)
2/2
Lynette Lackey
2/2
Simon Hope (Non-independent)
1/2
1
The column above headed ‘Meetings’ shows the number
of meetings of the Committee attended by each member
during the year, together with the number of meetings
they were entitled to attend. Other regular attendees
at the Committee include members of the Investment
Advisor, who provide more insight into key issues and
developments.
78
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
WE ARE DELIGHTED
THAT DOMINIC HAS
JOINED THE BOARD. HE
BRINGS HIGHLY RELEVANT
AND DEEP REAL ESTATE
EXPERIENCE ALONGSIDE AN
OCCUPIER’S PERSPECTIVE.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
ACTIVITIES
The main activities of the Nomination Committee
are set out below.
Re-election of Directors at the AGM
In accordance with the AIC Code, the Board is comprised
of a group of individuals who have an appropriate balance
of skills and experience to meet the future opportunities
and challenges facing the Group.
The Nomination Committee considered the re-election of
each Director at the AGM. Following consideration of a
range of factors, including Directors’ other commitments
and the results of the recent Board evaluation, the
Nomination Committee concluded that each Director on
the Board standing for re-election at the AGM continues
to demonstrate the necessary skills, experience and
commitment to contribute effectively and add value to
the Board.
Biographies of each Director are available on pages 65
and 66. It is the Committee’s and the Board’s view that
the Directors’ biographies illustrate why each Director’s
contribution is, and continues to be, important to the
Group’s long-term sustainable success.
Appointment of Dominic O’Rourke to the Board
There is a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure for
the appointment of new Directors to the Board, including a
review of the other significant commitments Directors may
have. The Board appointed Russell Reynolds Associates
to assist with the Non-Executive Director recruitment
process during the period under review. Russell Reynolds
Associates is independent of the Board and the Company
and has no connections with any of the individual
Directors. The Committee agreed on a person specification
that included the skills and experience required for the
proposed appointment, with a focus on an individual with a
senior property background to add depth to the Board. As
part of this, Russell Reynolds Associates compiled a list of
candidates and scheduled interviews with the Board. The
Committee recommended that the Board appoint Dominic
O’Rourke as an independent Non-Executive Director of
the Company and that Dominic O’Rourke be appointed
a member of the Audit and Risk and Sustainability
Committees, and that he be appointed Chair of the
Management Engagement Committee with effect from
13 September 2023.
Induction and training
Each Director, upon appointment, receives a
comprehensive and tailored induction to the Company.
Dominic O’Rourke’s induction included:
in-person and virtual meetings with the other Directors;
meetings with members of the Investment Advisor to
understand the Group’s strategy, structure, financial and
legal position, corporate governance, risk profile and risk
management procedures; and
meetings with a range of stakeholders, including
shareholders (such as being available at the AGM), and
the Company’s external advisors.
Size, structure and composition of the Board
and Committees
To maintain the right balance of skills and knowledge on
our Board, the Committee keeps Board composition under
continual review. During the year, the Committee reviewed
the size, structure and composition of the Board and its
Committees and agreed that these were appropriate for
the Company, including the balance of independent and
non-independent Directors. It is the Committee’s view that
all members of the Board bring differing perspectives and
contribute to the overall success of Board meetings and
the Group.
When considering the appointment of new Directors,
the Committee will actively consider a range of factors
including the expertise and experience required in a
prospective candidate and the diversity of the Board, as
set out in the Company’s diversity policy. It is believed that
effective succession planning mitigates risks associated
with the departure or absence of well-qualified and
experienced individuals, impacting delivery on our strategy.
The Committee also recognises that continued tenure
brings a depth of Company-specific knowledge that is
important to retain.
Diversity
Before any appointment is made to the Board, the
Committee evaluates the current and recommended future
balance of skills, knowledge, experience, independence,
diversity and cognitive and personal strengths on the
Board. The appointment of any new Director is made on
the candidate’s merits, measuring his or her skills and
experience against the criteria identified by the Board as
being desirable to complement the Board’s composition
and qualifications.
The Board reviewed and approved its diversity policy
in March 2024. The policy mirrors best practice and
acknowledges the benefits of greater diversity, including,
but not limited to, diversity of gender, social and ethnic
backgrounds, cognitive and personal strengths, and
remains committed to ensuring that the Directors bring a
wide range of skills, knowledge, experience, backgrounds
and perspectives to the Board.
79
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
While the Board does not feel that it would be appropriate
to set targets as all appointments are made on merit, the
following objectives for the appointment of Directors have
been established:
all Board appointments will be made on merit, in the
context of the skills, knowledge and experience that are
needed for the Board to be effective; and
longlists of potential Non-Executive Directors should
include diverse candidates from a range of different
backgrounds and ethnicities as well as both male and
female candidates.
As a Board, we are supportive of the ambition shown in
recent reviews on diversity, including the FTSE Women
Leaders Review (formerly the Hampton-Alexander –
gender diversity) and the Parker Review (ethnic diversity).
The Nomination Committee will continue to examine ways
to increase diversity at Board level. This is appropriate
as the Board considers diversity in all its forms to be
important for the future development of the business.
As the Company is an investment company with no
Executive Directors and with a small Board relative to
that which would be expected for a trading company of
equivalent size, the Company has not yet met the targets
for ethnic representation on the Board set out in LR
9.8.6(9) and shall endeavour to meet the requirements of
this listing rule at the nearest opportunity. Accordingly,
the Committee is focused on the gender and diversity
recommendations and FCA rules on diversity and
inclusion. In accordance with these requirements, the
Committee is continuing to develop succession plans to
increase diversity on the Board and will consider such
recommendations in all future Board appointments and
succession planning discussions. However, the Board
believes that cognitive diversity is of great importance
and is comfortable that the Board is made up of a diverse
group of individuals with different backgrounds and
skillsets. As a result of the outputs of the recent internally
facilitated Board evaluation and the process followed to
recruit a successor to Martin Meech, the FCA requirements
were a significant factor in the selection process. However,
in respect of succession and the recruitment of appropriate
members to the Board, the Board gives significant weight
to the Company’s particular geographical, geopolitical and
market environment. As such, any new Board member
needed to clearly understand the operating, economic
and political environment in the UK to give full and proper
oversight. The Board will strive to ensure that it continues
to comprise individuals with diverse and complementary
skills and experience to meet the Company’s objectives.
The Company has met the target of appointing a female
Senior Independent Director. The Board considers diversity
to be important for the future development of the
business, including the need to be representative of the
society in which it operates.
As an externally managed Real Estate Investment Trust,
the Company does not have executive management.
However, the Nomination Committee is increasingly taking
an interest in the diversity of its main service providers,
principally the Investment Advisor.
The following tables, in the prescribed format, show the
gender and ethnic background of the Directors as of
the date of this report, in accordance with Listing Rule 9
Annex 2.1.
Gender identity
Number
of Board
members
1
Percentage on
the Board
Number of senior
positions on the Board
Men
4
66.7%
1
Women
2
33.3%
1
2
Not specified/prefer not to say
0
0%
0
1
The Company does not disclose the number of Directors in executive management as this is not applicable for an externally managed
Real Estate Investment Trust.
2
Aimée Pitman was appointed Senior Independent Director on 13 September 2023. Although not forming part of the FCA’s definition of
‘senior positions on the Board’, Lynette Lackey is Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee and Aimée Pitman is Chair of the Sustainability
Committee.
Ethnic background
Number of
Board members
Percentage on
the Board
Number of senior
positions on the Board
White British or other White (including minority white groups)
6
100%
2
Mixed/multiple ethnic groups
0
0%
0
Asian/Asian British
0
0%
0
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
0
0%
0
Other ethnic group, including Arab
0
0%
0
Not specified/prefer not to say
0
0%
0
The data in the above tables was collected through self-reporting by the Directors.
80
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
External appointments
Prior to accepting any external appointments, Directors are
required to seek the Board’s approval. The Board believes
that other external directorships and positions help provide
the Directors with valuable expertise that enhances their
ability to act as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.
The number of external directorships and positions should,
however, be limited, to ensure that Directors are able to
dedicate the amount of time necessary to contribute
effectively to the Board.
COMMITTEE EVALUATION
As part of the Board evaluation, the Committee asks
the Committee members to evaluate the Committee’s
effectiveness. For the period under review, the Committee
deems itself to have performed well.
LOOKING AHEAD TO 2025
In the coming year, the Nomination Committee will spend
time on reviewing succession planning and diversity at
Board level. Consideration and additional focus will be
given to the governance requirements of the AIC Code,
in relation to Board composition and independence
requirements, and of the Listing Rules, the Parker Review
and the FTSE Women Leaders Review.
Neil Kirton
Chair of the Nomination Committee
24 June 2024
81
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
Dear shareholders
Im pleased to present the report of the Audit and Risk
Committee for the year ended 31 March 2024.
One of the Committee’s key roles is to oversee the integrity
and accuracy of the financial statements and esnure
we maintain a sound system of risk management and
internal control.
With changes in the environment and the evolving role of
the Committee, the Committee increased the frequency of
meetings during the year from three to four, with the core
focus being the oversight of the Group’s financial reporting
and internal control arrangements. The Committee
formally changed its name from the Audit Committee
to the Audit and Risk Committee to better reflect the
Committee’s responsibilities.
The ongoing economic uncertainty for the UK economy
and related challenges remained a focus area of the
Committee and the Board during the period under review.
The Committee reviewed and challenged CBRE LLP’s
property valuations during the financial year, and held
discussions regarding the Company’s use of alternative
performance measures.
The Committee has also continued to focus on the key
issues relevant to the Group’s financial reporting and
worked with the Investment Advisor and the external
Auditor to review any changes required in response to the
introduction of new accounting or regulatory guidance.
During the year under review, Martin Meech did not seek
re-election at the 2023 AGM and Dominic O’Rourke
assumed his position on the Committee.
I would like to thank the members of the Committee,
the Investment Advisor team, and the various external
consultants for their continued commitment throughout
the year, for the open discussions that take place at our
meetings, and for the contribution they all provide in
support of our work. I will be available at the 2024 AGM to
respond to any shareholder questions that may be raised
on the Committee’s activities.
ROLE OF THE AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
The Committee safeguards high standards of integrity and
oversees conduct in financial reporting, internal control and
risk management. The Committee’s primary responsibilities
are to:
to monitor the integrity of the Group’s financial
statements and review its financial reporting process
and accounting policies;
advise the Board that the Annual Report is fair, balanced
and understandable and provides the information
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s
position, performance, business model and strategy.
In doing so, ensure that the disclosures reflect the
supporting detail, or challenge them to explain and
justify their interpretation and, if necessary, re-present
the information;
keep under review the effectiveness of the
Group’s internal control environment and risk
management systems;
make recommendations to the Board in relation to the
appointment, re-appointment or removal of the external
Auditor and to approve its remuneration and terms of
engagement, including the provision of any non-audit
services;
review the effectiveness of the audit process;
review and monitor the Auditor’s independence and
objectivity;
review assurances from the Group’s service providers
regarding their systems and controls for the detection
of fraud and the prevention of bribery and receive
reports on non-compliance; and
review the adequacy and security of the Group’s
arrangements for its contractors, suppliers and other
stakeholders (as applicable) to raise concerns, in
confidence, about possible wrongdoing in financial
reporting or other matters.
The Committee has direct access to the Group’s external
Auditor and provides a forum through which the external
Auditor reports to the Board. Representatives of the
external Auditor attend the Committee meetings at
least annually.
Lynette Lackey
Chair of Audit and Risk Committee
Committee membership
Meetings
1
Lynette Lackey (Chair)
4/4
Dominic O’Rourke
2/2
Aimée Pitman
4/4
Martin Meech
2/2
1
The composition of the Committee complies with the
AIC Code, being composed of three Independent Non-
Executive Directors with sufficient financial experience and
competence relevant to the sector in which the Company
operates. To ensure open and regular communication
between the Investment Advisor and the Board, certain
key representatives of the Investment Advisor are invited
to attend all Board and Committee meetings to update
the Board, and Committee members respectively, along
with representatives from the external Auditor, the third-
party portfolio valuers (CBRE LLP) and the external risk
consultants.
82
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
The Committee operates within defined terms of reference,
which are regularly reviewed and updated as necessary.
The terms of reference are available on the Group’s website.
MEETINGS WITH THE AUDITOR
During the year, the Committee Chair met privately,
without the Investment Advisor present, with BDO.
The focus of these private meetings was to encourage
discussion of any issues of concern in more detail and
directly with the external Auditor.
ACTIVITIES
At the meetings, the Committee has:
reviewed the internal controls and risk management
systems of the Group and its third-party service
providers, including continuing to monitor whether an
internal audit function is required;
agreed the audit plan with the Group’s external Auditor
including the principal areas of focus, and agreed the
audit fee;
monitored the integrity of the financial information
published in the Interim and Annual Report and
considered whether suitable and appropriate
judgements in respect of areas that could have a
material impact on the financial statements, have
been made;
actively engaged with the external Auditor to assess the
significant judgements, systems and processes in place
to form these significant judgements;
reviewed both the interim and full year valuation reports
from CBRE LLP and recommended to the Board that
the valuations be included in both the Interim and
Annual Report.
monitored the Company’s and Investment Advisor’s
accounting and financial internal control systems
to ensure compliance with regulatory and financial
reporting requirements and its relationship with the
relevant regulatory authorities;
in January, the Company received a letter from the
FRC’s Corporate Reporting Review Team regarding
the FRC’s review of the Company’s Annual Report
for the year ended 31 March 2023, seeking further
information in respect of one specific aspect of the
financial statements, as well as several observations for
improvement in the level of disclosure provided. The
Committee and the Investment Advisor welcomed the
FRC’s drive for continuous improvement in the quality
of financial reporting and responded by providing the
FRC with clarification and embedding enhancements to
disclosures (that have been reflected in the 2024 Annual
Report) where appropriate;
reviewed the Investment Advisor’s detection of fraud
and whistleblowing arrangements; and
reviewed the Annual Report content and advised the
Board on whether the Annual Report is fair, balanced
and understandable.
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
Although the Board assumes the ultimate responsibility
for the Group’s risk management and internal control
framework, its work is supported by the Committee. An
internal control system can provide reasonable but not
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss,
as it is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk
of failure to achieve business objectives. The Committee
reviews the Group’s internal control systems.
The Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its
responsibility to review the adequacy and effectiveness of
the controls over financial reporting and operational risk.
While there is no regulatory requirement, the Committee
has implemented the relevant recommendations of the
FRC’s Minimum Standard for Audit Committees, and, in
due course, will assess the implications of the requirements
of the 2024 iteration of the UK Corporate Governance
Code, especially those related to internal controls.
With respect to external assurance, the Committee reviews
the external Auditor’s reports presented to the Committee,
including their observations on risk management and
internal financial controls identified as part of its audit.
The Committee has also reviewed and updated, where
appropriate, the corporate risk register.
The Committee periodically reviews the need for an
internal audit function and considers that this is not
required given the nature and circumstances of the
Company. The Committee receives reports on internal
control and compliance from the Investment Advisor in
conjunction with third-party risk and internal audit advisor,
AuditR, and discusses these with the Investment Advisor.
This report also covers the internal controls of the Group’s
other key service providers, including the Administrator.
No significant matters of concern were identified during
the year.
WITH THE HEIGHTENED
FOCUS ON FINANCIAL
REPORTING, INTEGRITY
MATTERS, AND THE EVOLVING
ROLE OF THE COMMITTEE,
THE COMMITTEE INCREASED
THE FREQUENCY OF THE
MEETINGS FROM THREE TO
FOUR MEETINGS PER YEAR.
Lynette Lackey
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
83
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
Further to the reports received by the Committee, which
set out the Group’s processes, systems and assurance
procedures, the Committee has concluded that it has
complied with its obligations under the AIC Code in relation
to the assessment of risk and monitoring and review of the
effectiveness of internal controls and risk management.
The Committee advised the Board that the Group’s internal
control systems and risk management procedures are
effective, efficient and operating as required.
EXTERNAL AUDITOR
Review of external audit effectiveness
The Committee has an established framework for
assessing the effectiveness of the external audit process.
This includes:
considering reports from the auditor on the process
they have adopted to identify financial statements risks
and key areas of audit focus;
regular communications with the external Auditor
(without Investment Advisor present) and Investment
Advisor (without the external Auditor present);
a review of the final audit report, noting key areas
of Auditor;
judgement and the reasoning behind the
conclusions reached;
a review of the annual FRC Audit Quality Inspection
Report of the external Auditor;
use of a questionnaire completed by all the necessary
stakeholders; and
review of the audit plan.
The Committee is satisfied that the relationship between
the external Auditor and the Investment Advisor
allows for scrutiny of views and it is pleased that the
evaluation paid testament to the ability and willingness
of the external Auditor to challenge the Committee’s
and Investment Advisor’s views in a constructive and
proportionate manner.
The Committee received a presentation of the audit plan from the external Auditor in respect of the year under review and
a presentation of the results of the audit following completion of the main audit testing.
Auditor independence and objectivity
During the year, the Committee met key members of the senior audit team and BDO formally confirmed its independence,
as part of the annual reporting process. The Committee will pre-approve all non-audit services prior to any work
commencing and considers safeguards in place. The Committee also receives an annual assurance from the external
Auditor that its independence is not compromised by the provision of any non-audit services.
The Committee is satisfied that the Auditor’s objectivity and independence is not impaired by performing non-audit
services and that the Auditor has fulfilled its obligations to the Group and its shareholders.
SIGNIFICANT ISSUES
The Committee considered the following key issues in relation to the Group’s financial statements:
Valuation of property
assets
The Committee considered and discussed the valuation of the Group’s investment
properties as at 31 March 2024. To enable a full discussion of the valuation, and to enable
the Directors to challenge the valuations and the underlying assumptions, as appropriate,
the Valuer attended the Committee meeting in May 2024.
Maintenance of REIT
status
The UK REIT regime affords the Group a beneficial tax treatment for income and capital
gains, provided certain criteria are met. There is a risk that these REIT conditions may
not be met and additional tax becomes payable by the Group. The Committee therefore
monitored the Group’s compliance status and considered each of the requirements for the
maintenance of REIT status throughout the year ended 31 March 2024.
Going concern and
long-term viability of
the
Company
The Committee considered the Group’s financial requirements for the next 12 months and
concluded that it has sufficient resources to meet its commitments and any outstanding
loan covenants. Consequently, the financial statements have been prepared on a going
concern basis.
The Committee also considered the long-term viability statement within the Annual
Report, for the three-year period to June 2027, and the underlying factors and
assumptions that contributed to the Committee deciding that three years was an
appropriate length of time to consider the Group’s long-term viability.
The Group’s going concern and viability statement, as well as full details of the assessment
carried out by the Directors, can be found on pages 61 and 62.
Governance
The Committee continued to review corporate governance processes to ensure they
remain relevant.
84
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
COMPLIANCE, WHISTLEBLOWING AND FRAUD
The Committee ensures that there are effective procedures
relating to whistleblowing. The Whistleblowing Policy,
which is reviewed annually, allows employees of third-party
service providers to confidentially raise any concerns about
business practices.
Responsibility for the whistleblowing process sits with
the Board. The Committee continues to monitor the
whistleblowing processes, procedures and any respective
updates are reported to the Board.
AUDIT FEES AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES
An audit fee of £213,900 has been agreed in respect of the
audit for the year ended 31 March 2024. This incorporates
a fee of £190,200 for auditing the Annual Report for
the period and £23,700 for auditing the accounts of the
Company’s subsidiaries for the period.
The Committee reviews the scope and nature of all
proposed non-audit services before engagement, to
safeguard auditor independence and objectivity. BDO did
not carry out non-audit services for the Company during
the year.
We continue to believe that, in some circumstances,
the external Auditor’s understanding of the Company’s
business can be beneficial in improving the efficiency
and effectiveness of advisory work. The Committee has
reviewed the Company’s policy on the supply of any non-
audit services provided by the external Auditor.
RE-APPOINTMENT OF THE AUDITOR
The appointment of the external Auditor is reviewed
annually by the Committee and the Board and is subject
to approval by shareholders. In accordance with the
applicable requirements, the audit will be put out to tender
within ten years of the initial appointment of BDO.
BDO was appointed as Auditor to the Company with
effect from 1 April 2021 and Richard Levy has been the
Group Engagement Partner since that time, following a
formal tender process and review of the external Auditor’s
credentials. Following a review of the service provided
by BDO during the year and a review of value for money,
the Committee has recommended to the Board the
re-appointment of BDO as Auditor to the Company. An
ordinary resolution for BDO’s re-appointment will be put to
shareholders at this year’s AGM.
The Committee will regularly consider the need to put the
audit out to tender, the Auditor’s fees and independence,
and the matters raised during each audit.
The Company confirms compliance with the provisions of
the Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market
Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender
Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order
2014, which relates to the frequency and governance of
tenders for the appointment of the external Auditor for the
year to 31 March 2024.
FAIR, BALANCED AND
UNDERSTANDABLE REPORTING
The Committee reviewed drafts of this Annual Report to
consider whether it is fair, balanced and understandable
and provides the information necessary for shareholders
to assess the Group’s performance, business model and
strategy. We also gained assurance that there is a robust
process of review and challenge at different levels within
the Group to ensure balance and consistency.
Following the consideration of the above matters and its
detailed review, the Committee was of the opinion that
the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable and provides the information necessary
for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and
performance, business model and strategy.
COMMITTEE EVALUATION
The Board evaluation this year included an assessment of
our performance as a Committee. I am pleased that this
concluded that we operate effectively and that the Board
takes comfort from the quality of our work. The Board is
satisfied that the Committee members bring a wide range
and depth of recent and relevant financial and commercial
experience and all members have competence relevant to
our sector.
LOOKING AHEAD TO MARCH 2025
The Committee has agreed several areas of focus,
including:
ensuring continued integrity and balance in the Group’s
financial reporting;
monitoring UK corporate governance reform and
reacting as appropriate;
consideration of new and emerging risks; and
looking at specific implications of the current UK
economy on the Group’s portfolio value including
macro and regional-specific impacts and assessing
financial impacts.
Lynette Lackey
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
24 June 2024
85
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
Dear shareholders
I am pleased to present the Committee report on behalf of
the Board and to provide details on how the Committee
discharged its responsibilities throughout the year ended
31 March 2024.
This is my first report to you having succeeded Martin
Meech in the role of Committee Chair, following the my
appointment to the Board on 13 September 2023.
The Committee is central to the Company’s investment
process and is also a key part of the Company’s corporate
governance framework. The Board has delegated the
day-to-day running of the Company to the Investment
Advisor pursuant to the terms of the Investment
Management Agreement (“IMA”). The IMA is reviewed and
amended when necessary to ensure it serves the needs of
the Company.
The Committee is charged with the responsibility of
ensuring that the Investment Advisor has acted diligently,
in line with the Company’s investment policy and the
Company’s strategy, to maintain a diverse portfolio of
high-quality assets that provide returns to the Company’s
shareholders. Details of the Investment Advisor’s activity
and the Company’s performance in the year have been
included in the strategic report.
ROLE OF THE MANAGEMENT
ENGAGEMENT COMMITTEE
The Committee’s primary responsibilities are to:
satisfy itself that the terms of the IMA between the
Group, the Investment Manager and the Investment
Advisor remain fair, competitive and sensible for
shareholders, and review and make recommendations
on any proposed amendment to the IMA;
satisfy itself that systems put in place by the Investment
Advisor, Investment Manager, Administrator and
Depositary are adequate to meet relevant legal and
regulatory requirements, including the AIFMD;
satisfy itself that any compliance matters are under
proper review;
consider whether the continuing appointment of the
Investment Advisor is in the interests of shareholders
as a whole and make recommendations to the Board in
this regard;
keep under review the Investment Advisor’s
performance and the level of the investment advisory
fee; and
keep under review the performance of other service
providers, including compliance with the terms of
their respective agreements and their internal controls
and policies.
The Committee operates within defined terms of
reference, which are regularly reviewed and updated as
necessary. The terms of reference are available on the
Group’s website.
Dominic O’Rourke
Chairman of the Management
Engagement Committee
Committee membership
Meetings
1
Dominic O’Rourke (Chair)
0/0
Lynette Lackey
1/1
Neil Kirton
1/1
Martin Meech
1/1
1
During the period under review, the Committee comprised
of three independent Non-Executive Directors of the
Company, none of which are connected to the AIFM or
Investment Advisor. Following a review of Committee
membership and Martin Meech’s departure from the
Company, effective 12 September 2023, Dominic O’Rourke
was appointed as Committee Chair, with the membership
otherwise remaining unchanged, effective 13 September
2023. Dominic’s knowledge and experience positions him
well to act as Chair of the Committee. To ensure open
and regular communication between the Investment
Advisor and the Board, certain key representatives of
the Investment Advisor are invited to attend all Board
meetings and the Committee meetings to update the
Board, and Committee members, respectively, on the
Company’s portfolio activity and discuss the general
market conditions and the financial performance and
strategy of the Company.
86
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT COMMITTEE REPORT
ACTIVITIES
The Committee has:
considered the performance of the Investment Advisor
against its obligations under the IMA during the year.
In reaching its recommendation to the Board, the
Committee’s deliberations included consideration of the
basis of the Investment Advisor fee, found on page 23
of the Annual Report, and the execution of the Group’s
investment strategy by the Investment Advisor during
the year. In its review, the Committee considered the
collective skillset of the Investment Advisor’s team, to
ensure that it has all the necessary skills and experience
to best serve the interests of the shareholders in
performing its delegated responsibilities. The Board
delegates the execution of its investment strategy and
business model to the Investment Advisor, subject to
the Board being kept informed of all material property
acquisitions and disposals, including development
projects Following its review, the Committee was
satisfied that the Investment Advisor and the AIFM
have the suitable skills and experience to manage the
Company’s investments and believe that the continuing
appointment of the Investment Advisor and the AIFM
is in the best interests of shareholders as a whole.
Therefore, the Committee recommends their re-
appointment to the Board;
reviewed the ongoing performance and the continuing
appointment of the Group’s other key service providers.
The review comprised open and closed-ended
questions and included an assessment of the quality
of their services and fees to ensure they remained
competitive, as well as a review of each service
provider’s policies and procedures to ensure each
service provider had adequate controls and procedures
in place. The Committee has concluded that the services
provided to the Group were satisfactory and that the
contractual relationships with them are operating in
the best interests of the shareholders and; therefore,
a recommendation to the Board was that each be
retained until the next review; and
reviewed the systems put in place by the Investment
Advisor, Investment Manager, Administrator and
Depositary to meet legal and regulatory requirements,
particularly the AIFMD, and concluded that these remain
adequate.
COMMITTEE EVALUATION
The existing Committee members were agreed that
the quality of discussion and level of challenge by the
Committee with the Investment Advisor, together with
the timeliness and quality of papers received by the
Committee, allows the Committee to perform its role
effectively.
LOOKING AHEAD TO MARCH 2025
The Committee recognises that ensuring excellent support
and performance by service providers is critical for the
Group’s continuing operation as an externally managed
Real Estate Investment Trust. Therefore, the Committee’s
focus will be to keep all service providers under review
including their terms of engagement and performances, to
ensure that they are in the best interests of the Company.
Dominic O’Rourke
Chair of the Management Engagement Committee
24 June 2024
THE COMMITTEE
RECOGNISES THAT
ENSURING EXCELLENT
SUPPORT AND PERFORMANCE
BY SERVICE PROVIDERS IS
CRITICAL FOR THE GROUP’S
CONTINUING OPERATION AS AN
EXTERNALLY MANAGED REIT.
Dominic O’Rourke
Chair of the Management Engagement
Committee
87
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
Aimée Pitman
Chair of the Sustainability Committee
Dear Shareholders
The purpose of this report is to explain the work of the
Committee. A more in-depth review of these areas can be
found in the strategic report on pages 36 to 49.
Our priority last year was the deeper integration of our
sustainability strategy, and driving performance against
agreed targets. Throughout the course of this year, our
focus has turned to defining milestones and monitoring
progress along our net zero roadmap, ensuring there is
adequate governance and reportable metrics in place.
The Committee has also continued to highlight the
importance of ensuring our activities are understood and
are able to demonstrate visible, meaningful value to our
stakeholders. Tilstone has been pursuing this strategic
approach, recognising that without an engaged and
strategically aligned occupier base, we will not achieve our
net zero ambition.
The landscape for this topic is rapidly changing with
respect to legal obligations and market expectation,
therefore a key part of the Committee’s focus has been to
stay educated as well drive our strategy towards a resilient
portfolio, reducing our footprint, supporting our occupiers
and ensuring responsible business foundations.
During the period under review, we expanded our
responsibilities to assist the Board in its oversight of a
range of environmental and social topics.
The Committee’s discussions are strengthened by the
experience of the Investment Advisor’s team, as those
accountable for driving responsible and sustainable growth
through the Company’s operations. In-depth discussions
ensure the Committee stays alert to current and emerging
trends and to any potential risks arising from sustainability
issues. The Committee captures these insights for the
Board through formal feedback and the ongoing sharing
of knowledge.
The Committee continued to meet on a quarterly basis,
with the core focus being the oversight of the Group’s
sustainability strategy and the integration of sustainability
throughout the business operations.
The Committee is a passionate advocate for transparency
and stakeholder engagement and continues to work
on sustainability issues alongside key stakeholders
and investors.
ROLE OF THE SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE
The Committee’s primary responsibilities are to:
oversee the formulation and implementation of the
Group’s sustainability strategy;
review updates on any regulatory changes affecting
the strategy and make recommendations to the Board
regarding changes to the strategy;
review annually the key sustainability-related policies,
ensuring compliance across external reporting;
review the Group’s efficacy in relation to its
sustainability reporting;
review climate-related risk and make recommendations
to the Audit and Risk Committee regarding inclusion in
the Group’s risk management practices;
approve the budget provided for sustainability
purposes;
provide oversight and challenge on any material
sustainability matters identified, advising and making
recommendations to the Board where appropriate; and
ensure social issues are incorporated in the agenda and
debated.
GOVERNANCE
The Board is responsible for approving the Group’s
sustainability strategy, long-term goals and actively
monitoring portfolio performance. In conjunction
with the Investment Advisor, the Committee oversees
the management of the Group’s climate-related risks
and opportunities. The Committee has a key role in
supporting the Board within the governance framework,
by providing guidance and direction on the Company’s
sustainability ambitions.
Committee membership
Meetings
1
Aimée Pitman (Chair)
4/4
Stephen Barrow
4/4
Dominic O’Rourke
2/2
Martin Meech
2/2
1
Regular attendees include the other Directors of the
Company, members of the Investment Advisor, relevant
subject matter experts and external consultants attend
when required.
88
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE REPORT
RISK MANAGEMENT
Complementing the Committee’s role, the Audit and Risk
Committee is responsible for overseeing the assurance
programme of the Company’s sustainability commitments.
With a growing focus on sustainability, the Board has
recognised the importance of identifying the impact of
climate change to the Group’s business. During the year,
the Committee identified the key risks with input from our
consultant and added them to the Group’s risk register so
they are monitored as part of our wider risk management
process. The Committee therefore collaborates with other
Board Committees and cross-committee representation
provides a link between all the Board Committees.
The Board and Investment Advisor are continually
developing their understanding of the potential physical
impact of climate change and the wider implications
associated with increased regulation, occupier
requirements and increased focus on sustainable assets.
ACTIVITIES
The Committee met to undertake the following activities:
review and approved the new ESG and climate-related
risk register;
develop, review and approve the Group’s targets,
challenging the Group to report against measurable
targets and ensure the focus is prioritised according to
the Group’s materiality matrix;
drive progress and provide direction on key projects:
climate change risk, EPC improvement programme and
TCFD improvements;
receive training and information to inform decisions.
Examples of topics covered are climate change
risks, occupier questionnaire insights, refurbishment
standards, green bonds, peer review and EPC
proposed regulations;
identify ESG risks and recommend them to the Audit
and Risk Committee (as required);
receive presentations from a diverse pool of
stakeholders and perspectives on sustainability matters;
receive progress updates from members of Tilstone
against delivery of our sustainability strategy and key
sustainability initiatives, providing challenge where
appropriate;
constructively consider the merits of market
benchmarks and direct our actions accordingly;
review and approve the Committee’s terms of reference,
the Company’s sustainability policy and the Committee’s
composition; and
focus on communicating the sustainability programme
of activities to our stakeholders to review and verify
the processes behind the proposed disclosures. and
recommend them to the Audit and Risk Committee
or the Board for approval, as appropriate. These
communications include: our ESG reporting; the Energy
& Carbon reporting; the TCFD report; the Modern
Slavery Statement; the Sustainability Report, as well
as the integration of ESG messaging and plans that
demonstrate visible change to tenants on our ESG
focus points.
COMMITTEE EVALUATION
The Committee is satisfied that good progress continues
to be made in understanding and managing both ESG
risks and opportunities across the business. The quality of
discussion and level of challenge by the Committee with
the Investment Advisor, together with the timeliness and
quality of papers received by the Committee help ensure
the Committee can perform its role effectively.
LOOKING AHEAD TO MARCH 2025
The Group’s commitment to ESG is to ensure its assets
are attractive to occupiers in the long term. The Board
is committed to driving towards net zero carbon by by
ensuring that any refurbishment or development target
high, but appropriate building certifications including
EPCs. The Board will continue to engage with its key
occupiers to better understand occupiers’ decarbonisation
priorities, appetite to share data and share vital guidance
on energy efficiency.
Aimée Pitman
Chair of the Sustainability Committee
24 June 2024
THIS YEAR, OUR
FOCUS HAS TURNED
TO DEFINING MILESTONES
AND MONITORING
PROGRESS ALONG OUR NET
ZERO ROADMAP.
Aimée Pitman
Chair of the Sustainability Committee
89
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
The Board has prepared this report in partial and proportionate compliance
with the requirements of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013.
The Board was not advised by remuneration consultants
during the financial year.
STATEMENT FROM THE CHAIRMAN
Given the size of the Board, it is not considered appropriate
for the Company to have a separate remuneration
committee and the functions of this committee are therefore
carried out by the Board as a whole. The Board consists
entirely of Non-Executive Directors and the Company has
no employees. We have not, therefore, reported on those
aspects of remuneration that relate to Executive Directors
nor does the process of consulting with employees on
the setting of the remuneration apply. The remuneration
report will be presented at the AGM on 11 September 2024
for shareholder consideration and approval. No Director is
involved in setting their own levels of remuneration.
Following a review of Directors’ remuneration during the
year and, in recognition of the Company’s performance
over the period, the Board resolved to maintain Directors’
remuneration at the current levels. As a result, fees are set
at a level of £48,375 per annum (2023: £48,375) for the
Chairman and £37,625 per annum (2023: £37,625) for the
independent Non-Executive Directors. No fees are payable
to Stephen Barrow or Simon Hope as non-independent
Non-Executive Directors.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
As a binding vote on the policy is necessary every
three years, an ordinary resolution to approve the
Directors’ remuneration policy (the “Policy”) will be put
to shareholders at this year’s AGM. The Board does not
propose to make any changes to the existing remuneration
policy, which is set out below. The Policy approved at the
Company’s 2021 AGM will continue to apply until such time.
Additionally, the appropriateness and relevance of the Policy
is reviewed annually, to ensure that it supports the long-term
success of the Group. In the event of any proposed material
variation to the Policy, shareholder approval will be sought
for the proposed new policy prior to its implementation.
The Company and, respectively, the Policy follows the
recommendation of the AIC Code. The Board’s policy is
that the remuneration of Non-Executive Directors should
reflect the experience of the Board as a whole, and be
determined with reference to comparable organisations
and appointments.
The fees for the Non-Executive Directors are determined
within the limits set out in the Company’s Articles of
Association, and will not to exceed in aggregate £300,000
per annum, or any greater sum that may be determined
by ordinary resolution of the Company. Directors are
not eligible for bonuses, share options or long-term
incentive schemes or other performance-related benefits,
as the Board does not believe that this is appropriate
for Non-Executive Directors. There are no pension
arrangements in place for the Directors.
The Board has set two levels of fees: £48,375 per
annum for the Chairman and £37,625 per annum for the
independent Non-Executive Directors. No additional fees
are payable for membership of the Board’s Committees
or for appointment as a Director to any Group subsidiary.
The fee for any new Director appointed to the Board will
be determined on the same basis, while fees in respect of
subsequent periods will be determined following an annual
review. The Board would consider any views expressed by
shareholders on the fees being paid to Directors.
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, if any
Director is called upon to perform extra or special services
of any kind, they may be paid such extra remuneration as
the Directors may determine. Directors are also entitled
to be paid all expenses properly incurred in attending
Board or shareholder meetings or otherwise in the
performance of their duties. These expenses are unlikely
to be of a significant amount. Fees are payable from the
date of appointment as a Director of the Company and
cease on date of termination of appointment. To date, no
expenditure has been paid.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
THE BOARD’S
POLICY IS THAT
THE REMUNERATION OF
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
SHOULD REFLECT THE
EXPERIENCE OF THE BOARD
AND WITH REFERENCE TO
COMPARABLE ORGANISATIONS
AND APPOINTMENTS.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
90
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
The Board will not pay any incentive fees to any person to encourage them to become a
Director of the Company. The Board may, however, pay fees to external agencies to assist
the Board in the search and selection of Directors.
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, all Directors are entitled to the remuneration
determined by the Board. There were no revisions to the Policy during the period
and there were no deviations from the procedure for the implementation of the
remuneration policy.
STATEMENT OF IMPLEMENTATION OF REMUNERATION POLICY IN RESPECT
OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDING 31 MARCH 2025
The Board will, as usual, review Directors’ fees during the 2024 financial year, including the
time required to be committed to the business of the Group, and will consider whether any
further changes to remuneration are required.
REMUNERATION REPORT
Directors’ fees for the year (audited)
The Board believes that this fee structure appropriately reflects the prevailing market
rates for the Company’s complexity and size, and will also enable the Company to attract
appropriately experienced additional Directors in the future.
There are no variable elements to the remuneration for the Directors. The Directors who
served in the year to 31 March 2024 received the following emoluments (gross of any tax
or National Insurance contributions):
Year ended
31 March 2024
Year ended
31 March 2023
Year ended
31 March 2022
Director
Fees
£’000
Total
£’000
Fees
£’000
Total
£’000
Fees
£’000
Total
£’000
Neil Kirton
48.4
48.4
48.4
48.4
47.5
47.5
Aimée Pitman
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
36.9
36.9
Lynette Lackey
37.6
37.6
37.6
37.6
36.9
36.9
Dominic O'Rourke
1
20.7
20.7
Martin Meech
2
16.8
16.8
37.6
37.6
36.9
36.9
Simon Hope
Stephen Barrow
161.1
161.1
161.25
161.25
158.2
158.2
1
Appointed to the Board on 13 September 2023.
2
Did not seek re-election at the 2023 AGM and therefore ceased to be a Director on
12 September 2023.
Annual change in remuneration
Year ended
31 March 2024
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Neil Kirton
0%
1.8%
7.5%
Aimée Pitman
0%
1.8%
7.5%
Lynette Lackey
0%
1.8%
7.5%
Martin Meech
0%
1.8%
7.5%
Dominic O’Rourke
n/a
Simon Hope
n/a
n/a
n/a
Stephen Barrow
n/a
n/a
n/a
Total shareholder return
The graph below shows the total shareholder return (as required by company law) of the
Company’s ordinary shares relative to a return on a hypothetical holding over the same
period in the FTSE 250 and the FTSE All-Share REIT Index.
50
100
150
200
250
FTSE EPRA REIT: -5%
FTSE All share: +30%
Warehouse REIT: +39%
Jul 2018
Nov 2018
Mar 2019
Jul 2019
Nov 2019
Mar 2020
Jul 2020
Nov 2020
Mar 2021
Jul 2021
Nov 2021
Mar 2022
Jul 2022
Nov 2022
Mar 2023
Jul 2023
Nov 2023
Mar 2024
91
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
The graph compares, since IPO, the total shareholder return of the Company’s ordinary
shares relative to a return on a hypothetical holding over the same period in the FTSE
EPRA/ NAREIT UK Index and the FTSE All share Index. These indices have been chosen by
the Board as the most appropriate to compare the Company’s performance.
Directors’ beneficial and family interests (audited)
There is no requirement under the Company’s Articles of Association for Directors to hold
shares in the Company.
The Company has adopted a share dealing code in relation to the Company’s shares.
None of the Directors or any persons connected with them had a material interest in the
Company’s transactions, arrangements or agreements during the year. The Board will
continue to monitor the interests of each individual Director.
The interests of the Directors and any connected persons in the ordinary shares of the
Company are set out below (latest practicable date 24 May 2024):
As at
31 March 2024
Number of shares
As at
31 March 2023
Number of shares
Neil Kirton
1
390,909
390,909
Aimée Pitman
2
734,908
734,908
Lynette Lackey
51,603
51,603
Martin Meech
3
290,909
290,909
Dominic O’Rourke
Simon Hope
4
12,407,697
12,407,697
Stephen Barrow
5
10,120,307
10,120,307
1
190,909 of these shares are held by Mr Kirton’s spouse.
2
349,080 of these shares are held by Ms Pitman’s spouse, while 23,487 are held by her children.
3
190,909 of these shares are held by Mr Meech’s spouse.
4
3,551,971 of these shares are held by Mr Hope’s spouse, while 391,899 are held by his children.
5
4,481,525 of these shares are held by Mr Barrow’s spouse and 350,000 are held by his child.
Relative importance of spend on pay (unaudited)
The following table sets out the total level of Directors’ remuneration compared to the
distributions to shareholders by way of dividends, and the management fees and other
expenses incurred by the Company in respect of the years ended 31 March 2023 and
31 March 2024:
2024
£m
2023
£m
Change
%
Directors’ remuneration
0.2
0.2
0.0%
Investment Advisor fees
5.7
7.0
(18.6%)
Total dividend paid or declared
27.2
27.6
(1.4%)
VOTING AT ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 31 March 2023 and the Directors’
remuneration policy were approved by shareholders at the two AGMs held on 12 September
2023 and 13 September 2021 respectively. The votes cast by proxy were as follows:
Directors’ remuneration report
(2023 AGM voting figures)
Directors’ remuneration policy
(2021 AGM voting figures)
Number of
votes
% of
votes cast
Number of
votes
% of
votes cast
For
267,383,052
99.91
203,532,620
99.96
Against
237,150
0.09
77,848
0.04
At Chairman’s
discretion
3,102
Total votes cast
267,620,202
100.00
203,613,570
100.00
Number of votes
withheld
240,495
108,118
The remuneration policy is set out earlier in this report.
Statement of consideration of shareholders’ views
The Company is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest
in voting outcomes. If there are substantial votes against resolutions in relation to
Directors’ remuneration, the Company will seek the reasons for any such vote and will
detail any resulting actions in the next Directors’ remuneration report.
APPROVAL
The Directors’ remuneration report was approved by the Board on 24 June 2024.
Neil Kirton
Chairman
24 June 2024
92
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
CONTINUED
The Directors present their report and the audited financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2024.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, the Listing
Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency
Rules, the corporate governance statement, Directors’
remuneration report, Board Committee reports and the
statement of Directors’ responsibilities should be read in
conjunction with one another and the strategic report.
As permitted by legislation, some of the matters normally
included in the Directors’ report have instead been
included in the strategic report, as the Board considers
them to be of strategic importance.
Information required to be included in this Directors’
Report can be found elsewhere in the Annual Report as
indicated in the table below and is incorporated into this
report by reference:
DIRECTORS
The Directors in office during the year and at the date of
this report and their biographical details are shown on
pages 65 and 66.
Details of the Directors’ terms of appointment can be
found in the corporate governance statement and the
Directors’ remuneration report.
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
A comprehensive analysis of the property portfolio can be
found on page 29. The investment policy can be found on
page 148.
STATUS OF WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
The Company is an investment company, as defined in
section 833 of the Companies Act 2006, and qualifies as a
UK Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) as defined under
section 527(2) of the Corporation Tax Act 2010.
Information
Location in
Annual Report
Information
Location in
Annual Report
Information
Location in
Annual Report
Future developments
Page 127
Related party disclosures
Pages 126 to 127
Research and development
The Company is a
holding company,
does not conducted
research and
development, and
is therefore not
required to make
any disclosure in
this Annual Report.
Going Concern statement
Pages 61 to 62
Greenhouse gas emissions
Page 145
Viability statement
Pages 61 to 62
Environmental matters
Pages 36 to 50
Risk management
Pages 51 to 53
Share capital
Page 94
Principal risks and uncertainties
Pages 54 to 60
Engagement with suppliers,
customers and others in a
business relationship with the
Company
Pages 22 to 24
Corporate governance statement
Pages 63 to 97
The Board of Directors
Pages 65 to 66
Employee matters
The Company has
no employees and
no share schemes.
Audit and Risk Committee report
Pages 82 to 85
Information on the Group’s
financial risk management
objectives and policies, and its
exposure to credit risk, foreign
currency risk and financial
instruments
Pages 124 to 125
Remuneration report
Pages 90 to 92
Summary of Remuneration Policy
Pages 90 to 91
Nomination Committee report
Pages 78 to 81
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
93
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
INFORMATION ABOUT SECURITIES CARRYING
VOTING RIGHTS
The following information is disclosed in accordance with
The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations
2013 and DTR 7.2.6 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules:
the Company’s capital structure and voting rights and
details of the substantial shareholders in the Company
are set out below and in note 21 to the financial
statements;
the giving of powers to issue or buy back the
Company’s shares requires an appropriate resolution to
be passed by shareholders; and
there are no restrictions concerning the transfer of
securities in the Company or on voting rights, no special
rights with regard to control attached to securities, and
no agreements between holders of securities regarding
their transfer known to the Company.
SHARE CAPITAL
Share issues
At the AGM held on 12 September 2023, the Directors
were granted: (i) the authority to allot ordinary shares on a
non-pre-emptive basis up to an aggregate nominal amount
of £2,832,410 (being 66% of the issued ordinary share
capital at the date of the notice) by way of a rights issue;
and (ii) in any other case, the authority to allot ordinary
shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,416,205
(being 33% of the issued ordinary share capital at the
date of the notice). The Directors were also granted the
authority to disapply pre-emption rights in respect of the
allotment of shares or sale of treasury shares up to 10% of
the issued ordinary share capital at the date of the notice
and a further 20% of the issued ordinary share capital for
the purposes of making a follow-on offer falling within
paragraph 3 of Section 3B of the Pre-Emption Group’s
Statement of Principles.
These existing authorities will expire at the Company’s
AGM to be held in September 2024.
The Directors did not allot any shares during the period
under review.
Purchase of own shares
The Company is permitted to make market purchases of its
own shares provided it is duly authorised by its members
in a general meeting and subject to and in accordance with
section 701 of the Companies Act 2006. At the AGM held
on 12 September 2023, the Company was authorised to
purchase up to 42,486,165 of its own shares (being 10% of
the Company’s issued ordinary share capital at the date
of the notice). No ordinary shares have been bought back
under this authority, which will expire at the AGM to be
held in September 2024 where a resolution for its renewal
will be proposed.
Purchases of ordinary shares will be made within guidelines
established from time to time by the Board. The Directors
will consider repurchasing ordinary shares in the market
if they believe it to be in shareholders’ interests and as a
means of correcting any imbalance between supply of and
demand for the ordinary shares. They will have regard to
the Company’s REIT status when making any repurchase
and will only make such repurchases through the market
at prices (after allowing for costs) below the relevant
prevailing NAV per ordinary share and otherwise in
accordance with guidelines established from time to time
by the Board. Any purchase of ordinary shares on a pre-
emptitive basis would be made only out of the available
cash resources of the Company.
Current share capital
As at 31 March 2024 and the date of this report, there was
a single class of 424,861,650 ordinary shares of £0.01 each
in issue, all of which are fully paid up and are quoted on
the London Stock Exchange and none of which are held in
treasury. Each ordinary share has one voting right attached
to it. The total number of voting rights in the Group at this
date was therefore 424,861,650.
Further details regarding the Company’s issued share
capital are set out in note 21 of the financial statements.
The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s
ordinary shares are set out in its Articles of Association.
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled, subject to
any applicable law and the Company’s Articles of
Association, to:
have shareholder documents made available to them
including notice of any general meetings;
attend, speak and exercise voting rights at general
meetings, either in person or by proxy; and
participate in any distribution of income or capital.
RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
A summary of the Group’s performance during the period
and the outlook for the forthcoming year is set out in the
strategic report on pages 27 to 29.
Dividends totalling 6.4 pence per ordinary share have
been paid or declared in respect of the year ended
31 March 2024, further details of which can be found in the
Investment Advisor’s report on page 32 and below.
The Company has declared the following interim dividends
in respect of the financial year:
Quarter to
Declared
Paid/Payable
Amount
June 2023
31 August 2023
6 October 2023
1.60
September
2023
15 November
2023
29 December
2023
1.60
December
2023
26 January
2024
2 April
2024
1.60
March 2024
25 June 2024
26 July 2024
1.60
Total
6.40
The Company may, by ordinary resolution declare,
dividends provided that no such dividend shall exceed the
amount recommended by the Company’s Directors. The
Directors may also pay such interim dividends as appear
to be justified by the profits of the Company available for
distribution.
As the Company is a holding company, the Company relies
primarily on inter-company loans and other statutorily
(if any) and contractually permissible payments from its
subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet its
obligations and pay dividends to its shareholders.
94
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
The Company expects to be a cash generative business
with the opportunity for attractive capital investment
to enhance its growth prospects. The Board intends to
pursue an investment policy that reflects this strategy
while also delivering shareholders high-quality, long-term
dividend growth. However, the Board may periodically
reassess the Company’s dividend policy and the payment
of dividends (or quantum of the same) will depend on
the Group’s existing and future financial condition, results
of operations, capital requirements, investment and
divestment cycles, liquidity needs and other matters the
Board considers relevant from time to time.
SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS
As at 28 March 2024, the following held voting rights
greater than 3% in the Company (in accordance with DTR
5 (concerning notification of ‘major shareholdings’ or
‘voting rights arising from the holding of certain financial
instruments’):
Number of
ordinary
shares held
% of total voting
rights at
28 March 2024
Investec Wealth &
Investment
86,942,112
20.46
Evelyn Partners
24,368,463
5.74
BlackRock
21,703,048
5.11
Hargreaves Lansdown
19,539,775
4.60
Columbia Threadneedle
Investments
17,711,830
4.17
Latest practicable date: 18 June 2024
MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS
The Company is an alternative investment fund for the
purposes of the AIFMD and, as such, is required to have an
Investment Manager who is duly authorised to undertake
that role. G10 Capital Limited is authorised and regulated
by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) as the AIFM
of the Company under an agreement dated 22 August
2017 (the “Investment Management Agreement”). The
Investment Manager is responsible for overall portfolio
management, risk management and compliance with the
Group’s investment policy and the requirements of the
AIFMD that apply to the Group.
The Investment Advisor is an appointed representative of
the Investment Manager. As an appointed representative,
Tilstone is responsible for working with and advising the
Group and the Investment Manager in respect of sourcing
investment opportunities that meet the Group’s investment
policy. As an appointed representative of the Investment
Manager, Tilstone is exempt from the requirement to
be authorised by the FCA as a pre-requisite to giving
investment advice and arranging deals in investments.
Tilstone is also responsible for managing the underlying
real estate assets within the Group’s investment portfolio,
which does not constitute a regulated activity. The
Investment Manager has, and shall maintain, the necessary
expertise and resource to supervise the delegated tasks
effectively.
The Investment Advisor receives an annual fee (payable
quarterly in arrears) equal to 1.1% of the NAV of the Group’s
portfolio on the basis of funds being fully invested up
to £500 million and 0.9% thereafter. The fee is payable
to the Investment Advisor, which pays a quarterly fee
of £15,000 to the Investment Manager for the duration
of its appointment, in addition to other one-off fees in
relation to regulatory reporting services (Annex IV),
compliance services and investment committee services.
No performance fee or acquisition fee is payable.
In the event that the Investment Management Agreement
is terminated following a third party (or third parties acting
in concert) acquiring a majority of the Company’s ordinary
shares, the Investment Advisor would be entitled to receive
an exit fee equal to 15% of the total shareholder returns
(defined as the price per share paid by such third party
plus dividends and other distributions paid) generated
since Admission, above a hurdle rate of 10% per annum
on a compound basis since Admission. The exit fee will be
capped at the amount of the annual management fee paid
in the immediately preceding financial year.
The Investment Management Agreement is terminable
on 30 days’ notice by either party in writing in the
event of a material breach or insolvency of the other
party. The Company is also entitled to terminate the
agreement forthwith by notice in writing in the event
that the Investment Manager ceases to be able to fulfil its
obligations as a result of a change of the FCA’s rules.
CONTINUING APPOINTMENT OF THE
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
The Board keeps the performance of the Investment
Advisor under continual review. The Management
Engagement Committee conducts an annual appraisal
of the Investment Advisor’s performance and makes
a recommendation to the Board about the continuing
appointment of the Investment Advisor. Following a
recommendation from the Management Engagement
Committee, it is the opinion of the Directors that the
continuing appointment of the Investment Advisor is in
the interests of shareholders as a whole. The reasons for
this view are that the Investment Advisor has continued to
execute the investment strategy according to the Board’s
expectations and on terms that the Board is of the view,
continue to remain commercial and reasonable.
95
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
AUDITOR
The Directors holding office at the date of this Annual
Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there
is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s
Auditor is unaware. Each Director has taken all the steps
that they ought to have taken as a Director to make
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and
to establish that the Company’s Auditor is aware of
that information.
BDO LLP has expressed its willingness to continue
as Auditor of the Company and resolutions for its re-
election and to authorise the Audit and Risk Committee
to determine its remuneration will be proposed at the
forthcoming AGM.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Information about the nature of these risks and the
Company’s financial risk management objectives and
policies is set out in note 26 to the financial statements.
The work of the Audit and Risk Committee in respect of
risk management is described on pages 83 and 84.
INFORMATION TO BE DISCLOSED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LISTING RULE 9.8.4R
None of the items listed under Listing Rule 9.8.4R
are applicable.
POLITICAL DONATIONS
No political donations were made by the Company or its
subsidiaries during the year or prior year.
PRESENCE OUTSIDE THE UK
The Company does not have any registered
overseas branches.
POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Please see Note 33 to the financial statements, for any
post-balance sheet activities.
CLIMATE-RELATED MATTERS
Information about the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions
and the Company’s voluntary reporting against the Task
Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”)
recommendations is set out in the strategic report.
Additionally, please see the sustainability report for further
information on the Company’s Streamlined Energy &
Carbon Reporting framework reporting.
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Articles of Association of the Company may only be
amended by a special resolution at a general meeting
of the shareholders. The process for the appointment
and removal of Directors is included in the Company’s
Articles of Association. The Warehouse REIT plc Articles
of Association are available on the Company’s website:
www.warehousereit.co.uk
.
POWERS OF DIRECTORS
The Directors may exercise all powers of the Company
subject to applicable legislation and regulations and the
Company’s Articles of Association.
SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS
The Company is not party to any significant agreements
that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of
control of the Company. The Company is not aware of any
agreements between holders of its ordinary shares that
may result in restrictions on the transfer of its ordinary
shares or on voting rights other than:
certain restrictions which may from time to time be
imposed by laws or regulations such as those relating to
insider dealing;
pursuant to the Company’s securities dealing policy,
whereby the Directors and designated employees of
the Investment Advisor require approval to deal in the
Company’s shares or cannot deal in certain periods; and
where a person with an interest in the Company’s shares
has been served with a disclosure notice and has failed
to provide the Company with information concerning
interests in those shares.
There are no restrictions on exercising voting rights save
in situations where the Company is legally entitled to
impose such restriction (for example, under the Articles of
Association where amounts remain unpaid on the shares
after request, or the holder is otherwise in default of an
obligation to the Company).
Further details regarding the principal agreements
between the Company and its service providers, including
the Investment Advisor, are set out in Note 29 to the
financial statements on pages 126 and 127.
RELATED-PARTY DISCLOSURES
Details of related-party disclosures are set out in Note 29
to the consolidated financial statements on pages 126 and
127 of this Annual Report.
96
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Details of the financial instruments used by the Group and
financial risk management policies can be found in note 26
of the financial statements and in the principal risks and
uncertainties section on pages 51 to 60.
DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITIES AND DIRECTORS’ AND
OFFICERS’ LIABILITY INSURANCE
The Group has qualifying third-party indemnity provisions
within the meaning given to the term by s234 and s235
of the Companies Act 2006 for the Directors. This is
in respect of any potential exposure or liability in their
capacity as a Director of the Company and of any
company within the Group. Such indemnities were in force
throughout the financial period and will remain in force as
at the date of this report.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (“AGM”)
The Company’s AGM will be held on 11 September
2024. The Notice of the AGM will be circulated to
shareholders separately.
At least 21 days’ notice shall be given to all the members
and to the Company’s Auditor. All other general meetings
shall also be convened by not less than 21 days’ notice to
all those members unless the Company offers members
an electronic voting facility and a special resolution
reducing the period of notice to not less than 14 days has
been passed, in which case a general meeting may be
convened by not less than fourteen days’ notice in writing.
A special resolution will be proposed at the AGM to reduce
the period of notice for general meetings other than the
Annual General Meeting to not less than 14 days.
The Notice sets out the business of the AGM and
resolutions are explained in the circular containing the
notice of AGM. Separate resolutions are proposed for each
substantive issue.
NMPI
On 1 January 2014, certain changes to the FCA rules
regarding the restrictions on the retail distribution of
unregulated collective investment schemes and close
substitutes (“non-mainstream pooled investments”, or
“NMPIs”) came into effect. Since the Company obtained
approval as a UK REIT its ordinary shares of nominal value
of 0.01 pence each (the “shares”) are excluded from these
rules and therefore the restrictions relating to NMPIs do
not apply to its shares. It is the Board’s intention that the
Group will continue to conduct its affairs in such a manner
that it maintains its approved REIT company status and
that, accordingly, the Company’s shares will continue to be
excluded from the FCA’s rules relating to NMPIs and can
be recommended by financial advisors to retail investors
in accordance with the FCA’s rules in relation to NMPI
products.
Link Company Matters Limited
Company Secretary
24 June 2024
Company Number 10880317
97
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STRATEGIC REPORT
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual
Report and Financial Statements in accordance with
UK adopted international accounting standards and
applicable law and regulations. Company law requires
the Directors to prepare financial statements for each
financial year. Under that law, the Directors are required
to prepare the financial statements of the Group in
accordance with UK adopted international accounting
standards and have elected to prepare the Company
financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law).
Additionally, the Directors must not approve the financial
statements unless they are satisfied that they present
fairly the financial position, financial performance and
cash flows of the Group and Company for that year.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are
required to:
select suitable accounting policies and apply them
consistently;
present information, including accounting policies, in
a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable
and understandable information;
provide additional disclosures when compliance
with specific requirements in IFRS is insufficient to
enable users to understand the impact of particular
transactions, other events and conditions on the
Group’s financial position and financial performance;
state whether the Group financial statements have
been prepared in accordance with UK adopted
international accounting standards, subject to any
material departures disclosed and explained in the
financial statements;
state whether the Company financial statements
have been prepared in accordance with Financial
Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure
Framework’ (‘FRS101’) subject to any material
departures disclosed and explained in the Company
financial statements;
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable
and prudent;
prepare the financial statements on the going
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume
that the Group and the Company will continue in
business; and
prepare a directors’ report, a strategic report and
directors’ remuneration report which comply with the
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate
accounting records that are sufficient to show and
explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position
of the Group and enable them to ensure that the
financial statements comply with the Companies Act
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the
assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and
other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and
integrity of the corporate and financial information
included on the Company’s website, including ensuring
the Annual Report and Financial Statements are made
available. The work carried out by the Auditor does not
involve consideration of the maintenance and integrity
of this website and, accordingly, the Auditor accepts
no responsibility for any changes that have occurred
to the financial statements since they were initially
presented on the website. As such, the Directors’
responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of
the financial statements contained therein. Financial
statements are published on the Company’s website
in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial
statements and visitors to the website need to be aware
that legislation in the UK covering the preparation and
dissemination of the financial statements may differ from
legislation in their jurisdiction.
The Directors confirm that, pursuant to their
responsibilities under DTR4, to the best of their
knowledge: the financial statements, prepared in
accordance with UK adopted international accounting
standards and in conformity with the requirements of
the Companies Act 2006, give a true and fair view of
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of
the Company (and Group as a whole); and
this Annual Report includes a fair review of the
development and performance of the business and
the position of the Company (and Group as a whole),
together with a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties that it faces.
Having taken advice from the Audit and Risk Committee,
the Directors consider that the Annual Report and
Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced
and understandable and provide the information
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s
position and performance, business model and strategy.
On behalf of the Board
Neil Kirton
Chairman
24 June 2024
98
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In our opinion:
the financial statements give a true and fair view of the
state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs
as at 31 March 2024 and of the Group’s profit for the
year then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly
prepared in accordance with UK adopted international
accounting standards;
the Parent Company financial statements have been
properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and
the financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with the requirements of the Companies
Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of Warehouse
REIT plc (the “Parent Company” or the “Company”)
and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended
31 March 2024 which comprise the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement
of financial position, the consolidated statement of
changes in equity, the consolidated statement of cash
flows, the Company statement of financial position, the
Company statement of changes in equity and notes to
the financial statements, including a summary of material
accounting policies. The financial reporting framework
that has been applied in the preparation of the Group
financial statements is applicable law and UK adopted
international accounting standards. The financial reporting
framework that has been applied in the preparation of
the Parent Company financial statements is applicable
law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including
Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure
Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice).
BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of
the financial statements section of our report. We believe
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit
opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit
and Risk Committee.
Independence
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk
Committee, we were appointed by Directors in March
2021 to audit the financial statements for the year ended
31 March 2022 and subsequent financial periods. The
period of total uninterrupted engagement including
retenders and reappointments is three years, covering the
years ended 31 March 2022 to 31 March 2024. We remain
independent of the Group and the Parent Company in
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
The non-audit services prohibited by that standard were
not provided to the Group or the Parent Company.
CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded
that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements
is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment
of the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to continue to
adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
We used our knowledge of the Group and the Parent
Company and its market sector together with the
current economic environment to assess the Directors’
identification of the inherent risks to the Group’s
business and how these might impact the Group’s
and the Parent Company’s ability to remain a going
concern for the going concern period, being the period
to 30 June 2025, which is at least 12 months from when
the financial statements are authorised for issue;
We obtained an understanding of the Directors’ process
for assessing going concern including an understanding
of the key assumptions used;
We reviewed the forecasts that support the Directors’
going concern assessment and:
Assessed the Group’s forecast cash flows with
reference to budgeted and historic performance and
challenging management’s forecast assumptions in
comparison to the current performance of the Group;
Agreed the inputs into the forecasts to supporting
documentation for reasonableness based on
contractual agreements, where available;
Agreed the Group’s available borrowing facilities
and the related covenants to supporting financing
documentation and calculations;
We analysed the sensitivities applied by the Directors’
stress testing calculations and challenged the
assumptions made using our knowledge of the business
and of the current economic climate, to assess the
reasonableness of the downside scenarios selected;
We obtained forecast covenant calculations to test for
any potential future covenant breaches;
We considered the covenant compliance headroom for
sensitivity to both future changes in property valuations
and the Group’s future financial performance;
We considered board minutes, and evidence obtained
through the audit and challenged the Directors on the
identification of any contradictory information in the
forecasts and the resultant impact to the going concern
assessment;
We reviewed the disclosures in the financial statements
relating to going concern to check that the disclosure is
consistent with the circumstances.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not
identified any material uncertainties relating to events
or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast
significant doubt on the Group’s or the Parent Company’s
ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at
least twelve months from when the financial statements
are authorised for issue.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
99
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it
has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to
the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about
whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt
the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant
sections of this report.
OVERVIEW
Coverage
100% (2023: 100%) of Group profit
before tax
100% (2023: 100%) of Group revenue
100% (2023: 100%) of Group
total assets
Key audit
matters
2024
2023
Valuation of investment
properties
Revenue recognition –
rental income
Materiality
Group financial statements as a whole
£8.6m (2023: £8.9m) based on 1%
(2023: 1%) of total assets
AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
Our audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding
of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s
system of internal control, and assessing the risks of
material misstatement in the financial statements. We also
addressed the risk of management override of internal
controls, including assessing whether there was evidence
of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of
material misstatement.
The Group operates in one segment, investment property,
structured through a number of subsidiary entities
and therefore we treated the Group as one significant
component. The Group audit engagement team performed
all the work necessary to issue the Group and Parent
Company audit opinion, including undertaking all of the
audit work on the risks of material misstatement identified
in the key audit matters section below.
Climate change
Our work on the assessment of potential impacts on
climate-related risks on the Group’s operations and
financial statements included:
We made enquiries of and challenged Management and
the property valuer to understand the actions they have
taken to identify climate-related risks and their potential
impacts on the financial statements and adequately
disclose climate-related risks within the annual report;
We undertook our own qualitative risk assessment
taking into consideration the sector in which the Group
operates and how climate change affects this particular
sector;
Involvement of climate-related experts in evaluating
Management’s risk assessment; and
We reviewed of the minutes of Board and Audit
Committee meetings and other papers related to
climate change and performed a risk assessment as to
how the impact of the Group’s commitment as set out
in the sustainability report on pages 36 to 42 may affect
the financial statements and our audit.
We challenged the extent to which climate-related
considerations, including the expected cash flows from
the initiatives and commitments have been reflected,
where appropriate, in management’s going concern
assessment and viability assessment.
We also assessed the consistency of management’s
disclosures included as Statutory Other Information on
pages 43 to 50 within the financial statements and with
our knowledge obtained from the audit.
Based on our risk assessment procedures, we did not
identify there to be any Key Audit Matters materially
impacted by climate-related risks and related
commitments.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our
professional judgement, were of most significance in our
audit of the financial statements of the current period
and include the most significant assessed risks of material
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we
identified, including those which had the greatest effect on:
the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the
audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion
on these matters.
100
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Key audit matter
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Valuation of investment
properties
As detailed in note 13
to the consolidated
financial statements, the
Group owns a portfolio
of investment properties
which are held at their
fair value. The Group’s
accounting policy for
these properties is
described in note 13
to the consolidated
financial statements.
The key judgements and
estimates in arriving at
the fair values are set
out in notes 2.2, 13 and
25 to the consolidated
financial statements.
The Group has an investment property
portfolio of warehouses and light industrial
assets across the United Kingdom. The
properties are independently, externally
valued in accordance with RICS methodology
and IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement, this
includes completed investment property
which is let, or available to let, and is valued
using the income capitalisation method;
and development property and land which
is valued using the comparable method
supported, where appropriate, by a residual
development appraisal (which estimates the
gross development value of the completed
project less estimated costs to completion and
an appropriate developer’s margin).
The valuation of investment property requires
significant judgement and estimates by
the Directors, with the assistance of their
independent external valuer appointed by
Directors, and is therefore considered a
significant risk due to the subjective nature of
certain assumptions inherent in each valuation.
Any input inaccuracies or unreasonable
bases used in the valuation judgements
(such as in respect of estimated rental value
and yield profile applied) could result in a
material misstatement of the Group’s financial
statements.
There is also a risk of fraud in relation to the
valuation of the property portfolio where
the Directors may influence the significant
judgements and estimates in respect of
property valuations in order to achieve
property valuation and other performance
targets to meet market expectations.
The valuation of investment properties was
therefore considered to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included, but were not restricted to, the following:
Experience of valuer and relevance of their work
We assessed the external valuer’s qualifications and independence.
We obtained a copy of the instructions provided to the independent valuer and reviewed for any
limitations in scope or for evidence of management bias.
We obtained the valuation report prepared by the independent external valuer and discussed the
basis of the valuations with them.
With the assistance of our real estate valuation experts, we read the valuation report and confirmed
that all valuations had been prepared in accordance with applicable valuation guidelines and the
requirements of IFRS 13 and were therefore appropriate for determining the carrying value in the
Group’s financial statements.
Data provided to the valuer
We validated the underlying data provided to the valuer by the Investment Advisor. This data
included inputs such as current rent and lease term, which we agreed on a sample basis to the
executed lease agreements as part of our audit work.
Assumptions and estimates used by the valuer
The key valuation assumptions were the equivalent yields and with assistance from our real estate
valuation experts, we developed yield expectations on each property using available independent
industry data, reports and comparable transactions in the market around the period end. Our real
estate valuation experts also attended our meeting with the Group’s independent valuers to assist
us in assessing that explanations provided were appropriate and in line with market knowledge.
We compared the key valuation assumptions against our independently formed market
expectations by reference to market data based on the location and specifics of each property.
We discussed the key assumptions used and the valuation movement in the period with the
independent external valuer. Where the valuation yield was outside of our expected range we
challenged the independent valuer on specific assumptions and reasoning for the yields applied
and corroborated their explanations where relevant, agreeing their responses to supporting
documentation.
Additionally for development property and land, the key valuation assumptions included land value
comparable, construction and other development costs and a developer’s margin which were
compared to comparable market benchmarks where available and assessed for reasonableness
where not readily comparable with published benchmarks.
Key observations
Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any indicators to suggest that the judgements
and estimates made in the valuation of the Group’s investment properties were inappropriate.
101
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
Key audit matter
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue recognition –
rental income
Refer to note 3 for details
of the Group’s revenue,
including the accounting
policy.
The Group has multiple occupiers across its
property portfolio.
Rental income is recognised on a straight-
line basis over the lease term for the Group’s
properties based upon rental agreements
that are in place. Judgement is required to
determine the term over which incentives
should be recognised.
There is a risk that rental income is not
supported by underlying tenancy agreements
or is inappropriately recognised as a result of
errors in recording lease details in the tenancy
schedules or inappropriate judgements being
applied by management.
For these reasons we consider the recognition
of revenue from rental income to be a key
audit matter.
We obtained the tenancy schedule and the Investment Advisor’s analysis of revenue recognised for
each property and performed the following:
For a sample of occupiers we reviewed the underlying leases to confirm the accuracy of the tenancy
schedule inputs. We also agreed one rental receipt for each of those occupiers to bank statements;
We developed an expectation of rental income to be invoiced for the year in respect of each
property based on the tenancy schedule and compared this to the Investment Advisor’s analysis
of the rental income recognised prior to lease incentive adjustments, corroborating explanations
provided by the Investment Advisor in respect of variances identified; and
We obtained the Investment Advisor’s schedule of lease incentive adjustments, including rent-free
periods and other rent concessions, and, for a sample, we recalculated the adjustment and agreed
the inputs to the underlying lease documentation. We considered the completeness of the schedule
based on information included in the tenancy schedule and the underlying lease information
obtained. Where applicable we assessed the Investment Advisor’s judgements against past and
current occupier behaviour in respect of the lease term over which the incentives are recognised.
Key observations:
We did not identify any indicators to suggest that revenue has been recognised inappropriately.
OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning
and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect
of misstatements. We consider materiality to be the
magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions,
could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users
that are taken on the basis of the financial statements.
In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the
probability that any misstatements exceed materiality,
we use a lower materiality level, performance materiality,
to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly,
misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be
evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the
nature of identified misstatements, and the particular
circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their
effect on the financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined
materiality for the financial statements as a whole and
performance materiality as follows:
Group
financial statements
Parent Company
financial statements
2024
2023
2024
2023
Materiality
£8.6m
£8.9m
£3.4m
£3.4m
Basis for determining materiality
1% of Total Assets
Rationale for the benchmark
applied
We determined that total assets would be the most appropriate basis for determining
overall materiality as we consider it to be the principal consideration for the users
of the financial statements in assessing the financial performance of the Group and
Parent Company.
Performance materiality
£6.5m
£6.7m
£2.5m
£2.5m
Basis for determining
performance materiality
75% of Materiality
Rationale for the percentage
applied for performance
materiality
The level of performance materiality applied was set after having considered a number
of factors including our assessment of the Group’s and Parent Company’s overall
control environment and the expected total value of known and likely misstatements
and the level of transactions in the year.
102
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Specific materiality
We also determined that for other account balances
and classes of transactions that impact the calculation
of European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”)
earnings a misstatement of less than materiality for the
financial statements as a whole, specific materiality, could
influence the economic decisions of users. We consider
EPRA earnings to be a key performance measure of the
Company. EPRA earnings excludes the impact of the net
surplus on revaluation of investment properties, profit on
disposal of investment properties, interest income from
derivatives and changes in the fair value of interest rate
derivatives. As a result, we determined materiality for these
items to be £0.62m (2023: 0.83m), based on 5% of EPRA
earnings (2023: 5%). We further applied a performance
materiality level of 75% (2023: 75%) of specific materiality
to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding specific
materiality was appropriately mitigated.
Reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would
report to them all individual audit differences in excess
of £430,000 (2023: £445,000) and for those items
impacting the calculation of EPRA earnings £31,000 (2023:
£40,000). We also agreed to report differences below
these thresholds that, in our view, warranted reporting on
qualitative grounds.
OTHER INFORMATION
The directors are responsible for the other information.
The other information comprises the information included
in the Annual Report and Financial Statements other than
the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form
of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is
to read the other information and, in doing so, consider
whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained
in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to
be materially misstated. If we identify such material
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are
required to determine whether this gives rise to a material
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If,
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that
there is a material misstatement of this other information,
we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’
statement in relation to going concern, longer-term
viability and that part of the Corporate Governance
Statement relating to the Parent Company’s compliance
with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code
specified for our review.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we
have concluded that each of the following elements of the
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained
during the audit.
Going
concern and
longer-term
viability
The Directors’ statement with
regards to the appropriateness of
adopting the going concern basis
of accounting and any material
uncertainties identified set out on
page 61; and
The Directors’ explanation as to
their assessment of the Parent
Company’s prospects, the period
this assessment covers and why
the period is appropriate set out on
pages 61 to 62.
Other Code
provisions
Directors’ statement on fair,
balanced and understandable set
out on page 98;
Board’s confirmation that it has
carried out a robust assessment of
the emerging and principal risks
set out on page 76;
The section of the annual report
that describes the review of
effectiveness of risk management
and internal control systems set
out on page 76; and
The section describing the work
of the audit committee set out on
pages 82 to 85.
103
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
OTHER COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by
the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below.
Strategic report
and Directors’
report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for
which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with
applicable legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and its
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in
the Strategic report or the Directors’ report.
Directors’
remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Matters on which
we are required
to report by
exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies
Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate
for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to
be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities
statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that
they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control
as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the
preparation of financial statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern,
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the
Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic
alternative but to do so.
AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT
OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or
error and are considered material if, individually or in the
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of
these financial statements.
Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of
non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined
above, to detect material misstatements in respect
of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities,
including fraud is detailed below:
Non-compliance with laws and regulations
Based on:
our understanding of the Group and the industry in
which it operates;
discussion with Investment Advisor and those charged
with governance and Audit Committee; and
obtaining and understanding of the Group’s policies
and procedures regarding compliance with laws
and regulations;
we considered the significant laws and regulations to be
UK company law, UK tax legislation (including the REIT
regime requirements), legislation relevant to the rental of
properties and the UK Listing Rules, and we considered
the extent to which non-compliance might have a material
effect on the Group financial statements.
Our procedures in response to the above included:
We reviewed of Board and Committee meeting minutes
and enquired with Management and the Directors as
any known or suspected instances of non-compliance
with laws and regulations.
In order to address the risk of non-compliance with the
REIT regime, we considered a report from the Group’s
external adviser, detailing the actions that the Group
has undertaken to ensure compliance. This paper was
reviewed, and the assumptions challenged, with the
assistance of our own internal REIT tax expert.
We reviewed legal expenditure accounts to understand
the nature of expenditure incurred; and
We agreed the financial statement disclosures to
underlying supporting documentation where relevant.
104
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Irregularities including fraud
We assessed the susceptibility of the financial statements
to material misstatement, including fraud. Our risk
assessment procedures included:
Enquiry with Investment Advisor and those charged
with governance regarding any known or suspected
instances of fraud.
We obtained an understanding of the Group’s policies
and procedures relating to:
Detecting and responding to the risks of fraud; and
Internal controls established to mitigate risks related
to fraud.
We reviewed minutes of meeting of those charged
with governance for any known or suspected instances
of fraud.
Discussion amongst the engagement team as to how
and where fraud might occur in the financial statements.
Involvement of forensic specialists in the audit to
assess the susceptibility of the financial statements to
material fraud.
We performed analytical procedures to identify any
unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate
risks of material misstatement due to fraud. and
We considered remuneration incentive schemes and
performance targets and the related financial statement
areas impacted by these.
Based on our risk assessment, we considered the areas
most susceptible to fraud to be potential manipulation
of revenue through the assessment of lease terms over
which to spread the lease incentives, investment property
valuations, and management override of controls.
Our procedures in response to the above included:
We addressed the risk of management override of
controls by testing a sample of journal entries processed
during the year, which met defined risk criteria, agreeing
to supporting documentation and evaluating whether
there was evidence of bias by the Investment Advisor
that represented a risk of material misstatement due
to fraud.
We analysed revenue journals to identify any entries
which were outside our expectations and then vouched
these to supporting documentation to confirm that they
are valid revenue transactions recorded in the correct
period.
Regarding the risk of intentional misstatement of
lease term over which to spread lease incentives, on a
sample basis we agreed key inputs to the calculations
to lease agreements and performed a recalculation
of the adjustment to rental income, investigating any
variances.
Our responses to the valuation of investment properties
risk are set out in the key audit matters section above.
We also communicated relevant identified laws and
regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement
team members, who were deemed to have the appropriate
competence and capabilities, and remained alert to any
indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and
regulations throughout the audit.
Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks
of material misstatement in the financial statements,
recognising that the risk of not detecting a material
misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of
not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may
involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery,
misrepresentations or through collusion. There are
inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed
and the further removed non-compliance with laws and
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in
the financial statements, the less likely we are to become
aware of it.
A further description of our responsibilities is available
on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities
. This description
forms part of our auditor’s report.
USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s
members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has
been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent
Company’s members those matters we are required to
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the
Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions
we have formed.
Richard Levy
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
London, UK
24 June 2024
BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in
England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).
105
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
All items in the statement derive from
continuing operations. No operations were
acquired or discontinued during the year.
There is no other comprehensive income and
therefore the profit for the year after tax is also
the total comprehensive income.
Continuing operations
Notes
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Gross property income
3
47,173
47,845
Service charge income
3
3,853
3,340
Service charge expenses
4
(4,068)
(3,767)
Net property income
46,958
47,418
Property operating expenses
4
(4,330)
(5,454)
Gross profit
42,628
41,964
Administration expenses
4
(7,605)
(9,716)
Operating profit before gains/(losses) on investment properties
35,023
32,248
Fair value gains/(losses) on investment properties
13
15,082
(193,367)
Realised gains/(losses) on disposal of investment properties
13
5,521
(13,105)
Operating profit/(loss)
55,626
(174,224)
Finance income
7
8,460
2,039
Finance expenses
8
(24,566)
(15,528)
Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives
8
(5,214)
4,850
Profit/(loss) before tax
34,306
(182,863)
Taxation
9
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
34,306
(182,863)
Earnings/(loss) per share (basic and diluted) (pence)
12
8.1
(43.0)
The accompanying notes on pages
110
to
127
form an integral part of these financial
statements.
106
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
These financial statements were approved by
the Board of Directors of Warehouse REIT plc
on 24 June 2024 and signed on its behalf by:
Neil Kirton
Company number: 10880317
Notes
31 March
2024
£’000
31 March
2023
£’000
Assets
Non-current assets
Investment property
13
695,345
842,269
Interest rate derivatives
18
5,485
11,228
700,830
853,497
Current assets
Investment property held for sale
14
129,060
625
Interest rate derivatives
18
1,756
Cash and cash equivalents
15
15,968
25,053
Trade and other receivables
16
11,519
9,258
158,303
34,936
Total assets
859,133
888,433
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
17
(280,413)
(304,093)
Other payables and accrued expenses
20
(11,300)
Head lease liability
19
(14,235)
(14,320)
(294,648)
(329,713)
Current liabilities
Interest rate derivatives
18
(3,841)
Other payables and accrued expenses
20
(20,658)
(18,584)
Deferred income
20
(7,251)
(7,115)
Head lease liability
19
(987)
(705)
(28,896)
(30,245)
Total liabilities
(323,544)
(359,958)
Net assets
535,589
528,475
Equity
Share capital
21
4,249
4,249
Share premium
22
275,648
275,648
Retained earnings
23
255,692
248,578
Total equity
535,589
528,475
Number of shares in issue (thousands)
424,862
424,862
Net asset value per share (basic and diluted) (pence)
24
126.1
124.4
The accompanying notes on pages
110
to
127
form an integral part of these financial
statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 MARCH 2024
107
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
Further details of retained earnings are
presented in note 23.
Notes
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Total
£’000
Balance at 31 March 2022
4,249
275,648
459,057
738,954
Total comprehensive loss
(182,863)
(182,863)
Dividends paid
11
(27,616)
(27,616)
Balance at 31 March 2023
4,249
275,648
248,578
528,475
Total comprehensive income
34,306
34,306
Dividends paid
11
(27,192)
(27,192)
Balance at 31 March 2024
4,249
275,648
255,692
535,589
The accompanying notes on pages
110
to
127
form an integral part of these financial
statements.
108
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
Notes
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Operating profit/(loss)
55,626
(174,224)
Adjustments to reconcile profit/ (loss) for the period to net cash flows:
(Gains)/losses from change in fair value of investment properties
13
(15,082)
193,367
Realised (gain)/loss on disposal of investment properties
13
(5,521)
13,105
Head lease movement in asset value
(61)
(42)
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
34,962
32,206
(Increase)/decrease in other receivables and prepayments
(2,464)
329
(Decrease)/increase in other payables and accrued expenses
(1,723)
2,788
Net cash flow generated from operating activities
30,775
35,323
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of investment properties
(5,888)
(66,053)
Capital expenditure
(5,197)
(4,628)
Development expenditure
(6,974)
(7,141)
Purchase of interest rate caps
18
(5,069)
(2,200)
Interest received
7,740
989
Disposal of investment properties
51,733
58,101
Net cash flow generated from/(used in) investing activities
36,345
(20,932)
Cash flows from financing activities
Bank loans drawn down
17
323,000
65,000
Bank loans repaid
17
(345,000)
(30,000)
Loan interest and other finance expenses paid
(21,321)
(11,810)
Other finance expenses paid
(367)
(786)
Non-recurrent loan fees
(4,251)
Head lease payments
(1,074)
(832)
Dividends paid in the period
11
(27,192)
(27,616)
Net cash flow used in financing activities
(76,205)
(5,648)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(9,085)
8,347
Cash and cash equivalents at start of the period
25,053
16,706
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
15
15,968
25,053
The accompanying notes on pages
110
to
127
form an integral part of these financial
statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
109
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
110
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
1. General information
Warehouse REIT plc is a closed-ended Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) with an
indefinite life incorporated in England and Wales on 24 July 2017. The Company began
trading on 20 September 2017. The registered office of the Company is located at
65 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7NQ. The Company’s shares are admitted to trading
on the Premium Listing Segment of the Main Market, a market operated by the London
Stock Exchange.
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2024 comprise
the results of the Company and its subsidiaries (together constituting the “Group”) and
were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 24 June 2024. The nature of
the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the strategic report on
pages 02 to 62.
2. Basis of preparation
These financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK adopted international
accounting standards and in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act
2006. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention,
except for the revaluation of investment properties and financial instruments that are
measured at revalued amounts or fair values at the end of each reporting period, as
explained in the accounting policies below. Historical cost is generally based on the fair
value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services. The audited financial
statements are presented in Pound Sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest
thousand pounds (£’000), except when otherwise indicated.
Going concern
The Directors have made an assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going
concern. They carefully considered areas of potential financial risk and reviewed cash flow
forecasts, evaluating a number of scenarios, which included extreme downside sensitivities
in relation to rental cash collection, making no acquisitions or discretionary capital
expenditure and minimum dividend distributions under the REIT rules.
Accordingly, based on this information, and in light of mitigating actions available, the
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company have adequate
resources to continue in business for a period of at least 12 months from the date of
approval of the Annual Report and Financial Statements (see the going concern on
pages 61 to 62).
Furthermore, the Directors are not aware of any material uncertainties that may cast
significant doubt upon the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the
financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis.
2.1 Changes to accounting standards and interpretations
New standards and interpretations effective in the current period
There were a number of new standards and amendments to existing standards that are
required for the Group’s accounting period beginning on 1 April 2023, which have been
considered and applied as follows:
amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 ‘Presentation of Financial
Statements’ clarifies that significant accounting policies has been replaced with material
accounting policies; and
amendments to IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates
and Errors’ clarifies the distinction between accounting policies and accounting
estimates and also replaces the definition of accounting estimates. Under the new
definition, estimates are ‘monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to
measurement uncertainty’.
There was no material effect from the adoption of the above-mentioned amendments
to IFRS effective in the period. They have no significant impact to the Group as they
are either not relevant to the Group’s activities or require accounting which is already
consistent with the Group’s current accounting policies. Other amendments with an
effective date this year are not relevant to the Group.
New and revised accounting standards not yet effective
There are a number of new standards and amendments to existing standards that have
been published and are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning on or
after 1 April 2024 or later. The Group is not adopting these standards early. There are no
accounting standards expected to have a material impact on the Group.
111
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
2. Basis of preparation
continued
2.2 Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of these financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the
Directors of the Group to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts recognised in the financial statements. However, uncertainty
about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material
adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability in the future.
Judgements
In the course of preparing the financial statements, no judgements have been made
in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, other than those involving
estimations detailed below, that have had a significant effect on the amounts recognised in
the financial statements.
Estimates
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, the Investment Advisor has
made the following estimates, which have the most significant risk of material change to
the carrying value of assets recognised in the consolidated financial statements:
Valuation of property
The valuations of the Group’s investment property are at fair value as determined
by the external independent valuer on the basis of market value in accordance with
the internationally accepted RICS Valuation – Professional Standards January 2022
(incorporating the International Valuation Standards) and in accordance with IFRS 13. The
key estimates made by the valuer are the ERV and equivalent yields of each investment
property and land values per acre for development properties. The valuers have the
buildings location, building specification and various other climate-related considerations
and have factored this into the valuation See notes 13 and 25 for further details.
2.3 Summary of material accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements
are stated in the notes to the financial statements.
a) Basis of consolidation
The Company does not meet the definition of an investment entity and therefore does not
qualify for the consolidation exemption under IFRS 10. The consolidated financial statements
comprise the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as at 31 March 2024.
b) Functional and presentation currency
The overall objective of the Group is to generate returns in Pound Sterling and the
Group’s performance is evaluated in Pound Sterling. Therefore, the Directors consider
Pound Sterling as the currency that most faithfully represents the economic effects of
the underlying transactions, events and conditions and have therefore adopted it as the
functional and presentation currency.
c) Segmental reporting
The Directors are of the opinion that the Group is engaged in a single segment of business,
being the investment in, and provision of, UK urban warehouses.
3. Property income
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Rental income
44,025
45,750
Insurance recharged
1,496
1,592
Dilapidation income
1,652
503
Gross property income
47,173
47,845
Service charge income
3,853
3,340
Total property income
51,026
51,185
No occupier accounts for more than 10% of rental income.
Accounting policy
Rental income arising from operating leases on investment property is accounted for on
a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in gross property income in the
Group statement of comprehensive income. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and
arranging an operating lease are recognised as an expense over the lease term on the
same basis as the lease income. Rental income is invoiced in advance and for all rental
income that relates to a future period, this is deferred and appears within current liabilities
in the Group statement of financial position.
For leases that contain fixed or minimum uplifts, the rental income arising from such uplifts
is recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. A rental adjustment is recognised
from the rent review date in relation to unsettled rent reviews, once the rental uplifts
are agreed.
Occupier lease incentives are recognised as an adjustment of rental revenue on a
straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term is the non-cancellable period
of the lease together with any further term for which the occupier has the option to
continue the lease where, at the inception of the lease, the Directors are reasonably certain
that the occupier will exercise that option.
Insurance income is recognised in the accounting period in which the services are
rendered.
Amounts received from occupiers to terminate leases or to compensate for dilapidations
are recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income when the right to receive
them arises, typically at the cessation of the lease.
Service charge income is recognised when the related recoverable expenses are incurred.
The Group acts as the principal in service charge transactions as it directly controls the
delivery of the services at the point at which they are provided to the occupier.
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONTINUED
112
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
4. Property operating and administration expenses
Year
Year ended
ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Service charge expenses
4,068
3,767
Premises expenses
2,625
3,532
Insurance
1,509
1,735
Loss allowance on trade receivables
196
187
Property operating expenses
4,330
5,454
Investment Advisor fees
5,725
6,970
Costs associated with the transfer to the Main Market
1,069
Directors’ remuneration (including social security costs)
179
179
Head lease asset depreciation
165
189
Other administration expenses
1,536
1,309
Administration expenses
7,605
9,716
Total
16,003
18,937
Details of how the Investment Advisor fees are calculated are disclosed in note 29.
Accounting policy
All property operating expenses and administration expenses are charged to the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income and are accounted for on an
accruals basis.
Property expenses are costs incurred by the Group that are not directly recoverable from
an occupier, as well as professional fees relating to the letting of our estates.
5. Directors’ remuneration
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Neil Kirton
48
48
Lynette Lackey
38
38
Martin Meech
17
38
Aimée Pitman
38
38
Simon Hope
Stephen Barrow
Dominic O’Rourke
21
Employer’s national insurance contributions
17
18
Total
179
180
A summary of the Directors’ emoluments, including the disclosures required by the
Companies Act 2006, is set out in the Directors’ remuneration report. The Group had no
employees in either period. All payments made are short-term employee benefits.
6. Auditor’s remuneration
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Audit fee
214
192
Total
214
192
The Group reviews the scope and nature of all proposed non-audit services before
engagement, to ensure that the independence and objectivity of the Auditor are
safeguarded. Audit fees are comprised of the following items:
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Group year-end Annual Report and Financial Statements
190
172
Subsidiary accounts
24
20
Total
214
192
113
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
6. Auditor’s remuneration
continued
Non-audit fees payable to the Group’s Auditor comprised the following:
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Services as reporting accountant relating to Main Market move
110
Total
110
The Audit Committee receives assurance from the Auditor that its independence is not
compromised. The Group’s Auditor for the year ended 31 March 2024 was BDO LLP.
7. Finance income
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Interest from cash and short-term deposits
267
12
Interest from derivatives
8,193
2,027
Total
8,460
2,039
Accounting policy
Interest income is recognised on an effective interest rate basis and shown within the
Group statement of comprehensive income as finance income. See note 18 for details on
the accounting policy for interest rate derivatives.
8. Finance expenses
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Loan interest
21,791
14,057
Head lease interest
1,054
961
Accelerated loan arrangement fees
1,688
Loan arrangement fees amortised
883
1,052
Recurrent loan fees
362
607
Bank charges
6
5
25,784
16,682
Less: amounts capitalised on the development of properties
(1,218)
(1,154)
Total
24,566
15,528
Finance expenses include accelerated amortisation of £1.6 million given the refinancing of
the facility that took place in July 2023. Refer to note 17 for details.
The interest capitalisation rates for the year ended 31 March 2024 ranged from 4.3% to
4.7% (31 March 2023: 3.2% to 4.3%).
Accounting policy
Finance costs consist of interest and other costs that the Group incurs in connection with
bank and other borrowings. Any finance costs that are separately identifiable and directly
attributable to an asset that takes a period of time to complete are capitalised as part
of the cost of the asset. Ongoing services fees relating to the maintenance of the facility
are expensed in the period in which they occur. Fair value movements on derivatives are
recorded in finance expenses or in finance income depending on the fair value movement
during the year. See note 19 for the accounting policy on head lease interest expensed.
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONTINUED
114
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
9. Taxation
Corporation tax has arisen as follows:
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Corporation tax on residual income
Total
Reconciliation of tax charge to profit before tax:
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Profit/(loss) before tax
34,306
(182,863)
Corporation tax at 25.0% (2023: 19.0%)
8,577
(34,744)
Change in value of investment properties
(3,771)
36,740
Realised (profit)/loss on disposal of investment properties
(1,380)
2,490
Tax-exempt property rental business
(3,426)
(4,486)
Total
Accounting policy
As a REIT, the Group is exempt from corporation tax on the profits and gains from its
property rental business, provided it continues to meet certain conditions as per the REIT
regulations.
Non-qualifying profits and gains of the Group continue to be subject to corporation tax.
Therefore, current tax is the expected tax payable on the non-qualifying taxable income
for the period, if applicable, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the
balance sheet date.
10. Operating leases
Operating lease commitments – as lessor
The Group has entered into commercial property leases on its investment property
portfolio. These non-cancellable leases have a remaining term of up to 14 years.
Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at
31 March 2024 are as follows:
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Within one year
40,436
42,033
Between one and two years
33,894
33,340
Between two and three years
27,053
26,998
Between three and four years
22,170
22,360
Between four and five years
18,597
18,457
Between five and ten years
35,956
34,394
More than ten years
7,925
19,607
Total
186,031
197,189
11. Dividends
Pence
For the year ended 31 March 2024
per share
£’000
Third interim dividend for year ended 31 March 2023
paid on 3 April 2023
1.60
6,798
Fourth interim dividend for year ended 31 March 2023
paid on 7 July 2023
1.60
6,798
First interim dividend for year ended 31 March 2024
paid on 6 October 2023
1.60
6,798
Second interim dividend for year ended 31 March 2024
paid on 29 December 2023
1.60
6,798
Total dividends paid during the year
6.4
27,192
Paid as:
Property income distributions
6.4
27,192
Non-property income distributions
Total
6.4
27,192
115
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
11. Dividends
continued
Pence
For the year ended 31 March 2023
per share
£’000
Third interim dividend for year ended 31 March 2022
paid on 1 April 2022
1.55
6,585
Fourth interim dividend for year ended 31 March 2022
paid on 30 June 2022
1.75
7,435
First interim dividend for year ended 31 March 2023
paid on 1 October 2022
1.60
6,798
Second interim dividend for year ended 31 March 2023
paid on 30 December 2022
1.60
6,798
Total dividends paid during the year
6.50
27,616
Paid as:
Property income distributions
6.50
27,616
Non-property income distributions
Total
6.50
27,616
As a REIT, the Group is required to pay property income distributions (“PIDs”) equal to at
least 90% of the property rental business profits of the Group.
A third interim property income dividend for the year ended 31 March 2024 of 1.60 pence
per share was declared on 26 February 2024 and paid on 2 April 2024. In addition, a fourth
interim non-property income dividend for the year ended 31 March 2024 of 1.60 pence per
share will be declared on 25 June 2024 and paid on 26 July 2024.
Accounting policy
Dividends due to the Group’s shareholders are recognised when they become payable.
12. Earnings per share
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing profit for the period attributable to ordinary
shareholders of the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares during the
period. As there are no dilutive instruments in issue, basic and diluted EPS are identical.
The European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) publishes guidelines for calculating
adjusted earnings on a comparable basis. EPRA EPS is a measure of EPS designed by
EPRA to enable entities to present underlying earnings from core operating activities,
which excludes fair value movements on investment properties.
The Group has also included an additional earnings measure called ‘Adjusted Earnings’
and ‘Adjusted EPS’. Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EPS recognises finance income
earned from derivatives held at fair value through profit and loss used to hedge the
Group’s floating interest rate exposure. The premiums for the interest rate caps, which are
being paid in quarterly instalments, are included in the statement of financial position as
a derivative asset measured at fair value and have not been deducted in the calculation
of adjusted earnings. Also included in adjusted earnings is the add back of the costs
associated with the early close out of debt, as these costs will not be reccurring.
The Board deems this a more relevant indicator of core earnings as it reflects our ability
to generate earnings from our portfolio and matches the basis on which interest cover is
measured for loan covenant compliance.
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
IFRS earnings/(losses)
34,306
(182,863)
EPRA earnings adjustments:
(Gain)/loss on disposal of investment properties
(5,521)
13,105
Fair value (gains)/losses on investment properties
(15,082)
193,367
Interest from derivatives
(8,193)
(2,027)
Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives
5,214
(4,850)
Losses associated with early close out of debt (see note 17)
1,688
EPRA earnings
12,412
16,732
Group-specific earnings adjustments:
Interest from derivatives
8,193
2,027
Costs associated with the transfer to the Premium Segment
of the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange
1,069
Adjusted earnings
20,605
19,828
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
Pence
Pence
Basic IFRS EPS
8.1
(43.0)
Diluted IFRS EPS
8.1
(43.0)
EPRA EPS
2.9
3.9
Adjusted EPS
4.8
4.7
Year ended
Year ended
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
Number
Number
of shares
of shares
Weighted average number of shares in issue (thousands)
424,862
424,862
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONTINUED
116
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
13. UK investment property
Completed
Development
Total
investment
property
investment
property
and land
property
£’000
£’000
£’000
Investment property valuation brought forward
as at 1 April 2023
752,485
75,660
828,145
Acquisition of properties
Capital expenditure
3,327
8,191
11,518
Movement in rent incentives
1,065
(3)
1,062
Disposal of properties
(42,462)
(3,125)
(45,587)
Fair value gains/(losses) on revaluation of
investment property
17,312
(2,230)
15,082
Total portfolio valuation per valuer’s report
731,727
78,493
810,220
Assets transferred to held for sale
(56,230)
(72,830)
(129,060)
Adjustment for head lease obligations
14,185
14,185
Carrying value at 31 March 2024
689,682
5,663
695,345
Completed
Development
Total
investment
property and
investment
property
land
property
£’000
£’000
£’000
Investment property valuation brought forward
as at 1 April 2022
913,035
98,950
1,011,985
Transferred in the period
5,449
(5,449)
Acquisition of properties
64,512
2,216
66,728
Capital expenditure
5,035
8,295
13,330
Movement in rent incentives
1,272
28
1,300
Disposal of properties
(71,206)
(71,206)
Assets transferred to held for sale
(625)
(625)
Fair value losses on revaluation of investment
property
(164,987)
(28,380)
(193,367)
Total portfolio valuation per valuer’s report
752,485
75,660
828,145
Adjustment for head lease obligations
14,124
14,124
Carrying value at 31 March 2023
766,609
75,660
842,269
All completed investment properties are charged as collateral on the Group’s borrowings.
See note 17 for details.
Included within the carrying value of investment properties as at 31 March 2024 is
£11.5 million (31 March 2023: £10.4 million) in respect of rent incentives as a result of the
IFRS treatment of leases with rent-free periods, which require recognition on a straight-line
basis over the lease term. The difference between this and cash receipts change the
carrying value of the property on which revaluations are measured.
During the period the Group capitalised £1.2 million (31 March 2023: £1.2 million) of
interest paid in development properties. Please see note 8 for details on the capitalisation
rate used.
Realised (gain)/loss on disposal of investment properties
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Net proceeds from disposals of investment property during
the year
51,733
58,101
Carrying value of disposals
(46,212)
(71,206)
Realised gain/(loss) on disposal of investment properties
5,521
(13,105)
Accounting policy
Development property and land is where the whole or a material part of an estate
is identified as having potential for development. Assets are classified as such until
development is completed and they have the potential to be fully income-generating.
Development property and land is measured at fair value if the fair value is considered
to be reliably determinable. Where the fair value cannot be determined reliably but
where it is expected that the fair value of the property will be reliably determined when
construction is completed, the property is measured at cost less any impairment until the
fair value becomes reliably determinable or construction is completed, whichever is earlier.
In addition, it is the Group’s policy to capitalise finance costs relating to the development
of the assets with planning permission, where development work is underway see note 8
for details.
Subsequent to initial recognition, investment property is stated at fair value (see note 25).
Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair values are included in the profit and loss in
the period in which they arise under IAS 40 Investment Property.
Investment properties cease to be recognised when they have been disposed of or
withdrawn permanently from use and no future economic benefit is expected. Gains or
losses on the disposal of investment property are determined as the difference between
net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the asset.
Movements in rent incentives are presented within the total portfolio valuation.
Where an investment property is held under a leasehold interest, the headlease is initially
recognised as an asset at cost plus the present value of minimum ground rent payments
and is subsequently measured at fair value. The corresponding rental liability to the head
leaseholder is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation (see note 19).
117
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
14. Investment properties held for sale
Completed
Development
Total
investment
property
investment
property
and land
property
£’000
£’000
£’000
Carrying value at 31 March 2022
Disposal of properties
Assets transferred in
625
625
Carrying value at 31 March 2023
625
625
Disposal of properties
(625)
(625)
Assets transferred in
56,230
72,830
129,060
Carrying value at 31 March 2024
56,230
72,830
129,060
As at 31 March 2024, Radway Green, Crewe along with the associated land are designated
as held for sale, as sales offers are in progress and will likely be completed during the
year ended 31 March 2025. St Modwen Road, Plymouth completed on 29 April 2024
and Barlborough Links, Chesterfield, exchanged contracts for completion which will
occur during H1 of FY’25. Pikelaw Place, Skelmersdale is expected to complete during H1
of FY’25.
Accounting policy
An asset will be classified as held for sale in line with IFRS 5 ‘Non-Current Assets Held
for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ if its carrying value is expected to be recovered
through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. An asset will be classified in this
way only when a sale is highly probable, management are committed to selling the asset
at the year-end date, the asset is available for immediate sale in its current condition and
the asset is expected to be disposed of within 12 months after the date of the consolidated
statement of financial position.
15. Cash and cash equivalents
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
9,905
18,990
Cash in transit
6,063
6,063
Total
15,968
25,053
Cash in transit comprises £6.1 million (31 March 2023: £6.1 million) of cash held by the
Group’s Registrar to fund the shareholder dividend, less withholding tax, which was paid
on 2 April 2024 as disclosed in note 11.
Accounting policy
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and short-term deposits with banks and
other financial institutions, with an initial maturity of three months or less.
16. Trade and other receivables
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Rent and insurance receivables
4,425
3,952
Payments in advance of property completion
2,217
2,080
Interest receivable on derivatives
1,770
1,050
Occupier deposits
643
698
Prepayments
266
191
Other receivables
2,198
1,287
Total
11,519
9,258
The rent and insurance receivables balance represents gross receivables of £4.7 million
(31 March 2023: £4.2 million), net of a provision for doubtful debts of £0.3 million
(31 March 2023: £0.2 million).
Payments in advance of property completion represent the deposits paid to vendors upon
exchange of purchase contracts.
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONTINUED
118
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
16. Trade and other receivables
continued
Accounting policy
Rent and other receivables are recognised at their original invoiced value and become due
based on the terms of the underlying lease or at the date of invoice.
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses
using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables. To measure expected
credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables are grouped based on similar credit
risk and ageing.
The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over
the two-year period prior to the year end. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for
current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the Group’s
customers.
17. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
At the beginning of the year
306,000
271,000
Drawn in the year
323,000
65,000
Repaid in the year
(345,000)
(30,000)
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
284,000
306,000
Unamortised fees at the beginning of the year
(1,907)
(2,784)
Loan arrangement fees paid in the year
(4,251)
(175)
Unamortised fees written off in the year
1,688
Amortisation charge for the year
883
1,052
Unamortised loan arrangement fees
(3,587)
(1,907)
Loan balance less unamortised loan arrangement fees
280,413
304,093
On 2 June 2023, the Group entered into a new £320.0 million facility, replacing the Group’s
previous £320.0 million debt facility and extending the tenure from January 2025 to June
2028. It comprises a £220.0 million term loan (2023: £182.0 million) and a £100.0 million
RCF (2023: £138.0 million) with a club of four lenders; HSBC, Bank of Ireland, NatWest
and Santander. The minimum interest cover is 1.5 times compared to 2.0 times under the
previous facility and the maximum LTV has been extended to 60% from 55%. Both the
term loan and the RCF attract a margin of 2.2% plus SONIA for an LTV below 40% or 2.5%
if above. The Group has £250.0 million of interest rate caps in place, £50.0 million has a
termination date of 20 November 2026, £100.0 million has a termination date of 20 July
2025 and £100.0 million has a termination date of 20 July 2027 (see note 18). The facilities
are secured on all completed investment properties within the portfolio.
At 31 March 2024, £64.0 million was drawn against the RCF (31 March 2023: 124.0 million)
and £220.0 million against the term loan (31 March 2023: £182.0 million). This gave total
debt of £284.0 million (31 March 2023: £306.0 million); with the Group also holding cash
balances of £16.0 million (31 March 2023: £25.1 million), the Group’s net debt as at 31 March
2024 was £268.0 million (31 March 2023: £280.9 million). The LTV ratio at 31 March 2024
was therefore 33.1% (31 March 2023: 33.9%), with the decrease reflecting the disposal of
properties in the year and the higher portfolio valuation.
As at 31 March 2024, there was £36.0 million (31 March 2023: £14.0 million) available
to draw.
The debt facility includes interest cover and market value covenants that are measured at
a Group level. The Group has complied with all covenants throughout the financial period.
Accounting policy
Loans and borrowings are initially recognised as the proceeds received net of directly
attributable transaction costs. Loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at
amortised cost with interest charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income at the effective interest rate, and shown within finance costs. Transaction costs are
spread over the term of the loan.
18. Interest rate derivatives
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
At the start of the period
7,387
337
Additional premiums accrued
3,849
10,926
Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives
(5,214)
4,850
Movement in interest rate derivative premium payable
1,219
(8,726)
Balance at the end of the period
7,241
7,387
Current
1,756
(3,841)
Non-current
5,485
11,228
Balance at the end of the period
7,241
7,387
To mitigate the interest rate risk that arises as a result of entering into variable rate linked
loans, the Group entered into interest rate derivatives (“caps”) against movements in
SONIA. The caps have a combined notional value of £250.0 million with £200.0 million at
a strike rate of 1.50% and the remaining £50 million at a strike rate of 2.00%. The £50.0
million cap has a termination date of 20 November 2026, £100.0 million has a termination
date of 20 July 2025 and £100.0 million has a termination date of 20 July 2027.
119
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
18. Interest rate derivatives
continued
Total consideration payable for the interest rate caps has been deferred over eight
consecutive quarters, subsequent to the issuance of the instrument. The Group has paid
£5.1 million in deferred premiums during the year to 31 March 2024 (2023: £2.2 million). The
remaining premium of £7.5 million is due in quarterly instalments with the final payment
due in October 2025.
Accounting policy
Interest rate derivatives are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently
measured at fair value, being the estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay
to terminate the agreement at the period end date, taking into account current interest
rate expectations and the current credit rating of the Group and its counterparties.
Premiums payable under such arrangements are initially capitalised into the statement of
financial position.
The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for
which sufficient data is available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant
observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs significant to the fair
value measurement as a whole. Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives are
recognised within finance expenses in profit or loss in the period in which they occur.
All receipts of income from the instrument are recognised as finance income in note 8 of
the financial statements separate from the fair value measurement recorded.
19. Head lease obligations
The following table analyses the present value of minimum lease payments under
non-cancellable head leases using an average discount rate of 6.91% for each of the
following periods:
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Current liabilities
Within one year
987
705
Non-current liabilities
After one year but not more than two years
903
919
After two years but not more than five years
2,374
2,141
After five years but not more than ten years
3,035
2,776
Later than ten years
7,923
8,484
14,235
14,320
Total head lease obligations
15,222
15,025
The maturity analysis has been expanded in the current year to provide more information.
The comparatives have been amended for consistency.
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Head lease liability — opening balance
15,025
14,896
Cash flows
(1,074)
(832)
Non-cash movements
Interest
1,054
961
Head lease accrual
217
Head lease obligations
closing balance
15,222
15,025
The following table analyses the minimum undiscounted lease payments under non-
cancellable head leases for each of the following periods:
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Current liabilities
Within one year
1,056
1,052
Non-current liabilities
After one year but not more than five years
4,223
4,219
Later than five years
86,696
85,530
Total
91,975
90,801
The weighted average unexpired lease term of head leases is 88.2 years
(31 March 2023: 93.9 years).
Accounting policy
At the commencement date, head lease obligations are recognised at the present value
of future lease payments using the discount rate implicit in the lease, if determinable, or,
if not, the property-specific incremental borrowing rate.
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONTINUED
120
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
20. Other liabilities — other payables and accrued expenses, provisions and
deferred income
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Administration expenses payable
1,763
2,170
Deferred consideration payable
10,300
4,500
Capital expenses payable
1,743
3,864
Loan interest payable
4,161
3,691
Property operating expenses payable
733
855
Other expenses payable
1,958
3,504
Total other payables and accrued expenses — current
20,658
18,584
Other payables and accrued expenses are initially recognised at fair value and
subsequently held at amortised cost. No discounting is applied to deferred consideration
on the grounds of materiality.
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Capital expenses payable
11,300
Total other payables and accrued expenses — non-current
11,300
During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group exchanged contracts to acquire land for
£15.0 million. The first three instalments were paid for a total of £2.5 million to the year
ended 31 March 2022 with an additional £1.5 million paid during the year ended 31 March
2023 and £1.0 million paid during the year ended 31 March 2024. The final instalment of
£10.3 million is due to be paid on 1 September 2024.
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Total deferred income
7,251
7,115
Deferred income is rental income received in advance during the accounting period. The
income is deferred and is unwound to revenue on a straight-line basis over the period in
which it is earned.
21. Share capital
Share capital is the nominal amount of the Group’s ordinary shares in issue.
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
Ordinary shares of £0.01 each
Number
£’000
Number
£’000
Authorised, issued and fully paid:
At the start of the period
424,861,650
4,249
424,861,650
4,249
Shares issued
Balance at the end of the period
424,861,650
4,249
424,861,650
4,249
The share capital comprises one class of ordinary shares. At general meetings of the
Group, ordinary shareholders are entitled to one vote on a show of hands and on a poll, to
one vote for every share held. There are no restrictions on the size of a shareholding or the
transfer of shares, except for the UK REIT restrictions.
22. Share premium
Share premium comprises the following amounts:
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
At the start of the period
275,648
275,648
Shares issued
Share premium
275,648
275,648
Share premium represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of the
consideration received for equity shares net of direct issue costs.
121
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
23. Retained earnings
Retained earnings comprise the following cumulative amounts:
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Capital reduction reserve
161,149
161,149
Total unrealised gains on investment properties
111,093
96,011
Total unrealised gain on interest rate caps
(168)
5,046
Total realised profits
106,646
82,208
Dividends paid from revenue profits
(123,028)
(95,836)
Retained earnings
255,692
248,578
Retained earnings represent the profits of the Group less dividends paid from revenue
profits to date. Unrealised gains on the revaluation of investment properties and interest
rate caps contained within this reserve are not distributable until any gains crystallise on
the sale of the investment property and settlement of the interest rate caps. The capital
reduction reserve is a distributable reserve established upon cancellation of the share
premium of the Group on 17 November 2017.
24. Net asset value per share
Basic NAV per share amounts are calculated by dividing net assets attributable to ordinary
equity holders of the Group in the statement of financial position by the number of
ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the period. As there are no dilutive instruments
in issue, basic and diluted NAV per share are identical.
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
IFRS net assets attributable to ordinary shareholders
535,589
528,475
IFRS net assets for calculation of NAV
535,589
528,475
Adjustment to net assets:
Fair value of interest rate derivatives (note 18)
(7,241)
(7,387)
EPRA NTA
528,348
521,088
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
Pence
Pence
IFRS basic and diluted NAV per share (pence)
126.1
124.4
EPRA NTA per share (pence)
124.4
122.6
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
Number
Number
of shares
of shares
Number of shares in issue (thousands)
424,862
424,862
25. Fair value
IFRS 13 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid
to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair
values.
The fair value of cash and short-term deposits, trade receivables, trade payables and other
current liabilities approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term maturities of
these instruments.
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings are disclosed at amortised cost. The carrying
value of the loans and borrowings approximate their fair value due to the contractual
terms and conditions of the loan. The loans are at variable interest rates of 2.2% to 2.5%
above SONIA.
Interest rate derivatives
The fair value of the interest rate cap contracts is recorded in the statement of financial
position and is revalued quarterly by an independent valuations specialist, Chatham
Financial.
The fair value is determined by forming an expectation that interest rates will exceed
strike rates and discounting these future cash flows at the prevailing market rates as at the
year end.
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONTINUED
122
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
25. Fair value
continued
Investment properties
Six-monthly valuations of investment property are performed by CBRE, accredited
independent external valuers with recognised and relevant professional qualifications and
recent experience of the location and category of the investment property being valued.
The valuations are the ultimate responsibility of the Directors however, who appraise these
every six months.
The valuation of the Group’s investment property at fair value is determined by the
independent external valuer on the basis of market value in accordance with the
internationally accepted RICS Valuation – Professional Standards January 2022
(incorporating the International Valuation Standards).
Completed investment properties are valued by adopting the ‘income capitalisation’
method of valuation. This approach involves applying capitalisation yields to current and
future rental streams, net of income voids arising from vacancies or rent-free periods and
associated running costs. These capitalisation yields and future rental values are based on
comparable property and leasing transactions in the market using the valuer’s professional
judgement and market observations. Other factors taken into account in the valuations
include the tenure of the property, tenancy details and ground and structural conditions.
Development property and land has been valued by adopting the ‘comparable method’
of valuation and where appropriate supported by a ‘residual development appraisal’.
The comparable method involves applying a sales rate per acre to relevant sites supported
by comparable land sales. Residual development appraisals have been completed where
there is sufficient clarity regarding planning and an identified or indicative scheme. In a
similar manner to ‘income capitalisation’, development inputs include the capitalisation of
future rental streams with an appropriate yield to ascertain a gross development value.
The costs associated with bringing a scheme to the market are then deducted, including
construction costs, professional fees, finance and developer’s profit, to provide a residual
site value.
The following tables show an analysis of the fair values of investment properties and
interest rate derivatives recognised in the statement of financial position by level of the fair
value hierarchy
1
:
31 March 2024
Assets and liabilities
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
measured at fair value
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Investment properties and
assets held for sale
810,220
810,220
Interest rate derivatives
7,241
7,241
Total
7,241
810,220
817,461
31 March 2023
Assets and liabilities
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
measured at fair value
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Investment properties and assets
held for sale
828,770
828,770
Interest rate derivatives
7,387
7,387
Total
7,387
828,770
836,157
1
Explanation of the fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity
can access at the measurement date;
Level 2 – use of a model with inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are directly
or indirectly observable market data; and
Level 3 – use of a model with inputs that are not based on observable market data.
Sensitivity analysis to significant changes in unobservable inputs within the
valuation of investment properties
The following table analyses:
the fair value measurements at the end of the reporting period;
a description of the valuation techniques applied;
the inputs used in the fair value measurement, including the ranges of rent charged to
different units within the same building; and
for Level 3 fair value measurements, quantitative information about significant
unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement.
Fair value
Valuation
Key unobservable
31 March 2024
£’000
technique
inputs
Range
Multi-let more
373,510
Income
ERV
£2.62 – £10.90
than 100k sq ft
capitalisation
Equivalent yield
5.2% – 11.1%
Multi-let less than
150,390
Income
ERV
£5.22 – £12.53
100k sq ft
capitalisation
Equivalent yield
5.7% – 13.1%
Single-let regional
129,875
Income
ERV
£5.25 – £7.38
distribution
capitalisation
Equivalent yield
5.7% – 9.7%
Single-let last mile
78,065
Income
ERV
£4.25 – £12.71
capitalisation
Equivalent yield
5.5% – 9.5%
Development land
78,380
Comparable
Sales rate per acre
£195,000 – £860,000
method
810,220
123
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
25. Fair value
continued
Fair value
Valuation
Key unobservable
31 March 2023
£’000
technique
inputs
Range
Multi-let more
383,975
Income
ERV
£2.38 – £17.50
than 100k sq ft
capitalisation
Equivalent yield
5.0% – 19.8%
Multi-let less than
153,910
Income
ERV
£3.24 – £12.02
100k sq ft
capitalisation
Equivalent yield
5.8% – 17.8%
Single-let regional
131,890
Income
ERV
£3.50 – £7.38
distribution
capitalisation
Equivalent yield
5.1% – 7.8%
Single-let last mile
83,335
Income
ERV
£3.50 – £12.71
capitalisation
Equivalent yield
5.3% – 13.4%
Development land
75,660
Comparable
Sales rate per acre
£200,000 – £925,000
method
828,770
The weighted average equivalent yield and ERV for completed investment property is
6.4% and £7.60 per sq ft, respectively (31 March 2023: 6.8% and £7.26 per sq ft). The
weighted average sales rate per acre for development property and land is £681,000
(31 March 2023: £622,000).
Significant increases/decreases in the ERV (per sq ft per annum) and rental growth per annum
in isolation would result in a significantly higher/lower fair value measurement. Significant
increases/decreases in the discount rate (and equivalent yield) in isolation would result in a
significantly lower/higher fair value measurement.
Generally, a change in the assumption made for the ERV is accompanied by:
a similar change in the rent growth per annum and discount rate (and exit yield)
The table below sets out a sensitivity analysis for each of the key sources of estimation
uncertainty with the resulting increase/(decrease) in the fair value of completed
investment property and derivatives:
As at 31 March 2024
Increase in
Decrease in
sensitivity
sensitivity
Completed investment property
£’000
£’000
Change in ERV of 5%
36,592
36,592
Change in net equivalent yields of 25 basis points
27,874
(30,214)
Increase in
Decrease in
sensitivity
sensitivity
Development property and land
£’000
£’000
Change in sales rate per acre of 5%
3,892
(3,892)
Increase in
Decrease
sensitivity
in sensitivity
Interest rate derivatives
£’000
£’000
Change in SONIA by 50 basis points
2,423
(2,417)
As at 31 March 2023
Increase in
Decrease in
sensitivity
sensitivity
Completed investment property
£’000
£’000
Change in ERV of 5%
37,656
(37,656)
Change in net equivalent yields of 25 basis points
28,012
(30,341)
Increase in
Decrease in
sensitivity
sensitivity
Development property and land
£’000
£’000
Change in sales rate per acre of 5%
3,756
(3,756)
Increase in
Decrease
sensitivity
in sensitivity
Interest rate derivatives
£’000
£’000
Change in SONIA by 50 basis points
2,630
(2,634)
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONTINUED
124
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
25. Fair value
continued
Gains recorded in profit or loss for recurring fair value measurements categorised
within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy amount to £15,082,000 (31 March 2023: loss of
£193,367,000) and are presented in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
in line item ‘fair value gains/(losses) on investment properties’.
All gains and losses recorded in profit or loss for recurring fair value measurements
categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are attributable to changes
in unrealised gains or losses relating to investment property held at the end of the
reporting period.
The carrying amount of the Group’s assets and liabilities is considered to be the same as
their fair value.
26. Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group’s principal financial liabilities are loans and borrowings. The main purpose of
the Group’s loans and borrowings is to finance the acquisition of the Group’s property
portfolio. The Group has trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and cash
and short-term deposits that arise directly from its operations.
The Group is exposed to market risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The
Board of Directors reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks, which are
summarised below.
Market risk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in interest rates.
The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure
to interest rate risk. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or
the manner in which these risks are managed and measured.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate
because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes
in market interest rates relates to its variable rate bank loans. In order to address interest
rate risk, the Group has entered into interest rate cap instruments.
The instruments have a combined notional value of £250.0 million, £200.0 million at a
strike rate of 1.50% and the remaining £50.0 million at a strike rate of 2.00%. £100.0 million
has a termination date of 20 July 2025, £100.0 million has a termination date of 20 July
2027 and the £50.0 million has a termination date of 20 November 2026.
As at 31 March 2024, the unhedged exposure to changes in interest rates is £34.0 million
(31 March 2023: £76.0 million).
Changes in interest rates may have an impact on consolidated earnings over the longer
term. The table below provides indicative sensitivity data.
2024
2023
Increase
Decrease
Increase
Decrease
in interest
in interest
in interest
in interest
Effect on (loss)/profit before
rates by 1%
rates by 1%
rates by 1%
rates by 1%
tax:
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Increase/(decrease)
(340)
340
(760)
760
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty or occupier will cause a financial loss to the
Group by failing to meet a commitment it has entered into with the Group.
All cash deposits are placed with approved counterparties, currently HSBC Bank plc. In
respect of property investments, in the event of a default by an occupier, the Group will
suffer a shortfall and additional costs concerning re-letting of the property. The Investment
Advisor monitors the occupier arrears in order to anticipate and minimise the impact of
defaults by occupational occupiers.
Credit risk is not considered material due to the diverse number of occupiers in the
investment property portfolio.
The following table analyses the Group’s exposure to credit risk:
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
9,905
18,990
Restricted cash
6,063
6,063
Trade and other receivables¹
9,036
6,987
Total
25,004
32,040
1
Excludes prepayments and payments in advance of completion.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting
obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another
financial asset. Exposure to liquidity risk arises because of the possibility that the Group
could be required to pay its liabilities earlier than expected. The Group’s objective is to
maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank
deposits and loans.
Set out below is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts and fair value of the
Group’s financial instruments that are carried in the financial statements:
125
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
26. Financial risk management objectives and policies
continued
2024
2023
Carrying
Carrying
Fair value
value
Fair value
value
Fair value
hierarchy
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Held at amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents
n/a
9,905
9,905
18,990
18,990
Restricted cash
n/a
6,063
6,063
6,063
6,063
Trade and other receivables¹
n/a
9,036
9,036
6,987
6,987
Other payables and accrued expenses²
n/a
(18,985)
(18,985)
(26,629)
(26,629)
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
n/a
(280,413)
(280,413)
(304,093)
(304,093)
Held at fair value
Interest rate derivatives (assets)
2
7,241
7,241
7,387
7,387
1
Excludes prepayments and payments in advance of completion.
2
Excludes VAT liability and deferred income.
The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial and lease liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:
Less
Three
than three
to 12
One to
Two to
More than
months
months
two years
five years
five years
Total
Year ended 31 March 2024
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
5,233
15,755
20,988
330,805
372,781
Other payables and accrued expenses
8,685
10,300
18,985
Head lease obligations
264
792
1,056
3,167
86,696
91,975
Total
14,182
26,847
22,044
333,972
86,696
483,741
Less
Three
than three
to 12
One to
Two to
More than
months
months
two years
five years
five years
Total
Year ended 31 March 2023
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
13,993
321,112
335,105
Other payables and accrued expenses
10,829
4,500
11,300
26,629
Head lease obligations
263
789
1,055
3,164
85,530
90,801
Total
11,092
19,282
333,467
3,164
85,530
452,535
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
CONTINUED
126
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
27. Subsidiaries
Country of
Number and class
incorporation
of share held
Group
Company
and operation
by the Group
holding
Tilstone Holdings Limited
UK
63,872 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Warehouse Holdco Limited
UK
94,400 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Industrial Warehouse
UK
23,600 ordinary shares
100%
Limited
1
Tilstone Retail Warehouse Limited
1
UK
20,000 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Industrial Limited
1
UK
20,000 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Retail Limited
1
UK
200 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Trade Limited
1
UK
20,004 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Basingstoke Limited
1
UK
1,000 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Glasgow Limited
1
UK
1 ordinary share
100%
Tilstone Radway Limited
1
UK
100 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Oxford Limited
1
UK
1,000 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Liverpool Limited
1
UK
100 ordinary shares
100%
Warehouse 1234 Limited
1
UK
100 ordinary shares
100%
Tilstone Chesterfield Limited
1
UK
15,000,001 ordinary
100%
shares
1
Indirect subsidiaries.
The registered office of all subsidiaries is located at 65 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7NQ.
Tilstone Property Holdings Limited was voluntarily struck off and dissolved on 5
December 2023.
28. Capital management
The Group’s capital is represented by share capital, reserves and borrowings totalling
£816.0 million (2023: £832.0 million).
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it remains
within its quantitative banking covenants and maintains a strong credit rating. The Group’s
capital policies are as follows:
the Group will keep sufficient cash for working capital purposes with excess cash,
should there be any, deposited at the best interest rate available while maintaining
flexibility to fund the Group’s investment programme;
borrowings will be managed in accordance with the loan agreements and covenants
will be tested quarterly and reported to the Directors. Additionally, quarterly lender
reporting will be undertaken in line with the loan agreement; and
new borrowings are subject to Director approval. Such borrowings will support the
Group’s investment programme but be subject to a maximum 60% LTV. The intention is
to maintain borrowings at an LTV of between 30% and 40%.
The Group is subject to banking covenants in regards to its debt facility and these
include a prescribed methodology for interest cover and market value covenants that are
measured at a Group level.
The Group has complied with all covenants on its borrowings up to the date of this report.
All of the targets mentioned above sit comfortably within the Group’s covenant levels,
which include loan to value (“LTV”), interest cover ratio and loan to projected project cost
ratio. The Group LTV at the year end was 33.1% (2023: 33.9%) and there is substantial
headroom within existing covenants.
29. Related party transactions
Directors
The Directors (all Non-Executive Directors) of the Group and its subsidiaries are
considered to be the key management personnel of the Group. Directors’ remuneration
(including social security costs) for the period totalled £178,000 (31 March 2023: £179,000)
and at 31 March 2024, a balance of £nil (31 March 2023: £nil) was outstanding. The
Directors who served during the year received £1.5 million in dividend payments (31 March
2023: £1.6 million). Further information is given in note 5 and in the Directors’ remuneration
report on pages 90 to 92.
Investment Advisor
The Group is party to an Investment Management Agreement with the Investment
Manager and the Investment Advisor, pursuant to which the Group has appointed the
Investment Advisor to provide investment advisory services relating to the respective
assets on a day-to-day basis in accordance with their respective investment objectives and
policies, subject to the overall supervision and direction by the Investment Manager and
the Board of Directors.
For its services to the Group, the Investment Advisor receives an annual fee at the rate
of 1.1% of the NAV of the Group up to £500 million and at a lower rate of 0.9% thereafter.
Refer to page 95 of the Directors’ report for further information.
During the year, the Group incurred £5,725,000 (31 March 2023: £6,970,000) in respect
of investment management fees. As at 31 March 2024, £1,429,000 (31 March 2023:
£1,529,000) was outstanding.
During the year, the Group reimbursed £nil (31 March 2023: £86,900) in respect of direct
costs incurred by the Investment Advisor relating to the movement to the Premium
Segment of the Main Market, as well as £5,151 (31 March 2023: £16,665) of incidental travel
related costs.
127
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
30. Ultimate controlling party
It is the view of the Directors that there is no ultimate controlling party.
31. Notes to the statement of cash flows
Reconciliation of changes in liabilities to cash flows generated from financing activities
Interest-
bearing
Interest
loans and
Head lease
payable
borrowings
liability
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Balance as at 1 April 2023
3,691
304,093
15,025
322,809
Changes from financing cash
flows:
Bank loans drawn down
323,000
323,000
Bank loans repaid
(345,000)
(345,000)
Loan arrangement fees paid in
the year
(4,251)
(4,251)
Loan interest paid
(21,321)
(21,321)
Head lease payments
(1,074)
(1,074)
Total changes from financing
cash flows
(21,321)
(26,251)
(1,074)
(48,646)
Amortisation charge for the year
883
883
Arrangement fees written off
1,688
1,688
Head lease interest
1,054
1,054
Interest and commitment fee
21,791
21,791
Accrued head lease expense
217
217
Balance as at 31 March 2024
4,161
280,413
15,222
299,796
Interest-
bearing
Interest
loans and
Head lease
payable
borrowings
liability
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Balance as at 1 April 2022
1,444
268,216
14,896
284,556
Changes from financing cash
flows:
Bank loans drawn down
65,000
65,000
Bank loans repaid
(30,000)
(30,000)
Loan arrangement fees paid in
the year
(175)
(175)
Interest and commitment fees
paid
(11,810)
(11,810)
Head lease payments
(832)
(832)
Total changes from financing
cash flows
(11,810)
34,825
(832)
22,183
Amortisation charge for the year
1,052
1,052
Head lease interest
961
961
Interest and commitment fee
14,057
14,057
Accrued head lease expense
Balance as at 31 March 2023
3,691
304,093
15,025
322,809
32. Capital commitments
Other than the amounts disclosed in note 20, the Group has no material capital
commitments in relation to its development activity, asset management initiatives
and commitments under development land, outstanding as at 31 March 2024
(31 December 2023: nil).
33. Post balance sheet events
The Group exchanged or completed on the sale of £57.5 million of non-core single-let
assets in three separate transactions. The transactions comprise Parkway Industrial Estate
in Plymouth sold for £6.3 million and Celtic Business Park, Newport sold for £5.2 million.
Barlborough Links in Chesterfield, exchanged for £46.0 million and is expected to
complete shortly. In June 2024, the Group exchanged contracts to acquire Ventura Retail
Park in Tamworth, a retail warehousing asset for £38.6 million, with completion to occur in
Q2 2024.
128
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
The Company reported a loss for the year
ended 31 March 2024 of £323,000 (year ended
31 March 2023: loss of £2,495,000).
These financial statements were approved by
the Board of Directors of Warehouse REIT plc
on 24 June 2024 and signed on its behalf by:
Neil Kirton
Company number: 10880317
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
Notes
£’000
£’000
Assets
Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiary companies
36
25,244
66,477
Amount due from subsidiaries
38
276,570
242,750
301,814
309,227
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
37
8,183
6,245
Amount due from subsidiaries
38
27,000
27,000
Trade and other receivables
38
625
697
35,808
33,942
Total assets
337,622
343,169
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Other payables and accrued expenses
39
(1,652)
(1,793)
Amount due to subsidiaries
39
(27,151)
(5,042)
Total liabilities
(28,803)
(6,835)
Net assets
308,819
336,334
Equity
Share capital
4,249
4,249
Share premium
275,648
275,648
Retained earnings
28,922
56,437
Total equity
308,819
336,334
Number of shares in issue (thousands)
424,862
424,862
Net asset value per share (basic and diluted) (pence)
72.7
79.2
The accompanying notes on pages
130
to
131
form an integral part of these financial
statements.
COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 MARCH 2024
129
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Retained earnings represent distributable
profits available to the members of the
Company.
Share
Share
Retained
capital
premium
earnings
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Balance at 31 March 2022
4,249
275,648
86,548
366,445
Total comprehensive expense
(2,495)
(2,495)
Dividends paid
(27,616)
(27,616)
Balance at 31 March 2023
4,249
275,648
56,437
336,334
Total comprehensive expense
(323)
(323)
Dividends paid
(27,192)
(27,192)
Balance at 31 March 2024
4,249
275,648
28,922
308,819
The accompanying notes on pages
130
to
131
form an integral part of these financial
statements.
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
130
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
34. General information
Warehouse REIT plc is a closed-ended REIT incorporated in England and Wales on
24 July 2017. The Company began trading on 20 September 2017. The registered office of
the Company is located at 6th Floor, 65 Gresham Street, London, England, EC2V 7NQ. The
Company’s shares are admitted to trading on the Premium Segment of the Main Market, a
market operated by the London Stock Exchange.
35. Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting
Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (“FRS 101”). This is a transition from UK
adopted international accounting standards which has been made in order to take
advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under FRS101. The adoption of FRS101
has not resulted in any change in the Company’s accounting policies.
Disclosure exemptions adopted In preparing these financial statements the Company
has taken advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101. Therefore these
financial statements do not include:
certain comparative information as otherwise required by adopted IFRS;
certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;
a statement of cash flows;
the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;
the disclosure of the remuneration of key management personnel; and
disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly owned members of
Warehouse REIT plc.
In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure exemptions have been
adopted because equivalent
disclosures are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These
financial statements do not include
certain disclosures in respect of:
• financial instruments;
fair value measurement
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention. The
audited financial statements are presented in Pound Sterling and all values are rounded to
the nearest thousand pounds (£’000), except when otherwise indicated.
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act
2006 not to present its own statement of comprehensive income.
The financial statements of the Company follow the accounting policies laid out on
pages 110 to 127.
In the course of preparing the financial statements, no judgements or estimates have been
made in the process of applying the accounting policies that have had a significant effect
on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.
36. Investment in subsidiary companies
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Investment in subsidiary companies
Total carrying value
25,244
66,477
Total
25,244
66,477
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Investments in subsidiary companies
Tilstone Holdings Limited
21,017
21,017
Tilstone Warehouse Holdco Limited
4,227
4,227
Tilstone Property Holdings Limited
41,233
25,244
66,477
During the year, Tilstone Property Holdings Limited was dissolved on 19 December 2023.
Accounting policy
Investments in subsidiary companies are included in the statement of financial position at
cost less impairment.
Where the carrying value of the investment exceeds its recoverable amount (the higher of
value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell), the investment is impaired accordingly.
Impairment charges are included in Company profit or loss.
37. Cash and cash equivalents
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
2,120
182
Cash in transit
6,063
6,063
Total
8,183
6,245
Cash in transit comprises £6.1 million (31 March 2023: £6.1 million) of cash held by the
Company’s Registrar to fund the shareholder dividend, less withholding tax, which was
paid on 2 April 2024 as disclosed in note 11.
131
STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
38. Trade and other receivables
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Prepayments
60
22
Other receivables
565
675
Amount due from subsidiaries
27,000
27,000
Current receivables
27,625
27,697
Amount due from subsidiaries
276,570
242,750
Non-current receivables
276,570
242,750
Loans due from subsidiary companies are unsecured, interest free and repayable on
demand. The Directors have reviewed the Company’s cash flow forecast and presented the
amount expected to fall due within 12 months as current. The Directors do not expect any
further amounts to be paid within 12 months and as such the remaining balance has been
classified as non-current assets.
The amounts due from subsidiaries are not considered to carry any material credit risk,
being from related parties that remain trading in their normal capacity.
39. Other payables and accrued expenses
31 March
31 March
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Other expenses payable
1,652
1,793
Amounts due to subsidiaries
27,151
5,042
Total
28,803
6,835
40. Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption not to disclose transactions with
other members of the Group as the Company’s own financial statements are presented
together with its consolidated financial statements.
For all other related party transactions make reference to note 29 of the Group’s
financial statements.
The Group is a member of the European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”). EPRA has developed and defined performance measures to give transparency, comparability and
relevance of financial reporting across entities that may use different accounting standards.
The Group presents adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”), dividends per share, total accounting return, total cost ratio, LTV ratio and EPRA Best Practices Recommendations, calculated in
accordance with EPRA guidance, as Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”) to assist stakeholders in assessing performance alongside the Group’s statutory results reported under
IFRS. APMs are among the key performance indicators used by the Board to assess the Group’s performance and are used by research analysts covering the Group.
EPRA Best Practices Recommendations have been disclosed to facilitate comparison with the Group’s peers through consistent reporting of key real estate specific performance
measures. Certain other APMs may not be directly comparable with other companies’ adjusted measures and are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, any IFRS measures
of performance.
Table 1: EPRA performance measures summary
Notes
2024
2023
EPRA EPS (pence)
Table 2
2.9
3.9
EPRA cost ratio (including direct vacancy cost)
Table 6
24.4%
30.8%
EPRA cost ratio (excluding direct vacancy cost)
Table 6
23.4%
26.8%
EPRA NDV per share (pence)
Table 3
126.1
124.4
EPRA NRV per share (pence)
Table 3
137.3
135.9
EPRA NTA per share (pence)
Table 3
124.4
122.6
EPRA NIY
Table 4
5.4%
5.0%
EPRA ‘topped-up’ net initial yield
Table 4
5.6%
5.5%
EPRA vacancy rate
Table 5
3.6%
5.0%
EPRA LTV
Table 10
34.2%
36.5%
132
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES NOT PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
Table 2: EPRA income statement
Notes
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
(Restated)
£’000
Total property income
3
51,026
51,185
Less: service charge income
3
(3,853)
(3,340)
Less: dilapidation income
3
(1,652)
(503)
Less: insurance recharged
3
(1,496)
(1,592)
Rental income (A)
44,025
45,750
Property operating expenses
4
(4,330)
(5,454)
Service charge expenses
4
(4,068)
(3,767)
Add back: service charge income
3
3,853
3,340
Add back: dilapidation income
3
1,652
503
Add back: insurance recharged
3
1,496
1,592
Adjusted gross profit (B)
42,628
41,964
Administration expenses
4
(7,605)
(9,716)
Adjusted operating profit before interest and tax
35,023
32,248
Finance income
7
8,460
6,889
Finance expenses
8
(29,780)
(15,528)
Add back: Costs associated with the transfer to the Premium Segment of the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange
1,069
Add back: Losses associated with early close out of debt (see note 17)
1,688
Less change in fair value of interest rate derivatives
5,214
(4,850)
Adjusted profit before tax
20,605
19,828
Tax on adjusted profit
Adjusted earnings
20,605
19,828
Less: interest from derivatives
(8,193)
(2,027)
Less: Costs associated with the transfer to the Premium Segment of the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange
(1,069)
EPRA earnings
12,412
16,732
Weighted average number of shares in issue (thousands)
424,862
424,862
EPRA EPS (pence)
2.9
3.9
Adjusted EPS (pence)
4.8
4.7
Gross to net rental income ratio (B/A)
96.83%
91.72%
133
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
The Group has also included additional earnings measures called ‘Adjusted Earnings’ and
‘Adjusted EPS’. Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EPS recognises finance income earned
from derivatives held at fair value through profit and loss used to hedge the Group’s
floating interest rate exposure. The premiums for the interest rate caps, which are being
paid in quarterly instalments, are included in the statement of financial position as a
derivative asset measured at fair value and have not been deducted in the calculation
of adjusted earnings. Also included in adjusted earnings is the add back of the costs
associated with the early close out of debt, as these costs will not be recurring and has
been adjusted for as a ‘Group-specific adjustment’.
The Board deems this a more relevant indicator of core earnings as it reflects our ability to
generate earnings from our portfolio.
Table 3: EPRA balance sheet and net asset value performance measures
In line with the European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) published Best Practice
Recommendations (“BPR”) for financial disclosures by public real estate companies, the
Group presents three measures of net asset value: EPRA net disposal value (“NDV”), EPRA
net reinstatement value (“NRV”) and EPRA net tangible assets (“NTA”). EPRA NTA is
considered to be the most relevant measure for Warehouse REIT’s operating activities.
As at 31 March 2024
EPRA NDV
£’000
EPRA NRV
£’000
EPRA NTA
£’000
Total properties
1
810,220
810,220
810,220
Net borrowings
2
(268,032)
(268,032)
(268,032)
Other net liabilities
(6,599)
(6,599)
(6,599)
IFRS NAV
535,589
535,589
535,589
Exclude: fair value of interest rate derivatives
(7,241)
(7,241)
Include: real estate transfer tax
3
55,095
NAV used in per share calculations
535,589
583,443
528,348
Number of shares in issue (thousands)
424,862
424,862
424,862
NAV per share (pence)
126.1
137.3
124.4
As at 31 March 2023
EPRA NDV
£’000
EPRA NRV
£’000
EPRA NTA
£’000
Total properties
1
828,770
828,770
828,770
Net borrowings
2
(280,947)
(280,947)
(280,947)
Other net liabilities
(19,348)
(19,348)
(19,348)
IFRS NAV
528,475
528,475
528,475
Exclude: fair value of interest rate derivatives
(7,387)
(7,387)
Include: real estate transfer tax
3
56,356
NAV used in per share calculations
528,475
577,444
521,088
Number of shares in issue (thousands)
424,862
424,862
424,862
NAV per share (pence)
124.4
135.9
122.6
1
Professional valuation of investment property (including assets held for sale).
2
Comprising interest-bearing loans and borrowings (excluding unamortised loan arrangement fees)
of £284,000,000 (31 March 2023: £306,000,000) net of cash of £15,968,000 (31 March 2023:
£25,053,000).
3
EPRA NTA and EPRA NDV reflect IFRS values which are net of real estate transfer tax. Real estate
transfer tax is added back when calculating EPRA NRV.
EPRA NDV details the full extent of liabilities and resulting shareholder value if Company
assets are sold and/or if liabilities are not held until maturity. Deferred tax and financial
instruments are calculated as to the full extent of their liability, including tax exposure not
reflected in the statement of financial position, net of any resulting tax.
EPRA NTA assumes entities buy and sell assets, thereby crystallising certain levels of
deferred tax liability.
EPRA NRV highlights the value of net assets on a long-term basis and reflects what would
be needed to recreate the Company through the investment markets based on its current
capital and financing structure. Assets and liabilities that are not expected to crystallise
in normal circumstances, such as the fair value movements on financial derivatives and
deferred taxes on property valuation surpluses, are excluded. Costs such as real estate
transfer taxes are included.
134
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES NOT PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
Table 4: EPRA net initial yield
31 March
2024
£’000
31 March
2023
£’000
Total properties per external valuers’ report
810,220
828,770
Less development property and land
(78,493)
(75,660)
Net valuation of completed investment property
731,727
753,110
Add estimated purchasers’ costs
4
49,757
51,211
Gross valuation of completed property including estimated
purchasers’ costs (A)
781,484
804,321
Gross passing rents
5
(annualised)
42,920
41,241
Less irrecoverable property costs
5
(613)
(1,279)
Net annualised rents (B)
42,307
39,962
Add notional rent on expiry of rent-free periods or other
lease incentives
6
1,654
4,068
‘Topped-up’ net annualised rents (C)
43,961
44,030
EPRA NIY (B/A)
5.4%
5.0%
EPRA ‘topped-up’ net initial yield (C/A)
5.6%
5.5%
4
Purchasers’ costs estimated at 6.8%.
5
Gross passing rents and irrecoverable property costs assessed as at the balance sheet date for
completed investment properties excluding development property and land.
6
Adjustment for unexpired lease incentives such as rent-free periods, discounted rent period and
step rents. The adjustment includes the annualised cash rent that will apply at the expiry of the
lease incentive. Rent-frees expire over a weighted average period of three months’ passing rents.
Irrecoverable property costs assessed as at the balance sheet date for completed investment
properties excluding development property and land.
EPRA NIY represents annualised rental income based on the cash rents passing at
the balance sheet date, less non-recoverable property operating expenses, divided by
the market value of the property, increased with (estimated) purchasers’ costs. It is a
comparable measure for portfolio valuations designed to make it easier for investors to
judge for themselves how the valuation of portfolio X compares with portfolio Y.
EPRA ‘topped-up’ NIY incorporates an adjustment to the EPRA NIY in respect of the
expiration of rent-free periods (or other unexpired lease incentives such as discounted rent
periods and step rents).
NIY as stated in the Investment Advisor’s report calculates net initial yield on topped-up
annualised rents but does not deduct non-recoverable property costs.
Table 5: EPRA vacancy rate
31 March
2024
£’000
31 March
2023
£’000
Annualised ERV of vacant premises (D)
1,907
2,537
Annualised ERV for the investment portfolio (E)
53,488
50,736
EPRA vacancy rate (D/E)
3.6%
5.0%
EPRA vacancy rate represents ERV of vacant space divided by ERV of the completed
investment portfolio, excluding development property and land. It is a pure measure of
investment property space that is vacant, based on ERV.
135
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
Table 6: Total cost ratio/EPRA cost ratio
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Property operating expenses
4,330
5,454
Service charge expenses
4,068
3,767
Add back service charge income
(3,853)
(3,340)
Add back insurance recharged
(1,496)
(1,592)
Net property operating expenses
3,049
4,289
Administration expenses
7,605
9,716
Costs associated with the transfer to the Premium Segment
of the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange
(1,069)
Less ground rents
7
(165)
(189)
Total cost including direct vacancy cost (F)
10,489
12,747
Direct vacancy cost
(455)
(1,774)
Total cost excluding direct vacancy cost (G)
10,034
10,973
Rental income
44,025
45,750
Less ground rents paid
(1,074)
(832)
Gross rental income less ground rents (H)
42,951
44,918
Less direct vacancy cost
(455)
(1,774)
Net rental income less ground rents
42,496
43,144
Total cost ratio including direct vacancy cost (F/H)
24.4%
28.4%
Total cost ratio excluding direct vacancy cost (G/H)
23.4%
24.4%
7
Ground rent expenses included within administration expenses such as depreciation of head
lease assets.
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Total cost including direct vacancy cost (F)
10,489
12,745
Costs associated with the transfer to the Premium Segment
of the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange
1,069
EPRA total cost (I)
10,489
13,814
Direct vacancy cost
(455)
(1,774)
EPRA total cost excluding direct vacancy cost (J)
10,034
12,040
EPRA cost ratio including direct vacancy cost (I/H)
24.4%
30.8%
EPRA cost ratio excluding direct vacancy cost (J/H)
23.4%
26.8%
EPRA cost ratios represent administrative and operating costs (including and excluding
costs of direct vacancy) divided by gross rental income less ground rents. They are
a key measure to enable meaningful measurement of the changes in the Group’s
operating costs.
It is the Group’s policy not to capitalise overheads or operating expenses and no
such costs were capitalised in either the year ended 31 March 2024 or the year ended
31 March 2023.
136
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES NOT PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
Table 7: Lease data
As at 31 March 2024
Year 1
£’000
Year 2
£’000
Years
3- 10
£’000
Year 10+
£’000
Head rents
payable
£’000
Total
£’000
Passing rent of leases expiring in:
7,583
5,642
28,759
2,282
(1,209)
43,057
ERV of leases expiring in:
11,525
6,712
34,103
2,571
(1,209)
53,702
Passing rent subject to review in:
16,208
8,313
19,744
1
(1,209)
43,057
ERV subject to review in:
22,714
9,583
22,613
1
(1,209)
53,702
WAULT to expiry is 5.0 years and to break is 4.1 years.
As at 31 March 2023
Year 1
£’000
Year 2
£’000
Years
3- 10
£’000
Year 10+
£’000
Head rents
payable
£’000
Total
£’000
Passing rent of leases expiring in:
5,812
4,327
27,533
4,773
(1,204)
41,241
ERV of leases expiring in:
9,239
5,062
33,716
6,460
(1,204)
53,273
Passing rent subject to review in:
15,782
8,522
18,139
2
(1,204)
41,241
ERV subject to review in:
21,055
10,280
23,140
2
(1,204)
53,273
WAULT to expiry is 5.5 years and to break is 4.5 years.
137
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STRATEGIC REPORT
Table 8: EPRA capital expenditure
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Acquisitions
8
66,728
Development spend
9
8,191
8,295
Completed investment properties:
10
No incremental lettable space — like–for–like portfolio
3,327
5,035
No incremental lettable space — other
Occupier incentives
Total capital expenditure
11,518
80,058
Conversion from accruals to cash basis
653
(1,082)
Total capital expenditure on a cash basis
12,171
78,976
8
Acquisitions include £nil completed investment property and £nil development property and land
(2023: £64,512,000 and £2,216,000 respectively).
9
Expenditure on development property and land.
10
Expenditure on completed investment properties.
Table 9: EPRA like-for-like rental income
Notes
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
% change
EPRA like-for-like rental income
11
42,706
40,390
5.7%
Other
12
(377)
-
Adjusted like–for–like rental income
42,329
40,390
4.8%
Development lettings
145
306
Properties sold
1,551
5,054
Rental income
44,025
45,750
Service charge income
3,853
3,340
Dilapidation income
1,652
503
Insurance recharged
1,496
1,592
Total property income
2
51,026
51,185
11
Like-for-like portfolio valuation as at 31 March 2024: £680.7 million (31 March 2023: £657.9 million).
12
Includes rent surrender premiums, back rent and other items.
Table 10: Loan to value (“LTV”) ratio and EPRA LTV
Gross debt less cash, short–term deposits and liquid investments, divided by the
aggregate value of properties and investments. The Group has also opted to present the
EPRA loan to value, which is defined as net debt divided by total property market value.
Notes
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
17
284,000
306,000
Cash
15
(15,968)
(25,053)
Net debt (A)
268,032
280,947
Total portfolio valuation per valuer’s report (B)
13, 14
810,220
828,770
LTV ratio (A/B)
33.1%
33.9%
EPRA LTV
Notes
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
1
17
284,000
306,000
Net payables
2
16,646
29,352
Cash
15
(15,968)
(25,053)
Net borrowings (A)
284,678
310,299
Investment properties at fair value
13, 14
810,220
828,770
Interest rate derivatives
18
7,241
7,387
Head lease obligation
13, 19
14,185
14,124
Total property value (B)
831,646
850,281
EPRA LTV (A/B)
34.2%
36.5%
1
Excludes unamortised loan arrangement fees asset of £3.6 million (2023: £1.9 million) (see note 17).
2
Net payables includes trade and other receivables and other payables and accrued expenses.
138
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES NOT PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024
CONTINUED
Table 11: Total accounting return
The movement in EPRA NTA over a period plus dividends paid in the period, expressed as
a percentage of the EPRA NTA at the start of the period.
Notes
Year ended
31 March
2024
Pence per
share
Year ended
31 March
2023
Pence per
share
Opening EPRA NTA (A)
122.6
173.8
Movement (B)
1.8
(51.2)
Closing EPRA NTA
24
124.4
122.6
Dividends per share (C)
11
6.4
6.5
Total accounting return (B+C)/A
6.7%
(25.7%)
Table 12: Ongoing charges ratio
Ongoing charges ratio represents the costs of running the REIT as a percentage of NAV as
prescribed by the Association of Investment Companies.
Notes
Year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Administration expenses
4
7,605
9,716
Less: costs associated with moving to Main
Market
(1,069)
Less: head lease asset depreciation
(165)
(189)
Annualised ongoing charges (A)
7,440
8,458
Opening NAV as at 1 April
528,475
738,954
NAV as at 30 September
536,848
678,578
Closing NAV as at 31 March
535,589
528,475
Average undiluted NAV during the period (B)
533,637
648,669
Ongoing charges ratio (A/B)
1.4%
1.3%
139
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STRATEGIC REPORT
Estate
Town
Postcode
Area (sq ft)
Air Cargo Centre
Glasgow
PA3 2AY
149,000
Ashmead Industrial Estate
Keynsham
BS31 1TU
38,000
Austin Drive
Coventry
CV6 7NS
33,000
Barlborough Links
Chesterfield
S43 4PZ
501,000
Birkenshaw Retail Park
Uddingston
G71 5PR
67,000
Boulevard Industrial Park
Speke
L24 9PL
390,000
Brackmills Industrial Estate
Northampton
NN4 7PN
335,000
Bradwell Abbey
Milton Keynes
MK13 9HA
335,000
Cairn Court
East Kilbride
G74 4NB
87,000
Celtic Business Park
Newport
NP19 4QZ
48,000
Chittening Industrial Estate
Bristol
BS11 0YB
199,000
Crown Street
Carlisle
CA2 5AB
26,000
Daimler Green
Coventry
CV6 3LT
139,000
Daneshill Industrial Estate
Basingstoke
RG24 8PD
113,000
Delta Court Industrial Estate
Doncaster
DN9 3GN
60,000
Evolution 27
Nottingham
NG15 0DJ
217,000
Falcon Business Park
Burton on Trent
DE14 1SG
30,000
Farthing Road Industrial Estate
Ipswich
IP1 5AP
101,000
Festival Drive
Ebbw Vale
NP23 8XF
54,000
Gateway Park
Birmingham
B26 3QD
220,000
Gawsworth Court
Warrington
WA3 6NJ
95,000
Glasgow Airport Business Park
Glasgow
PA3 2SJ
53,000
Gloucester Business Park
Gloucester
GL3 4AQ
188,000
Granby Industrial Estate
Milton Keynes
MK1 1NL
147,000
Great Grimsby Business Park
Grimsby
DN37 9TW
139,000
Groundwell Industrial Estate
Swindon
SN25 5AW
91,000
Halebank Industrial Estate
Widnes
WA8 8TZ
49,000
Howley Park Industrial Estate
Morley
LS27 0BN
62,000
Ikon Trading Estate
Hartlebury
DY10 4EU
160,000
140
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
AS AT 31 MARCH 2024
Estate
Town
Postcode
Area (sq ft)
Jensen Court
Runcorn
WA7 1PJ
60,000
Kendal House
Burgess Hill
RH15 9NF
27,000
Kingsditch Trading Estate
Cheltenham
GL51 9PL
40,000
Kingsland Grange
Warrington
WA1 4SR
71,000
Knowsley Business Park
Knowsley
L34 9GT
301,000
Leanne Business Centre
Wareham
BH20 4DY
13,000
Lincoln Park
Preston
PR5 8NA
33,000
Linkway Industrial Estate
Middleton
M24 2AE
48,000
Lynx Business Park
Newmarket
CB8 7NY
42,000
Matrix Park
Chorley
PR7 7NA
47,000
Maxwell Road Industrial Estate
Peterborough
PE2 7JE
128,000
Meridian Business Park
Leicester
LE19 1UX
114,000
Midpoint 18
Middlewich
CW10 0HS
725,000
Milner Street
Warrington
WA5 1AD
42,000
Murcar Industrial Estate
Aberdeen
AB23 8JW
126,000
New England Industrial Estate
Hoddesdon
EN11 0BZ
22,000
Nightingale Road Industrial Estate
Horsham
RH12 2NW
22,000
Oldbury Point
Oldbury
B69 4HT
96,000
Parkway Industrial Estate
Plymouth
PL6 8LH
66,000
Pikelaw Place
Skelmersdale
WN8 9PP
124,000
Queenslie Park
Glasgow
G33 4DZ
395,000
Radway 16
Crewe
CW2 5PR
21,000
Ransomes Europark
Ipswich
IP3 9RR
30,000
Roman Way Industrial Estate
Godmanchester
PE29 2LN
53,000
Roseville Business Park
Leeds
LS8 5DR
29,000
Ryan Business Park
Wareham
BH20 4DY
31,000
Shaw Lane Industrial Estate
Doncaster
DN2 4SQ
66,000
South Fort Trade Park
Edinburgh
EH6 5PE
26,000
South Gyle Industrial Estate
Edinburgh
EH12 9EB
48,000
141
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STRATEGIC REPORT
Estate
Town
Postcode
Area (sq ft)
St James Mill Business Park
Northampton
NN5 5JF
42,000
Stadium Industrial Estate
Luton
LU4 0JF
66,000
Stonebridge Cross Business Park
Droitwich Spa
WR9 0LW
48,000
Sussex Avenue
Leeds
LS10 2LF
30,000
Swift Valley Industrial Estate
Rugby
CV21 1TN
39,000
Tewkesbury Business Park
Tewkesbury
GL20 8JF
114,000
Tramway Industrial Estate
Banbury
OX16 5TU
151,000
Viables Business Park
Basingstoke
RG22 4BS
49,000
Wakefield 41 Industrial Estate
Wakefield
WF2 0XW
53,000
Walton Road Industrial Estate
Stone
ST15 0LT
57,000
Webb Ellis Business Park
Rugby
CV21 2NP
45,000
Witan Park Industrial Estate
Witney
OX28 4YQ
112,000
142
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
CONTINUED
AS AT 31 MARCH 2024
EPRA SBPR
OVERARCHING RECOMMENDATIONS
Organisational boundaries
Our EPRA sBPR reporting covers the Group’s assets
for which we exercise operational control as a landlord.
Our investment portfolio includes 68 estates which
comprise multiple individual units as well as single let
assets. On these estates we may be responsible for the
consumption relating to common parts, voids, utilities
recharged to tenants and external lighting or other
external functions. Therefore, we report on the basis of
operational control which includes 22 estates across the
United Kingdom for the reporting period to 31 March 2024.
The remaining properties are single or multiple occupancy
assets (including small parcels of land and substations)
with no utilities purchased by the landlord.
Coverage
All absolute performance measures relating to electricity,
fuels (natural gas), water and associated GHG scope 1 and
2 emissions apply to assets for which we, as a landlord,
procure utilities for the common areas, shared services
and vacant properties. We also include occupier data for
utilities that have been procured by Warehouse REIT as
the landlord and recharged back to the tenant, meaning
that this is consumption which is not sub-metered. We
have reported absolute coverage for electricity, natural gas
and water in our EPRA sBPR table. Typically, we will have
visibility of the utility consumption on the basis described,
but there may be a delay in acquiring the data ahead of
publication, in which instance an estimation is applied (see
‘Estimation of landlord-obtained utility consumption’).
Due to our organisational boundaries we may only have
operational control over one utility type of electricity,
natural gas or water at an estate but we aggregate total
absolute coverage (based on number of estates) according
to control of any utility-type.
Like-for-like performance indicators include associated
meters within our organisation boundaries for which we
collected data for two consecutive years and excludes
meters attached to sold units, acquired units, units under
development or meters with a change to operational
control boundaries part-way through a reporting period.
Our like-for-like coverage has been reported for electricity,
natural gas and water in our in our EPRA sBPR table.
Boundaries
Our EPRA sBPR data includes consumption that we
purchase as landlords relating to common parts, voids,
utilities recharged to tenants and external lighting or
other external functions. Utilities purchased directly by
the occupier or purchased by councils fall outside of
our operational control and are excluded from this data.
We are, however, continuing to improve our occupier
data collection, with intial disclosure on occupier energy
consumption provided on page 42.
EPRA DISCLOSURE
AS AT 31 MARCH 2024
143
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STRATEGIC REPORT
Estimation of landlord-obtained utility consumption
Where possible, the data is collected from invoices and/or
meter readings. If invoices were not available at the time
of publication, consumption estimates were made. These
estimates are based on an average of the most recent
invoices for the corresponding time period. Proportion of
estimation per utility type has been shown in our EPRA
sBPR table.
Analysis-normalisation
Our calculations for energy, emissions and water intensity
indicators are calculated using a floor area (m²). Our utility
consumption data for some meters is limited to common
spaces exclusively while in other instances consumption
can include shared services, outside space and occupier
areas where there are no submeters. We are aware of
mismatches this can cause between the numerator and
denominator when using floor areas of estates or entire
units. We are working to better track our consumption as it
relates to the asset area and organisational boundaries at a
unit level. As part of this work, in this reporting period we
are identifying consumption as it relates to outdoor spaces
such as security huts or external lighting. This will allow us
to only allocate consumption to the associated areas of the
units across our estates. Furthermore, we are identifying
units for which we can account for the whole building
consumption, for example, based on landlord recharges
to the tenant. As a result of the ongoing improvement to
methodology, which occurred in this reporting period, a
like-for-like intensity comparison of 2022/23 and 2023/24
is not applicable, as the granularity of consumption by area
was not available last year.
Analysis-segmental analysis
(by property type, geography)
The property classification utilised in our financial reporting
guides our segmental analysis, classifying our investment
portfolio as urban warehouse assets. As all assets are in the
United Kingdom, further segmental analysis by geography
is not applicable.
Reporting period
While we report on absolute performance measures
and intensity metrics for the most recent reporting year
(ending 31 March 2024), the like-for-like performance
measures are reported for the last two consecutive years
(ending 31 March 2023 and 2024).
Disclosure on own offices
Our Investment Advisor has their own office, and their
consumption and employee-related performance measures
are outside the scope of our organisational boundaries as
it is a separate legal entity. Nonetheless, for this reporting
period, we have disclosed additional social metrics relating
to the Board and employees of the Investment Advisor,
found in the EPRA sBPR tables below.
Data verification and assurance
Before being entered into the Company reporting
database, all generated data is checked by JLL for
consistency, estimation methodology and the correct
calculation of GHG emissions. A third-party does not
currently conduct external verification or assurance.
Materiality
In this report we focus on EPRA sBPR measures that are
material to our business. Therefore, in accordance with our
materiality assessment (set out on our website), we have
excluded the following performance measures from our
reporting: DH&C-Abs and DH&C-LfL as no district heating
or cooling is procured across our portfolio.
Waste-Abs and Waste-LfL have been excluded as we have
no control over operational waste, which is generated
solely by our occupiers. The EPRA sBPR does not apply to
waste created by our development operations. Nonetheless
as part of our sustainability strategy, we have set a long-
term goal of reducing waste from developments.
Narrative on performance
During the year ending 31 March 2024, absolute
landlord-obtained electricity consumption was 1,118 MWh
and fuel consumption (natural gas) for the same time
period was 319 MWh, equating to an energy intensity
(electricity and gas) of 15.57 kWh/sq m across all included
properties.
Landlord-obtained electricity consumption on a
like-for-like basis decreased by 3.2% while the fuels
consumption increased by 12.7% compared to the year
ending 31 March 2023.
The total absolute scope 1 and 2 emissions from building
energy consumption were 295.5 tonnes of CO
2
e, resulting
in a 3.10 kg CO
2
e/sq m intensity. At the end of the
reporting period, electricity meters within the landlord
operational control were supplied on contracts from
REGO-backed renewable electricity, covering 100% of the
reported meters. During the reporting period, there may
be periods of consumption that were not supplied with
renewable electricity, during a transition in utility contracts.
Warehouse REIT does not currently have visibility of this
on kWh amount basis. Like-for-like scope 1 emissions
increased by 12.8% while scope 2 decreased by 3.2%
giving an overall like-for-like scope 1 and 2 reduction of
2.8%; note that the like-for-like comparison comprised just
seven assets.
Absolute water consumption for the year ending
31 March 2024 was 71,668 m
3
, representing a water
intensity of 1.24 m
3
/sq m. Like-for-like water consumption
fell by 60.3%.
Consumption data from previous reporting periods has
been updated as we received more accurate figures from
invoices and meter readings that were received after
publication of our last report.
Our analysis of Energy Performance Certificates is available
on page 38. For the year ending 31 March 2024 there
are no properties in our portfolio with green building
certification (BREEAM, LEED or similar).
144
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
EPRA DISCLOSURE
CONTINUED
AS AT 31 MARCH 2024
EPRA SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE MEASURES (ENVIRONMENTAL)
EPRA Code
Performance Measure
Unit
Scope
Absolute
2022/23
Absolute
2023/24
Like-for-Like
2022/23
Like-for-Like
2023/24
Like-for-Like
Change (%)
Elec-Abs,
Elec-LfL
Total electricity consumption
kWh
Total
landlord-obtained
electricity
2,164,453
1,118,425
762,732
738,532
-3.2%
No. applicable estates
22 of 23
18 of 18
7 of 7
n/a
Proportion of absolute electricity from
renewable contracts
%
92%
100%
100%
100%
0.0%
Proportion of electricity estimated
31.8%
6.5%
24.6%
8.4%
-16.2%
Fuels-Abs,
Fuels-LfL
Fuel consumption
kWh
Total landlord-obtained
fuels
731,606
319,288
25,810
29,084
12.7%
No. applicable properties
10 of 10
7 of 8
2 of 2
n/a
Proportion of fuels estimated
%
7.7%
27.6%
9.4%
8.3%
-1.1%
Energy-Int
Building energy intensity
kWh/sq m
Building energy intensity
14.33
15.57
n/a
1
GHG-Dir-Abs,
GHG-Dir-LfL
Total direct greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions
t CO
2
e
Direct – scope 1
133.8
58.4
4.7
5.3
12.8%
GHG-Indir-Abs
GHG-Indir-LfL
Total indirect greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions
t CO
2
e
Indirect – scope 2
(location-based)
457.8
237.1
162.0
156.8
-3.2%
GHG-Dir,
GHG-Indir
Total indirect greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions
t CO
2
e
Scopes 1 & 2 greenhouse
gas (GHG) emissions
591.7
295.5
166.7
162.1
-2.8%
GHG-Int
Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions
intensity from building energy
consumption
kg CO
2
e/
sq m
Scopes 1 & 2 greenhouse
gas (GHG) emissions
2.57
3.10
n/a
1
Water-Abs,
Water-LfL
Water consumption (mains supply)
m
3
Total
landlord-obtained
water
13,367
71,668
7,607
3,021
-60.3%
No. applicable estates
7 of 10
12 of 12
3 of 3
n/a
Proportion of water estimated
%
13.9%
15.7%
8.4%
17.2%
8.8%
Water-Int
Building water intensity
m
3
/sq m
Building water intensity
0.19
1.24
n/a
1
1
As a result of the ongoing improvement to methodology, which occurred in this reporting period, a like-for-like intensity comparison of 2022/23 and 2023/24 is not applicable, as the granularity of consumption
by area was not available last year.
145
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STRATEGIC REPORT
EPRA SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE MEASURES (SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE)
EPRA Code
Indicator
Units of measure
Category
Year end
31 March 2024
Diversity-Emp
Gender by level
Ratio
Board (M:F)
66:34
Investment Advisor (M:F)
55:45
Diversity-Pay
Male and female remuneration by level
Ratio
Board
12.5% mean
Investment Advisor
54.3% mean
Emp-Training
Average hours of training per employee
Number of hours
All employees
14.0
Emp-Dev
Employees receiving performance appraisals
% of employees
Total
100%
Emp-Turnover
Direct employees
Number of employees
Total number of employees
17
Total number of new hires
2
Total turnover (departures)
2
Rate of new hires in %
%
11.8%
Rate of turnover in %
11.8%
H&S-Emp
Absentee rate
per days scheduled
Direct employees
0.1
Injury rate
per 100 hours worked
0.0
Lost day rate
Days per employee
0.0
Number of work-related fatalities
0.0
H&S-Asset
% assets
%
Asset health and safety assessments
100%
H&S-Comp
Number of assets
Total number
Number of incidents; unresolved within the required timeframe
0
Gov-Board
Board composition
Total number
Number of Non-Executive Board members
6
Number of independent Non-Executive Board members
4
Average tenure on the governance body (years)
Pages 65 to 66
Number of independent/Non-Executive Board members with
competencies relating to environmental and social topics
2
Gov-Selec
Board selection
Narrative
see page 79
Gov-COI
Conflicts of Interest
Narrative
see page 73
146
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
EPRA DISCLOSURE
CONTINUED
AS AT 31 MARCH 2024
Employment
Employees include all permanent employees as of
31 March 2024. The rate of new hires is calculated by
dividing the number of new hires over the average number
of employees at the start and end of th eyear. The rate of
turnover is calculated by dividing the number of leavers
over the average number of employees at the start and
end of the year.
Health and safety
The health and safety assessment of the assets conducted
by our managing agents on an annual basis covers:
general hazards and risk assessment;
• fire safety;
• water hygiene;
progress on existing hazards identified; and
any specific risks related to a particular site.
Community engagement
By meeting health and safety requirements, conducting
impact assessments and undertaking wider consultations
required as part of the planning approval process for new
developments, we ensure that key decisions relating to
the portfolio consider our impact on local communities.
As there were no new developments for the year ending
31 March 2024, the performance measure Comty-Eng is not
applicable. For more information refer to the stakeholder
engagement section on page 22.
At Bradwell Abbey, Tilstone took part in a volunteering day
at Milton Keynes City Discovery Centre, which is adjacent
to this key estate. We supported the charity in maintaining
the grounds, which are visited daily by the surrounding
community and made a donation towards preserving the
site and the Milton Keynes heritage it represents.
Governance
Governance performance measures relate to the Board and
the employees of the Investment Advisor. On pages 63 to
77 we outline the full background information including the
Board profile, the nomination procedures and the process
for managing potential conflicts of interest.
147
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STRATEGIC REPORT
The Company was incorporated on 24 July 2017. This Annual Report and Financial
Statements covers the period from 1 April 2023 to 31 March 2024.
The Company’s ordinary shares were admitted to trading on AIM on 20 September 2017
following IPO and the Group’s operations therefore commenced on this date.
Capital structure
The Company’s share capital consists of ordinary shares of £0.01 each. At shareholder
meetings, members present in person or by proxy have one vote on a show of hands and
on a poll have one vote for each ordinary share held. Shareholders are entitled to receive
such dividends as the Directors resolve to pay out of the assets attributable to ordinary
shares. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to participate in the assets of the Company
attributable to the ordinary shares in a winding up of the Company. The ordinary shares
are not redeemable.
As at the date of this report, there were 424,861,650 ordinary shares in issue, none of
which are held in treasury.
Investment objective
The Company’s investment objective is to provide shareholders with an attractive level
of income together with the potential for income and capital growth by investing in a
diversified portfolio of UK commercial property warehouse assets.
Investment policy
The Company may acquire property interests either directly or through corporate
structures (whether onshore UK or offshore) and also through joint venture or other
shared ownership or co-investment arrangements.
The Company invests and manages its portfolio with an objective of spreading risk and, in
doing so, maintains the following investment restrictions:
the Company will only invest, directly or indirectly, in warehouse assets located in
the UK;
no individual warehouse property will represent more than 20% of the last published
GAV of the Company at the time of investment;
the Company will target a portfolio with no one occupier accounting for more than
20% of the gross contracted rents of the Company at the time of purchase. In any
event, no more than 20% of the gross assets of the Company will be exposed to the
creditworthiness of any one occupier at the time of purchase;
the portfolio will be diversified by location across the UK with a focus on areas with
strong underlying investment fundamentals; and
the Company will not invest more than 10% of its gross assets in other listed closed-
ended investment funds.
The Company considers investments where there is potential for active asset
management, including general refurbishment works.
The aggregate maximum exposure to assets under development, assessed on a cost basis,
will not exceed 20 per cent. of Gross Asset Value.
The Company may, provided that the exposure to these assets is within the overall
exposure limits stated above, invest directly, or via forward funding agreements or forward
commitments, in developments including pre-developed land, where the structure is:
(i) designed to provide the Company with investment rather than development risk;
(ii) where the development has been at least partially pre-let or sold or de-risked in a
similar way; and
(iii) where the Company intends to hold the completed development as an
investment asset.
The Company may, where considered appropriate, undertake an element of speculative
development (that is, development of property which has not been at least partially
leased or pre-leased or de-risked in a similar way and does not include the usual Asset
Management activity of refurbishment and/or extension of existing holdings), provided
that the exposure to these assets, assessed on a cost basis shall not exceed 10% of Gross
Asset Value (as noted in the restriction above).
The Company is permitted to invest cash, held by it for working capital purposes
and awaiting investment, in cash deposits and gilts. The Company may also invest in
derivatives for the purpose of efficient portfolio management. In particular, the Company
may engage in interest rate hedging or otherwise seek to mitigate the risk of interest rate
increases as part of the Company’s efficient portfolio management strategy.
The company will maintain a conservative level of borrowings with a medium-term
target LTV ratio of not higher than 40% which would be the optimal capital structure
for the Company over the longer term. However, in order to finance value enhancing
opportunities, the Company may temporarily incur additional gearing, subject to a
maximum LTV ratio of 50%, at the time of an arrangement.
In the event of a breach of the investment guidelines and restrictions set out above, the
AIFM and the Investment Manager shall inform the Directors upon becoming aware of the
breach and, if the Directors consider the breach to be material, notification will be made
to a Regulatory Information Service. Any material change to the investment policy of the
Company may only be made with the approval of shareholders.
The Company invests and manages its portfolio with an objective of spreading risk and, in
doing so, maintains the following investment restrictions:
148
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Share dealing and share prices
Shares can be traded through your usual stockbroker. The Company’s shares are admitted
to trading on the premium segment of the London Stock Exchange’s Main Market.
Share register enquiries
The register for the ordinary shares is maintained by Link Group. In the event of queries
regarding your holding, please contact the Registrar on 0371 664 0300. You can also email
enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk.
Changes of address and mandate details can be made over the telephone, but all
other changes to the register must be notified in writing to the Registrar: Link Group,
Shareholder Services, 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL.
Electronic communications from the Company
Shareholders now have the opportunity to be notified by email when the Company’s
Annual Report, Half-yearly Report and other formal communications are available on the
Company’s website, instead of receiving printed copies by post. This has environmental
benefits in the reduction of paper, printing, energy and water usage, as well as reducing
costs to the Company.
If you have not already elected to receive electronic communications from the Company
and wish to do so, please contact the Registrar using the details shown on page 153.
Please have your investor code to hand.
Share capital and net asset value information
Ordinary 1p shares
424,861,650
SEDOL Number
BD2NCM3
ISIN Number
GB00BD2NCM38
Sources of further information
Copies of the Company’s Annual and Half-yearly Reports are available from the Company
Secretary who can be contacted on 01392 477500 and, together with stock exchange
announcements and further information on the Company, are also available on the
Company’s website,
www.warehousereit.co.uk
.
Association of Investment Companies
The Company is a member of the AIC.
Financial calendar
June 2024
Announcement of final results
July 2024
Payment of fourth interim dividend
September 2024
Annual General Meeting
Half-year end
November 2024
Announcement of half-yearly results
March 2025
Year end
149
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STRATEGIC REPORT
Adjusted earnings per share (“Adjusted EPS”)
EPRA EPS adjusted to exclude one-off costs, divided by the weighted average number of
shares in issue during the year, which ultimately underpins our dividend payments
Admission
The admission of Warehouse REIT plc onto the premium segment of the London Stock
Exchange on 12 July 2022
AGM
Annual General Meeting
AIC
The Association of Investment Companies
AIFM
Alternative Investment Fund Manager
AIFMD
The Alternative Investment Fund Managers Regulations 2013 (as amended by The
Alternative Investment Fund Managers (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019) and
the Investment Funds
Sourcebook forming part of the FCA Handbook
AIM
A market operated by the London Stock Exchange
APM
An Alternative Performance Measure is a numerical measure of the Company’s current,
historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows, other than a
financial measure defined or specified in the applicable financial framework. In selecting
these APMs, the Directors considered the key objectives and expectations of typical
investors
BREEAM
BREEAM (Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method) is a
certification which assess the sustainability credentials of buildings against a range of
social and environmental criteria
Company
Warehouse REIT plc
Contracted rent
Gross annual rental income currently receivable on a property plus rent contracted from
expiry of rent-free periods and uplifts agreed at the balance sheet date less any ground
rents payable under head leases
Development property and land
Whole or a material part of an estate identified as having potential for development. Such
assets are classified as development property and land until development is completed
and they have the potential to be fully income generating
Effective occupancy
Total open market rental value of the units leased divided by total open market rental
value excluding assets under development, units undergoing refurbishment and units
under offer to let
EPC
Energy Performance Certificates provides information about a property’s energy use
including an energy efficiency rating from A (most efficient) to G (lease efficient) and is
valid for ten years.
EPRA
The European Public Real Estate Association, the industry body for European REITs
EPRA cost ratio
The sum of property expenses and administration expenses as a percentage of
gross rental income less ground rents, calculated both including and excluding direct
vacancy cost
EPRA earnings
IFRS profit after tax excluding movements relating to changes in fair value of investment
properties, gains/losses on property disposals, changes in fair value of financial
instruments and the related tax effects
EPRA earnings per share (“EPRA EPS”)
A measure of EPS on EPRA earnings designed to present underlying earnings from core
operating activities based on the weighted average number of shares in issue during
the year
EPRA guidelines
The EPRA Best Practices Recommendations Guidelines October 2019
150
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
GLOSSARY
EPRA like-for-like rental income growth
The growth in rental income on properties owned throughout the current and previous
year under review. This growth rate includes revenue recognition and lease accounting
adjustments but excludes development property and land in either year and properties
acquired or disposed of in either year
EPRA NDV / EPRA NRV / EPRA NTA per share
The EPRA net asset value measures figures divided by the number of shares outstanding
at the balance sheet date
EPRA net disposal value (“EPRA NDV”)
The net asset value measure detailing the full extent of liabilities and resulting shareholder
value if Company assets are sold and/or if liabilities are not held until maturity. Deferred
tax and financial instruments are calculated as to the full extent of their liability, including
tax exposure not reflected in the statement of financial position, net of any resulting tax
EPRA net initial yield (“EPRA NIY”)
The annualised passing rent generated by the portfolio, less estimated non-recoverable
property operating expenses, expressed as a percentage of the portfolio valuation (adding
notional purchasers’ costs), excluding development property and land
EPRA net reinstatement value (“EPRA NRV”)
The net asset value measure to highlight the value of net assets on a long-term basis and
reflect what would be needed to recreate the Company through the investment markets
based on its current capital and financing structure. Assets and liabilities that are not
expected to crystallise in normal circumstances, such as the fair value movements on
financial derivatives and deferred taxes on property valuation surpluses, are excluded.
Costs such as real estate transfer taxes are included
EPRA net tangible assets (“EPRA NTA”)
The net asset value measure assuming entities buy and sell assets, thereby crystallising
certain levels of deferred tax liability
EPRA ‘topped-up’ net initial yield
The annualised passing rent generated by the portfolio, topped up for contracted uplifts,
less estimated non-recoverable property operating expenses, expressed as a percentage
of the portfolio valuation (adding notional purchasers’ costs), excluding development
property and land
EPRA vacancy rate
Total open market rental value of vacant units divided by total open market rental value of
the portfolio excluding development property and land
EPS
Earnings per share
Equivalent yield
The weighted average rental income return expressed as a percentage of the investment
property valuation, plus purchasers’ costs, excluding development property and land
ERV
The estimated annual open market rental value of lettable space as assessed by the
external valuer
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority
GAV
Gross asset value
Group
Warehouse REIT plc and its subsidiaries
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
IFRS earnings per share (“EPS”)
IFRS earnings after tax for the year divided by the weighted average number of shares in
issue during the year
IFRS NAV per share
IFRS net asset value divided by the number of shares outstanding at the balance
sheet date
Investment portfolio
Completed buildings and excluding development property and land
Interest cover
Adjusted operating profit before gains on investment properties, interest (net of interest
received) and tax, divided by the underlying net interest expense
IPO
Initial public offering
151
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STRATEGIC REPORT
Like-for-like rental income growth
The increase in contracted rent of properties owned throughout the period under review,
expressed as a percentage of the contracted rent at the start of the period, excluding
development property and land and units undergoing refurbishment
Like-for-like valuation increase
The increase in the valuation of properties owned throughout the period under review,
expressed as a percentage of the valuation at the start of the period, net of capital
expenditure
Loan to value ratio (“LTV”)
Gross debt less cash, short-term deposits and liquid investments, divided by the aggregate
value of properties and investments
Main Market
The Premium Segment of the London Stock Exchange’s Main Market
MEES
The Minimum Energy Efficiency Standards are regulations requiring a minimum energy
efficiency standard to be met (or have valid exemptions registered) before properties in
England and Wales can be let. Currently the minimum is an EPC E rating.
NAV
Net asset value
Net initial yield (“NIY”)
Contracted rent at the balance sheet date, expressed as a percentage of the investment
property valuation, plus purchasers’ costs, excluding development property and land
Net rental income
Gross annual rental income receivable after deduction of ground rents and other net
property outgoings including void costs and net service charge expenses
Net reversionary yield (“NRY”)
The anticipated yield to which the net initial yield will rise (or fall) once the rent reaches
the ERV
Occupancy
Total open market rental value of the units leased divided by total open market rental
value excluding development property and land, equivalent to one minus the EPRA
vacancy rate
Ongoing charges ratio
Ongoing charges ratio represents the costs of running the REIT as a percentage of NAV as
prescribed by the Association of Investment Companies
Passing rent
Gross annual rental income currently receivable on a property as at the balance sheet date
less any ground rents payable under head leases
Property income distribution (“PID”)
Profits distributed to shareholders that are subject to tax in the hands of the shareholders
as property income. PIDs are usually paid net of withholding tax (except for certain types
of tax-exempt shareholders). REITs also pay out normal dividends called non-PIDs
RCF
Revolving credit facility
Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”)
A listed property company that qualifies for, and has elected into, a tax regime that is
exempt from corporation tax on profits from property rental income and UK capital gains
on the sale of investment properties
RPI
Retail price index
SONIA
Sterling Overnight Index Average
Total accounting return
The movement in EPRA NTA over a period plus dividends paid in the period, expressed as
a percentage of the EPRA NTA at the start of the period
Total cost ratio
EPRA cost ratio excluding one-off costs calculated both including and excluding vacant
property costs
Weighted average unexpired lease term (“WAULT”)
Average unexpired lease term to first break or expiry weighted by gross contracted
rent (excluding ground rents payable under head leases) across the portfolio, excluding
development property and land
152
WAREHOUSE REIT PLC
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2024
THINKING INSIDE THE BOX
GLOSSARY
CONTINUED
The production of this report supports the work of the Woodland Trust,
the UK’s leading woodland conservation charity. Each tree planted will
grow into a vital carbon store, helping to reduce environmental impact
as well as creating natural havens for wildlife and people.
Investment Manager
G10 Capital Limited
(part of IQ-EQ)
4th Floor 3 More London Riverside
London SE1 2AQ
Telephone: 020 3696 1306
Investment Advisor
Tilstone Partners Limited
Chester office
Gorse Stacks House
George Street
Chester CH1 3EQ
Telephone: 01244 470 090
London office
55 Wells Street
London W1 3PT
Telephone: 020 3102 9465
Company website
www.warehousereit.co.uk
Administrator
Link Alternative Fund Administrators Limited
(A Waystone Group Company)
Broadwalk House
Southernhay West
Exeter EX1 1TS
Auditor
BDO LLP
55 Baker Street
London W1U 7EU
Corporate Brokers
Peel Hunt LLP
Moor House
120 London Wall
London EC2Y 5ET
Corporate Broker
Jefferies International Limited
100 Bishopsgate
London EC2N 4JL
Depositary
Gen II Fund Services (UK) Limited
8 Sackville Street
London W1S 3DG
Financial PR and IR Advisor
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate
Aldersgate Street
London EC1A 4HD
Legal Advisors
Reed Smith LLP
The Broadgate Tower
20 Primrose Street
London EC2A 2RS
Osborne Clarke LLP
One London Wall
London EC2Y 5EB
Shepherd and Wedderburn LLP
1 Exchange Crescent
Conference Square
Edinburgh EH3 8UL
Temple Bright LLP
81 Rivington Street
London EC2A 3AY
Property Managers
Rapleys Aston Rose Limited
4 Tendersten Street
London W1S 1TE
Savills plc
33 Margaret Street
London W1G 0JD
Registrar
Link Asset Services
Shareholder Services Department
10th Floor
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds LS1 4DL
Telephone: 0371 664 0300
(or +44 (0)371 664 0300 from outside the UK)
Email: enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk
Website: www.linkgroup.com
Company Secretary and registered office
Link Company Matters Limited
(Trading as Company Matters)
6th Floor 65 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7NQ
Telephone: 01392 477500
Valuer
CBRE Limited
Henrietta House
Henrietta Place
London W1G 0NB
CONTACT DETAILS OF THE ADVISORS
Warehouse REIT plc
55 Wells Street
London
W1T 3PT
020 3011 2160
www.warehousereit.co.uk